The Greater Prairie Chicken A National Look W. Daniel Svedarsky, Ross H. Hier, Nova J. Silvy editors Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station University of Minnesota Saint Paul, Minnesota The University of Minnesota, including the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access to its programs, facilities, and employment without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, marital status, disability, public assistance status, veteran status, or sexual orientation. The editors gratefully acknowledge the contributions of numerous authors and associates to this publication: (alphabetically) R.D. Applegate, R.K. Anderson, R.S. Bergland, R.W. Cannon, D.M. Christisen, B. Crouch, T.L. Esker, L.F. Fredrickson, D.E. Gawlik, K.M. Giesen, C.P. Griffin, S. Gough, G.L. Heismeyer, G.J. Horak, R.E. Horton, J.R. Keir, G.D. Kobriger, M.A. Lockwood, L.M. Mechlin, M. Moe, M.E. Morrow, M.J. Peterson, M.A. Schroeder, S.A. Simpson, J.E. Toepfer, W.L. Vodehnal, R.L. Westemeier, B. Winter, D.H. Wolfe, T.J. Wolfe. Cover illustration by Karen A. Smith. Used with permission. Editorial assistance, publication design and production management was provided by experiment station senior editor Larry A. Etkin, in the Communication and Educational Technology Services unit of the University of Minnesota Extension Service. Commercial Products Disclaimer Reference to commercial products or trade names is made with the understanding that no discrimination is intended and no endorsement by the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station or the University of Minnnesota is implied. Availability This miscellaneous publication of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station is intended for a very specialized audience, and only a limited number of copies are available, at $25 each, for distribution to the public. Inquiries as to the availability of these copies ashould be addressed to W. Daniel Svedarsky, Northwest Experiment Station, University of Minnesota, Crookston, MN 56716. In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the text of this publication is available in alternative formats upon request. Copyright© 1999. Regents of the University of Minnesota. All rights reserved. Printed on recycled paper containing a minimum of 10 percent post-consumer material. Foreword It was indeed a pleasure to bring greetings to the 25th annual meeting of the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society and to welcome readers to the compilation of papers detailing the national status of this unique prairie bird. Once before, in April of 1976, I addressed this meeting and good friends at Rothsay when that community celebrated its Bicentennial and was dedicated as the "Prairie Chicken Capital of Minnesota." Those sorts of events where farmers, biologists, local citizens, community leaders, educators, and politicians get together to have a little fun and commemorate a symbol of good land stewardship is rural America at its finest! I have fond memories of this bird- and its cousin, the sharp-tailed grouse - having grown up in rural Minnesota near Roseau. I will always remember hunting sharptails with my dad in the 1950s on or near Soil Bank land southwest of Roseau. The birds were abundant, although we weren't sure why. When high grain prices came in the early 1970s, the Soil Bank land was plowed and the sharptails all but disappeared - then I knew why. These prairie grouse are a product of the land and their presence is a sign that the land is healthy. Prairie chickens, in particular, and perhaps people as well, do best when there is a mixture of cultivated agriculture and grassland on the landscape. As these papers document, current prairie chicken populations are a mere sprinkling of their former range due to a wide array of limiting factors. But one of the major factors was too in- tensive land use which sent too much of our precious topsoil to the sea. Along with this irre- placeable soil goes nutrients and agricultural chemicals which can foul our waters. We have returned much of the erodible lands to grass cover through the Conservation Reserve Program and we have continued to diversify planting mixtures to improve wildlife habitat values for prai- rie chickens and other imperiled grassland species but there is more to do. We are witnessing a major exodus of farmers leaving the land and a noble way of life behind. We must reverse these forces by diversifying rural America in a sustainable fashion that celebrates wild areas alongside agriculture and healthy families connected to the land. I salute the efforts of the many people working, in their own way, to study and support wildlife like the greater prairie chicken. You point the way on how good biology can be integrated with wise land use so we can move forward with pride into the new century enjoying the benefits of modern society and the pleasures of wild things. Robert Bergland University of Minnesota Regent and former U.S. Secretary of Agriculture The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Preface In the winter of 1972-73, a couple of wildlife managers and a college instructor got togeth- er over coffee and donuts and brainstormed on how the prairie chicken was doing in Min- nesota and if more should be done - by peo- ple. A lot had already been done - by agency field people who had acquired the "good grass" in various programs that provided the all-important habitat base. A bunch of meet- ings later, and a prairie chicken organization was launched- inspired by the Wisconsin model of the Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus and Fred and Fran Hamerstrom. Twenty-five years later, the Board of Directors of the Society met to plan the Silver Anniver- sary meeting and decided to really broaden the scope to include not only a look at our own history, but the national scene as well. A number of status papers for states had pre- viously been prepared for a book that was to include greater and lesser chickens and sharp- tailed grouse and would be published by the Prairie Grouse Technical Council. Nova Silvy, of Texas A & M University, organized that effort which resulted in early versions of most greater prairie chicken papers. Authors of those papers were contacted and invited to update and submit them for this publication. Several were able to attend the meeting at Crookston and present their papers on 25 April1998. It was a time for celebration as well as thoughtful reflection. In the 25-year span, prai- rie chickens had held their own for the most part in Minnesota but such was not the case in some states. We were fortunate in Minne- sota to have had a healthy land base to focus management on, in addition to expanded acquisition efforts. It is instructive to see what works and what doesn't in the conservation Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look of a species distributed over a wide range of habitats and climates. A species recovery effort is apparently working in Illinois where greater prairie chicken numbers and genetic fitness had declined to perilous lows but were "rescued" by the introduction of new genes in transplanted birds. This project was made possible by advances in genetic analysis tech- niques as well as the meticulous, long-term field work of Ron Westemeier. A paper by Westemeier and co-workers was recently published in the prestigious journal, Science, in recognition of the landmark nature of their findings and potential applications. We are grateful to Ron for bringing his many years of working with prairie chickens to develop the symposium summary paper herein, along with Sharron Gough of Missouri. A case history on the Attwater's prairie chick- en in Texas is included to profile an "against all odds" scenario described by Nova Silvy. It is hard to imagine a current conservation setting with more challenges than Attwater's chickens, and yet their status 25 years ago, although endangered, certainly did not seem dismal. Let us learn from this example, fine tune and adjust our research and manage- ment efforts in species conservation, and above all, never get complacent as we help a species experience success. Ross Hier provides a glimpse of the storied past of prairie chicken hunting traditions in his paper. Prairie chickens have many values - as profiled by Grady Mann - and they have a solid place in the early settlement, socio- cultural history of the prairies. It was suste- nance, certainly, but chicken hunting was much more. It defined community events, get-togethers of family and friends, and com- merce in some cases. We will never again see The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look ii those days of great chicken abundance but it is stirring to see and hear a misty-eyed 80- year-old say he would "like to just see one, once again." From the outset, an underlying goal of the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society was to have some fun while saving a species. Again, our model was the Wisconsin Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, where the annual meeting is a cocktail party! And we heed an admonition by the late Fred Hamer- strom that, "Good works do not need to be done in a sepulchral atmosphere." Indeed, you will even find Ross Hier cartoons sprin- kled amidst the serious scientific papers with- in this publication. Fred and Fran Hamerstrom were inspirational reference points for many segments of con- servation - not only in their counsel but in their work and how they lived their lives. We humbly dedicate this publication to their memory for they clearly pointed the way for conservation of prairie chickens in North America. More on reference points. When folks know you work with prairie chickens, the welfare of the bird is often the lead-in for conversa- tion; perhaps more so than the old standby of the weather. "Well, how are the chickens doing?" is commonly the second statement after "Hello." It's as if it is a measure of how the world is doing in general; the end point of some sort of biotic equation where grass condition +predation + weather at hatching + disease + winter food, etc. = x prairie chickens. Certainly, there is an anxious anticipation of the spring censusing season when chicken counters fan out in the Minnesota range to see, "how the world is doing," according to the chickens. A number of people and organizations helped to make this publication a reality. The many authors who searched for, dusted off, and revised old manuscripts or in some cases wrote new papers. The organizations provid- ing funding include: the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society; the Northwest Experiment Station and the Minnesota Agricultural Experi- ment Station of the University of Minnesota located at Crookston and St. Paul, respective- ly; Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, Ltd. through president William Schallert; the Department of Fisheries and Wildlife, Texas A&M University, College Station; and the Pembina Trail Resource Conservation and Development Association. Karen Smith, ref- uge manager at the Lostwood National Wild- life Refuge in Kenmare, North Dakota, provid- ed the artwork used on the cover as well as on Society note cards, and for a belt buckle and brochure. Cartoons and other sketches are by Ross Hier, assistant wildlife manager with the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources based at Crookston. And, a big thanks goes to Larry A. Etkin, senior editor with the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, who guided the publication process and understood delays by the editors. As this publication goes to press, the Minne- sota Prairie Chicken Society has just been informed that it will receive the 1999 Group Achievement Award of The Wildlife Society. This prestigious national award commemo- rates an organization's "outstanding wildlife achievements while advancing the objectives of The Wildlife Society." This is humbling and capstone recognition to a bunch of people who set out to have some fun while helping a prairie bird that does an outrageous courtship dance in the spring. Enjoy the proceedings. Dan Svedarsky, proceedings co-editor Brian Winter, president, Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society Apri/1999 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Contents W.O. Svedarsky and B. Winter- Preface ............................................................................... i R.K. Anderson and D. E. Gawlik- A tribute to the Hamerstroms ...................................... 1 W.O. Svedarsky- An overview of the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society ....................... 9 W.O. Svedarsky, T.]. Wolfe, and ].E. Toepfer- Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Minnesota ...................................................................... 25 R.K. Anderson and ].E. Toepfer- History, status, and management of the greater prairie chicken in Wisconsin ............................................................................ 39 ].R. Keir- Prairie chicken management in Wisconsin: An agency perspective ............ 59 G. D. Kobriger - Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in North Dakota ...................................................................................................... 63 L.F. Fredrickson, B. Crouch, and G.L. Heismeyer- Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in South Dakota ......................................... 75 W.L. Vodehnal- Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Nebraska ............................................................................................................. 81 K.M. Giesen and M.A. Schroeder- Population status and distribution of greater prairie chickens in Colorado ............................................................................. 99 R.E. Horton and D. H. Wolfe - Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Oklahoma ............................................................................... 105 R.D. Applegate and G.]. Horak - Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Kansas ........................................................................... 113 M. Moe - Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Iowa ................. 123 L.M. Mechlin, R. W. Cannon, and D.M. Christisen - Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Missouri ................................................ 129 R.L. Westemeier, S.A. Simpson, and T.L. Esker- Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Illinois ..........................•................................................ 143 N.j. Silvy, C.P. Griffin, M.A. Lockwood, M.E. Morrow, and M.j. Peterson - Attwater's prairie chicken: A lesson in conservation biology research .................... 153 R.H. Hier- History and hunting the greater prairie chicken: A rich tradition ........... 163 R.L. Westemeier and S. Gough - National outlook and conservation needs for greater prairie chickens .................................................................................... 169 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Frederick and Frances Hamerstrom. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look A Tribute to The Hamerstroms, Raymond K. Anderson, College of Natural Resources, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, WI Dale E. Gawlik, Everglades Research Systems, 330 1 Gun Club Road, West Palm Beach, FL The number of people who truly have a singular effect on one's life and career are few. We are privileged to have been so influ- enced by Frederick and Frances Hamerstrom and this is our tribute to these remarkable people. Dr. Frederick N. Hamerstrom, Professor of Wildlife, and a "quiet scientist" of internation- al repute, died near Idleyld Park, Oregon, on 28 March 1990, in a place of his choosing, a cabin on the Umpquah River. His last experience in life, as he considered it, was shared with Dr. Frances Hamerstrom, his wife and life-long research colleague of similar fame, in a manner that was typical of their 59 years of marriage. Dr. Hamerstrom was an idealistic model for wildlife professionals throughout this life; his moment of death was no exception. Fred, known as "Hammy" to his close friends, began his wildlife career at the Game Conser- vation Institute, Clinton, New Jersey, in 1931 learning artificial propagation of game birds after having earned an A.B. degree at Harvard 1 Portions of this combined tribute appeared in the Wildlife Society Bulletin (1991. 19[1]:119-122 and 19[4]: 378-379) and the Proceedings of the 18th Prairie Grouse Technical Conference Proceedings for Frederick Hamerstrom. A me- moriam for Frances Hamerstrom was in the Journal of Raptor Research (1998.32: ii-iv). Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 College and marrying Frances Carnes Flint that same year. Thus was forged one of the most remarkable wildlife research teams known to the field of wildlife ecology. Fred was a Research Fellow under Dr. Paul L. Errington at Iowa State College from 1932 to 1935 where he and Fran (pronounced, "Fran") studied pheasant nesting, winter ecol- ogy of bobwhite quail, and raptor food habits. Their paper, "The great horned owl and its prey in the north-central United States," co- authored with P.L. Errington, won The Wildlife Society's first Terrestrial Publication Award in 1940. The first cooperative Wildlife Research Unit was established at Iowa State in 1932; Dr. Errington was its first leader and Frederick Hamerstrom, its second graduate student, earned a M.S. degree and Frances a B.S. degree there in 1935. The Hamerstroms made their first research contact with prairie chickens in 1935 when Fred became Project Game Manager for the U.S. Resettlement Administration's Central Wisconsin Game Project near Necedah, Wis- consin. Although the prairie chicken was to become their major focal point in succeeding years, they also dealt with sharp-tailed grouse, ruffed grouse, sandhill cranes, furbearers, deer, food habits of great horned owls, winter feeding, food and cover plantings, and devel- opment of water areas. The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 2 The Hamerstroms were Research Fellows at the University of Wisconsin under Aldo Leopold from 193 7 to 1941. Fred earned a Ph.D. degree in 1941, and Fran an M.S. de- gree in 1940. Frederick is 1 of only 3 to earn a Ph.D., and Fran is the only woman ever to have earned a graduate degree under Leopold. They continued their research on prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse in Wisconsin during the spring seasons of 1941 through 1943, and then again in 1947 and 1948 while Fred was Curator of the Edwin S. George Reserve in Michigan. They also studied prairie chickens and sharptails in Michigan and predators and deer on the Reserve during this time. Fred served in the U.S. Air Force from 1944 through 1946 as an Aviation Physiologist and Fran was a medical technician at the U.S. Army Beaumont Gen- eral Hospital in El Paso, Texas. Hamerstrom's research on prairie chickens provided tools for other ornithological studies. They were among the first to color-mark wild birds by using the falconer's technique of imp- ing colored feathers into the pinnae and tails of prairie chicken cocks, discovering that cocks were territorial on booming grounds. Fran irreverently wrote, to Aldo Leopold's delight, this poem about the episode: The prairie hen will wonder soon, but not because her love goes boom. Consider with what joy, she'll hail the colored feathers in his tail. Fred was instrumental in creating a prairie grouse trapping cooperative with Jack Man- weiler. Curiously, trapping prairie chickens for banding was extraordinarily difficult in the 1930s and 1940s. His trapping and banding program saved money by showing that prairie chicken food patches could be 5 miles apart rather than 1 per square mile. Fred was employed by the Wisconsin Depart- ment of Natural Resources (WDNR) from 1949 through 1972 as Project Leader of the Prairie Grouse Management Research Unit headquartered in Plainfield; Fran was Assis- tant Leader. Early in this period, the Hamer- stroms and Os Mattson, WDNR land manager for the project, formulated a management plan to "save the prairie chicken" in Wiscon- sin. This was published as "A guide to prairie chicken management," a WDNR Technical Bulletin that received The Wildlife Society's Wildlife Publication Award in 1958. The scat- ter-pattern plan of land management intro- duced a new concept which has been applied for other species, including some in the rain- forests. The plan was designed for the Buena Vista Marsh area where the Hamerstroms concluded that the chicken had the best chance of being maintained for a variety of reasons. Land values were low, the chicken population was still in good shape because of the existing habitat, and there was little competition for uses of the land. After the plan was designed and presented, 2 foundations, The Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus and The Prairie Chicken Foundation, competed- in a friendly manner - to buy lands needed to save the chickens. About 12,000 acres were bought in roughly the pattern recommended in A guide to prai- rie chicken management. The Hamerstroms and Mattson were also actively involved in implementing the first management efforts to maintain grasslands in the face of ever-present natural succession of shrubs and trees that were persistently reclaiming the area. Land acquisition and subsequent management stopped the decline of the prairie chicken population on the Buena Vista Marsh and fostered its resurgence to the 1950 level by 1981. The Hamerstroms continued their chicken population research on the Buena Vista and published their population and management data in 1973 in another WDNR Technical Bulletin, "The prairie chicken in Wisconsin: highlights of a 22-year study of counts, behav- ior, movements, turnover, and habitat." They retired from the WDNR in 1972 but main- tained an active interest in the population dynamics and management of the prairie chicken as Faculty and Research Associates (1972-1982) and Adjunct Professors (1982 until their respective deaths) at the University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point. Virtually all of the main range of the greater prairie chicken and some of the range of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station lesser and Attwater's prairie chicken in the United States, and most of the range of the sharptail races campestris and jamesi, plus some of the range of 3 of the other 4 races in the United States and Canada, were exam- ined by the Hamerstroms. They made 5 trips to Europe (Germany, Austria, Finland, Lapp- land, Norway, Sweden, and Denmark) to study grouse in particular, and to study red and roe deer, hunting traditions and ethics, and general conservation, and to speak at several universities and meeting of ornitholog- ical societies. They were members of 7 Inter- national Ornithological Congresses and were invited speakers at 6 of them. They spent 1 month in Australia's outback and visited India, Iran, Siberia, and Sri Lanka for conservation- oriented purposes. They initiated a continuing study of Harris' hawks in Texas and of an osprey population in Sonora, Mexico. By 1990, the Hamerstroms had published 168 papers and articles, 1 0 books, and about 50 reviews between them. Fred was a highly skilled technical writer and editor. In addition to editing 10 books that were published by Fran, the last one only 2 days before his death, he refereed technical papers for several journals and was the Principal Referee for the journal, Raptor Research. He served on sever- al graduate committees at UW-Stevens Point and thus was a mentor for wildlife students in areas of research planning, design, execu- tion, analysis, and writing. He also shared his wealth of knowledge and experience with numerous other wildlife apprentices in his home which was a classroom, library, labora- tory, dormitory, research headquarters, and social center that often echoed with good music and laughter. Dr. Hamerstrom's philos- ophy of life included his admonition that..." Good works do not need to be done in a sepulchral atmosphere." He was a charter member of The Prairie Grouse Technical Council and, in 1992, that group initiated, "The Hamerstrom Award" to recognize an individual or organization who made exemplary contributions to prairie grouse conservation. Fred was an active mem- ber of the following conservation-oriented societies and committees: American Institute of Biological Sciences; British Ecological Soci- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look ety; Prairie Grouse Cooperative (Secretary); Saskatchewan Natural History Society; Tall Timbers Association; American Ornithologists' Union (Chair, Emergency Committee for Re- lief of European Ornithologists); Chihuahuan Desert Research Institute (Board of Scientists); Citizens' Natural Resources Association (Councilor); Deutsche Ornithologen-Ges- selschaft; Ecological Society of America; The Nature Conservancy; National Wildlife Feder- ation; Raptor Research Foundation (Principal Referee); The Wildlife Society (Editorial Board, Leopold Award Committee); Wisconsin Acad- emy of Science, Arts and Letters (Co-Vice President for Science); Wilson Ornithological Society (Chair, Conservation Committee, As- sociate Editor); Wisconsin Society for Orni- thology (President, twice; Co-Chair Research Committee). Professor Hamerstrom's distinguished public service and high quality research did not go unrecognized, though he was a very modest man. Fran called him "a quiet scientist." Fred Hamerstrom was recognized with the following Honors and Awards: The American Ornithologists Union-Fellow; Dane County Conservation League-Distinguished Coopera- tive Wildlife Research Unit--Certificate of Rec- ognition; Phi Kappa Phi; Sigma Xi; and jointly with Fran, Citizens Natural Resources Associa- tion-Silver Acorn Award; College of Natural Resources, University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point-Environmentalist of the Year, 1978; National Wildlife Federation-Wildlife Conser- vation Award; United Peregrine Society-Con- servation Award; The Wildlife Society-Wildlife Publication Award, 1940 (with P.L. Errington for "The great horned owl and its prey in north-central United States") and again in 1958 (with O.E. Mattson for "A guide to prai- rie chicken management''); Wisconsin Chap- ter, The Wildlife Society-Wisconsin Award for Wildlife Research, 1980; Wilson Ornithologi- cal Society-Edwards Prize (with C.j. Burke); Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources- Bureau of Research Award; Wisconsin Out- doors Communicators Association-Honorary Life Members; Wisconsin Society for Ornithol- ogy-Silver Passenger Pigeon Award for Ser- vice to WSO, and Honorary Life Membership Award for distinguished ornithology. 3 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 4 Dr. Hamerstrom left an indelible wildlife lega- cy that can be realized each spring when prai- rie grouse greet the sunrise with their boom- ing, dancing, strutting, and when they take wing from cover during the fall hunting sea- son; whenever the eye is privileged to the sight of a soaring buteo, hunting harrier, div- ing osprey, stooping falcon, or darting accipi- ter; or when one gets that unique tingle in the nape of the neck while treading grasslands with "buena vistas." His scholarship, ethical research standards, unselfish dedication to the conservation of natural resources, all flavored with the modest character of a gentleman, provided a model for wildlife scientists that inspires emulation. He was a Professor of Wildlife and Conservationist of the highest order. "I am grateful for having had the oppor- tunity to be one of his students, a relationship that never ceased--/ sensed that I was in the presence of greatness" (Ray Anderson). Frances Hamerstrom died 29 August 1998 at age 90 in Port Edwards, Wisconsin. She published over 150 scientific papers (many with Fred), dozens of popular articles, and 12 books. She once remarked that "if you are the kind of person who wakes up every morning wanting to make the world a better place, it gives a certain zest to everything you do". Those who knew Fran will agree; there was a certain zest to everything she did. Despite the societal stuffiness of her privi- leged childhood, Fran was drawn to wild ani- mals at an early age. Her fondness for raising young wild animals and nursing sick ones to health reinforced in her mind that she was different from other people in her social set- ting. It also laid the foundation for a "hands- on" style of wildlife research that emphasized personal contact with the animals of study. To Fran, bringing free-flying rap tors into her household to study them just made good sense. It seemed odd to her to think that a scientist could ask meaningful research ques- tions without having first-hand knowledge of an animal's daily needs. Fran's research style and personality compli- mented those of her husband and teammate, Frederick, who preceded her in death by 8 years. This exceptional life-long team was appropriately labeled a"super organism" by an anonymous apprentice. Thus, it is virtually impossible to refer to them individually in their wildlife careers. That is not to say that they behaved alike. Fran was often spontane- ous and impulsive whereas Fred was methodi- cal and meticulous. Fran was sometimes out- spoken and prone to embellishment whereas Fred was the quiet master of understatement. Both were fiercely committed to saving our natural heritage. They accomplished so many things together because their differences strengthened their sum. Fran was in the vanguard of "equal opportuni- ty" for women in wildlife biology long before it was popular or even considered. The male- oriented profession precluded specific em- ployment in her early professional life and significantly limited it later on. Fran was keen- ly aware of the male chauvinism associated with the embryonic wildlife profession and would subtly call attention to this fallacy by physically out-manning men in the field. Her relatively recent book, "Is she coming too?" is testament to this historic awareness. When Fred gained an educational appointment, or employment, Fran accompanied him and participated as a volunteer, or pursued com- plimentary avenues. Her efforts were soon recognized and occasionally rewarded with a token salary, but more often the agency got 2 highly qualified people for the price of 1 as they conducted field research on a number of species. While working under Paul Errington at Iowa, Fran received an award for "the woman most likely to succeed in research" and later was awarded an honorary doctorate degree from Carroll College in Waukesha, Wisconsin in 1 961. The lifetime achievements of Fred and Fran are even more remarkable when one considers that they conducted exhaustive field studies on harriers, osprey, kestrels, Har- ris' hawks, and several other species coinci- dent with their tenure on other official pro- jects. They were stellar role models. Although Fran's research on grouse was more noteworthy to many, she always held a spe- cial fascination with raptors. Her first major scientific paper (co-authored with Errington Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station and Fred) was on the food habits of great horned owls. Ironically, the paper was a disap- pointment to her. As a woman in a male-ori- ented profession, she felt a strong need to prove herself by publishing her first significant paper as the sole author. Errington just as- sumed she would want her relatively small contribution to become part of his major pa- per. She went on to publish 70 papers on birds of prey and to receive The Wildlife Soci- ety's publication award (as a co-author with Fred and Os Mattson) a second time in 1957 for her work on prairie chicken management. One of Fran's most exhaustive studies was a long-term project on the breeding ecology of northern harriers in central Wisconsin. From the 1950s to 1980s, she and co-workers band- ed close to 300 adult and 650 nestling harri- ers, and conducted over 20,000 small mam- mal trap nights. She documented that food abundance was the mechanism regulating harrier mating systems and local population densities. She also noted that those relation- ships changed during the years that the pesti- cide DDT was used. The 25-year harrier study was published in a book by Fran entitled, "Harrier, hawk of the marshes: the hawk that is ruled by a mouse." Keeping with her habit of maintaining several research projects simul- taneously, Fran also conducted a long-term nest box study of American kestrels. Raptors held more than a scientific interest for Fran. She was an accomplished falconer who, at age 12, took her first quarry with a male kestrel. Later she helped pioneer artificial in- semination techniques with golden eagles. It was not uncommon for Fran to apply tradi- tional falconry techniques in her raptor re- search projects. She maintained close ties to falconers throughout her life and was a mem- ber of the North American Falconers Associa- tion, the British Falconers Association, and the Great Lakes Falconers Association. Her lifetime interest in raptors also made Fran an early supporter of the Raptor Research Foundation. She received the President's Award from the Foundation and was the Cen- tral Director in 1975 and 1976. In 1990, the Foundation created the "Frederick and Frances Hamerstrom Award" given to individ- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look uals who made significant contributions to the understanding of raptor ecology or natural history. In 1992, the Journal of Raptor Re- search dedicated a special issue to the Ham- erstroms' contribution to science. After Fred's death, Fran journeyed to tropical rainforests, a region that apparently always intrigued her but which Frederick had little desire to visit because of the heat and humidi- ty. She initially traveled to the Congo where she "hunted with the pygmies" as she put it. She made at least 5 consecutive trips to the Amazon basin, always traveling alone and training physically for the ordeal beforehand. She was initially interested in the hunting practices of rainforest societies and started to collaborate on a book on that subject with a native. But, like the birds she studied, Fran returned to Wisconsin each spring to contin- ue her research on kestrels. Few people in the profession of wildlife bio- logy have earned so many awards from such a breadth of organizations. She received the Josselyn Van Tyne Award from the American Ornithologist's Union, the Chapman Award from the American Museum of Natural Histo- ry, the United Peregrine Society Conservation Award, the Edwards Prize from the Wilson Ornithological Society, and was the first recip- ient of The Hamerstrom Award from the Prai- rie Grouse Technical Council. A sample of other organizations that bestowed awards include, the Raptor Research Foundation, The Wildlife Society, National Wildlife Federation, International Crane Foundation, Citizens Nat- ural Resources Association, Deutschen Orni- thologen-Gesellschaft, Wisconsin Depart- ment of Natural Resources, Wisconsin Society for Ornithology, and Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. Fran was a mem- ber of over 20 scientific societies including all the major North American and several Euro- pean ornithological societies, The Wildlife Society, Raptor Research Foundation, Ecologi- cal Society of America, and the American Society of Mammalogists. She also was a member of several wildlife conservation soci- eties and writers associations. In the last 20 years of her life, Fran devoted more time to writing popular books and preferred to be defined as a writer rather than an internation- 5 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 6 al wildlife biologist. Her book, "Strictly for the chickens" won the August Derleth Award. One of Fran's least-recognized contributions to the field of science was her service as an educator and role model. The Hamerstroms employed a European model of apprentice- ship whereby they allowed qualified individu- als to live in their home and become part of their daily lives. The 1 00 or so apprentices were called "gabboons." The term means slaves that conduct the lowest form of labor. During the banquet at a Raptor Research Foundation annual meeting, Fran looked around the room and pointed out the large number of Foundation officers and meeting attendees who had been through the Hamer- strom household. It was a testament to the influence the Hamerstroms have had on the field of raptor research. The gabboon system ensured that science was only part of an apprentice's learning experience. Gabboons were treated to intro- ductions with visiting professionals from all over the world. Since before World War II, the Hamerstroms had strong connections to European scientists. Gabboons were schooled in subjects as diverse as proper table man- ners, correct English, and carpentry. They also enjoyed Fran's fine cuisine, which was the subject of her wild foods cookbook. Any- one who washed dishes and put the antique china back in the cupboards quickly realized that every piece had its place and it was not negotiable. Certain strict household rules evolved as a defense against legions of houseguests each year. Like Leopold, the Hamerstroms imparted on gabboons a strong appreciation for fine art and disdain for the trappings of technol- ogy. The walls of their unpainted pre-civil war construction farmhouse in rural central Wis- consin were adorned with original art work. The house had no indoor plumbing but each person was allowed private bathing time at "the pond" where they had a chance to see a green heron or a brood of wood ducks. Fran's model for a biologist was one with more field sense than statistical prowess or experimental design skills. This view was also evident in most of her publications, which often lacked statistical rigor but were rich with high-quality data. Her thoughts on statistics were that if a pattern wasn't obvious from a look at the raw data, it either wasn't real or more samples were needed to know for sure. She lamented the fact that contemporary stu- dents often knew very little basic biology about the animals they were studying even though they may have had a good grasp on the scientific process. The Hamerstroms set the standard for a dedi- cated work ethic. They used their home as a research center, they brought gabboons into their daily lives, and they believed that if ani- mals did not recognize weekends and 8-hour days, it didn't make sense for researchers to do so either. It was obvious that wildlife research was far more of a passion for the Hamerstroms than a job. This philosophy stemmed from Leopold's expectations of his graduate stu- dents and was the basis for the "Hamerstrom rule of thirds." The rule is that researchers should spend one-third of their time on the bureaucratic folly required by their employer. Another one-third of their time should be spent on tasks both the employer and the researcher want to do, and one-third of their time should be spent doing exactly what the researcher pleases. Fran was quick to note that this last one-third was beyond a regular 40-hour week, and she maintained it was that portion of their time that made the prairie chicken work a success. Even while in Michi- gan from 1943 to 1946, she and Frederick took personal time to visit the booming .grounds in central Wisconsin each year to monitor their marked birds. Fran also was a model in her advocacy of keeping wild pets. She believed that if the public was to really appreciate wild animals they must be allowed to experience them first hand, much as she had done as a child. She believed the risk of harm to an individual wild pet was less than the benefit of letting a child feel the wonder and responsibility of caring for that pet. Although Fran rehabilitated many injured wild animals over her lifetime, she realized in mid-life that emphasizing the wei- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station fare of an individual animal over that of the population was misguided. In her book, "Strictly for the chickens," Fran tells the story of capturing a hen prairie chicken with a nasty infection. Fred was ready to end the bird's suffering and make a study skin from it. Fran intervened and cleansed the wound, stitched it up, and released the bird. Years later she recaptured the same hen and thus became somewhat of a heroine for saving its life. Of that incident Fran wrote, "But year after year I watched the range of our prairie chick- ens disappear under the plow and drainage. And I began to grow up. I came to realize that the saving of one individual for sentimental reasons is nothing compared to preservation e- thicl<.er, -/riide.$ leu/ n/;lrl- infr Oh llrd .... ye.Ut, lila>~-~ f1pi's l}ew-/~fed .flu~. ~ /m/f if n!J: ¥~ he ~ 6d odd • snm no$! '/ cz ri.s/1 .,b hts ~sm ..... Nanni~· Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in Minnesota W. Daniel Svedarsky, Northwest Experiment Station, University of Minnesota, Crookston Terrance J. Wolfe, Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, Crookston john E. Toepfer, Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, Ltd., Waukesha, Wisconsin Historical Review DISTRIBUTION Reports are unclear as to the presettlement distribution of the greater prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) in Minnesota but Partch (1973) reviewed early records which suggested its presence along the south- ern edge of the state in the early 1800s (Fig.1 ). Hatch (1892) recalled conversations with Chaplain Gear at Fort Snelling (now the site of the Twin Cities) in about 1839: "He stated that the prairie hens (chickens) were seldom seen at the first, but after the country began to become settled considerably, they increased in numbers perceptibly from year to year." Breckenridge (1998) watched 3-4 males on a small booming ground in the spring of 1929 only 6 miles (9.6 km) southeast of the Metrodome in downtown Minneapolis. This is incredible to imagine today with the extent of development. Later, "well into the 1940s," Breckenridge took ornithology classes 1 Revised and updated from Svedarsky eta/. (1997). Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 to watch chickens on a "much larger booming ground" at the Carlos Avery Wildlife Manage- ment Area 15 miles (24 km) north of St. Paul. Spreading urbanization, and the attendant increase in people, pets, buildings, fire con- trol, tree plantings, etc. eventually displaced these remnant populations. Prairie chickens apparently persisted in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area for about 100 years. As agriculture moved northward onto the prairies, so did prairie chickens at the rate of about 10 miles (16 km) a year (Partch 1973). By 1880, prairie chickens had reached ex- treme northwest Minnesota and had also moved a considerable distance into the forest- ed part of northeastern Minnesota as logging, land clearing, and recurrent fires created "grasslands." The maximum extent of the range was probably reached around 1900 when prairie chickens occurred over most of the state where suitable grassland habitat was present (Fig. 1 ). Two factors- intensified agriculture and plant succession -were primarily responsible for a steady reduction in the prairie chicken range 25 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 26 Figure 1. Presettlement vegetation and approximate prairie chicken range in Minnesota at selected times. after 1900. Concurrent with maximum range expansion to the north, a decline in chicken numbers was commencing in the southern counties due to intensified agriculture. Great- er mechanization facilitated large-scale drain- age, cleaner farming (especially the shift from threshing machines and straw stacks to com- bines), and the consolidation of the patch- work of pastures, wild hayfields, croplands, undisturbed grasslands, and wetlands into larger fields. This trend moved northward and by the 1960s prairie chickens were found primarily in northwest Minnesota along the beach ridges of glacial Lake Agassiz (Erickson and Farmes 1960). The droughty nature of the beach ridge soils and the presence of large rocks made it uneconomical to cultivate much of the grasslands and they were used for wild hay production, grazing, or left idle. Prairie chickens declined in the forested part of the state as "created grasslands" were lost to nat- ural plant succession and tree planting. A key factor in this change was fire suppression. To an extent, this was necessary to safeguard tree plantations, human lives, and property, but it greatly hastened plant succession. In the early 1970s, high grain prices coupled with relatively low prices for prairie land ($100-150 per acre [$250-370 per hectare]) stimulated increased conversion of native prairie and other idle lands to croplands throughout the range in northwest Minnesota (Fig. 1 ). This increased grassland habitat loss was slowed by declining grain prices in the early 1980s and the enactment of the 1985 Farm Bill with its "sodbuster" and "swamp- buster" provisions. This penalized landowners for converting grasslands (if occurring on high- ly erodible soils) and wetlands to commodity crop production. Also, many fields with highly erodible soils were enrolled in the Conserva- tion Reserve Program (CRP) of the Farm Bill and planted to cover crops for a 1 0-year con- tractual period. A small, isolated (separated by 70 miles [112 km] and a zone of deciduous forests and lakes from the main chicken range) popula- tion of prairie chickens also persists in the mostly forested, north central part of the state (Fig. 1 ). Soils and climatic factors favor forest vegetation but grassy lowlands are periodical- ly burned by private individuals to retard brush invasion and allow harvesting of wild hay. Sandy soils predominate on upland sites and support fire-prone jack pine (Pinus banksi- ana) savannas which are periodically burned by wild fires and temporarily provide prairie chicken habitat for 4-5 years thereafter (Sve- darsky et al. 1982). POPULATION TRENDS The number of prairie chickens in the early years can only be inferred as "abundant" based on accounts of the numbers shot. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Swanson (1940) indicated that it was not un- common for a single hunter to bag 1 00 birds a day in the late 1800's. According to Pater- son (1973), hunters typically shot a wagon box of chickens during a day's hunt in the late 1800s and early 1 900s. Harvest data collect- ed by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) from 1921-50 indicated a peak harvest of 328,914 in 1923, falling to a low of 10,547 in 1929, and then rising to 58,000 in 1942; the last prairie chicken hunt- ing season in the state (Table 1 ). Interestingly, the season remained open during the early 1930s, when harvests were low, but was closed when populations were apparently higher. The first prairie chicken censusing was carried out in Minnesota by C. Edward Carlson and Vince Reid in the late 1930s and early 1940's (R.E. Farmes, MNDNR, personal communica- tion). Erickson and Petraborg (1952) reported the earliest attempts to systematically census prairie chickens were in Norman County in 1941 and 1942 when 13 booming grounds with a mean of 11 males were counted each year. They also noted 399 rural mail carriers recorded prairie grouse along mail routes in northern Minnesota. In March of 1946, 1 prai- rie chicken was observed per 205 miles (328 km) traveled and 1 sharp-tailed grouse (Tym- panuchus phasinellus) per 134 miles (214 km). In 1947, the same number of prairie chickens were recorded but nearly 3 times as many sharp-tailed grouse were seen. Based on these mail carrier questionnaires, populations were best in Kittson, Marshall, Pennington, Polk, Red Lake and Roseau Counties in those years. Farmes and others later conducted census routes near Thief Riv- er Falls in northwest Minnesota from 1951 to 1956 and in 1964 and 1965. The number of booming grounds was recorded but the num- ber of birds present on grounds was "vague" (Paterson 1973). Preliminary censusing of the primary range (excluding the north central portion) was made in 1971 and 1972 when 41 booming grounds were located with an average of 16 birds (sexes not separated) per ground. Annual censuses coordinated by the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society (MPCS) began in 1974 in the northwest and 1977 in Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look the north central range. Chicken numbers have fluctuated in recent years, with highs of 1,648 and 1,913 spring males in 1982 and 1992, respectively (Fig. 2). Swanson (1940) summarized prairie chicken abundance peri- ods for the late 1800s from newspapers and sportsman accounts. Mid-points of these peri- ods were 1863, 1871, 1880-81, and 1894- 95, suggesting that historic peaks occurred in years ending in 1, 2 or 3. Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom (1973) found peaks occurred in their Plainfield, Wisconsin study area in 1940, 1950 and 1951, and again in 1970 and 1971. To some extent, census data reflect yearly variations in access conditions, censusing weather, and turnover of personnel but we believe they are reasonable estimates of mini- mum numbers and general population trends Table 1. Calculated harvest of prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse in Min- nesota, 1921-50. (Adapted from Erickson and Petraborg 1952). Prairie Sharp-tailed Year chicken grouse 1921 176,637 1923 328,914 14,409 1924 Closed 15,849 1925 411,971 a 1927 103,929 a 1929 10,547 a 1931 14,125 a 1933 29,216 8,084 1934 25,444 13,310 1935 36,498 6,822 1940 125,000 a 1941 135,000 a 1942 58,000 42,100 1948 Closed 13,687 1949 Closed 153,637 1950 Closed 82,726 a Kill not broken down by species - includes both prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse. 27 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 28 160 2000 140 1800 "C 1600 c: :I ~ 120 Dl -rn 1400 "' "C iii 100 "' E 1200 'E "C :I c: 0 ca u rn 80 1000 Zl "C c: iii :I E ~ Dl 800 iii Dl 60 ~ c: -{}-No. of booming ground ·e 600 0 --+--No. of males per ground 0 .Q 40 _..._Total males counted ~ 400 ~ 20 200 • • ._. ..... .._. • • .._ . • • • • ~ • • • . .... 0 0 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 YEAR Figure 2. Total prairie chicken booming grounds and mean numbers of males per ground in rela- tion to total males counted statewide, 1974-98. (Fig. 2). The statewide counts parallel those in a Polk County study area near Crookston which has been intensively censused since 1974. The approximate spring density in the Polk County area ranged from about 1 male per section (2.6 km 2 ) overall or 1 per 62 acres (25 ha) of preserved habitat during low years to over 2 males per the same area during the high population years of 1982 and 1992 (Sve- darsky et al. 1997). The number of booming grounds per year tended to vary more than the average number of males per ground (Fig.2) and was more correlated with the total number of males censused (r=0.89 vs. r=0.57). The mean num- ber of males per booming ground for the 25- year period was 10.1 (s.d.=1.9) with a high of 75 recorded on a ground in Clay County in 1992 (Brian Winter, The Nature Conservancy, personal communication.) HABITAT ACQUISITION PROGRAMS As land use intensified on private lands with the attendant reduction of habitat values, there was a need for conservation agencies to purchase and manage lands as wildlife habi- tat. In 1951, the "Save the Wetlands" program of the MNDNR was launched, and by 1973 there were 24,107 acres (9,760 ha) of state wildlife management areas in the northwest prairie chicken range (Nielsen 1973); these totaled 39,515 acres (15,998 ha) by 1996 (Table 2).1n 1961, the U.S Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) initiated the wetland acquisi- tion/easement program in western Minnesota and the Dakotas. This program and the Ham- den Slough National Wildlife Refuge totaled 31,784 acres (12,868 ha) of waterfowl pro- duction and refuge areas in the northwest chicken range by 1996. While these programs were directed primarily towards the protec- tion of wetlands within the "prairie pothole country," approximately 60% of the units were grassland habitat useful to prairie chick- ens and other wildlife. The Nature Conservancy (TNC) began pur- chasing land of natural uniqueness in the late 1960s and, encouraged by the emphasis placed on the prairie chicken at a conference held at Crookston in 1973, launched the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look "Minnesota Prairie Chicken Preserve System" in 1974. By 1996, MNDNR, USFWS, and TNC had acquired 80,939 acres (32,769 ha) of habitat in the northwest chicken range and continue to do so but at a slower rate. These lands are complemented by approximately 148,200 acres (60,000 ha) of erosion-prone lands which were in grass cover in 1996 un- der the Conservation Reserve Program. About 21% of the land within the north cen- tral range (Fig. 1) is public (county or state). Most is presently managed as forest land, but 494 acres (200 ha) of brushland were convert- ed to grassland and 1,976 acres (800 ha) were acquired for prairie grouse from 1990 to 1993 (Rob Naplin, MNDNR, personal com- munication). The future of this prairie chicken population is closely tied to private land-use practices unless more public lands are desig- nated and actively managed as prairie chicken management units. TRANSLOCATION PROJECTS Minnesota has been involved in 4 prairie chicken translocation projects. In 1977, 29 birds were trapped in western Minnesota dur- ing spring and summer and released at the Crex Meadows Wildlife Area in northwestern Wisconsin to supplement earlier releases of pen-reared and wild birds from central Wis- consin (Toepfer 1988). Three releases of pen- reared prairie chickens from the MNDNR Carlos Avery Game Farm were made from 1977-80 at the Lac Qui Parle Wildlife Man- agement Area in extreme west central Minne- sota (Arlin Anderson, MNDNR, personal com- munication). Birds were released in September of 1977 (n=35), 1979 (n=24), and 1980 (n=35) in an area containing good up- land cover and planted food plots. Birds were leg-banded but not radio-tagged so their fate is unknown. In 1983, no booming cocks were reported but some birds were observed dur- Table 2. Grassland habitat in acres (hectares) within the northwest Minnesota prairie chicken range by ownership in 1973, 1983, and 1996. a Ownership 1973 b 1983 1996 Minnesota Department of Natural Resources 24,117 31,135 39,531 (9,760) (12,600) (15,998) U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 6,820 14,332 31,797 (2,760) (5,800) (12,868) The Nature Conservancy 1,048 6,683 9,644 (424) (2,300) (3,903) Conservation Reserve Program 0 0 148,260 c (60,000) Total 31,985 52,150 148,260 (12,944) (20,700) (92,769) a Some area increases between time periods may reflect prairie chicken range expansion onto previ- ously acquired lands as well as additional purchases within the range. b From Nielsen 1973. c Estimate based on enrollment contracts as of 7 July 1989. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 29 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 30 ing the summer (Rick Johnson, The Nature Conservancy, personal communication). Pos- sible reasons for the Lac Qui Parle failure are: 1) the use of pen-reared rather than wild birds, 2) releases during the fall raptor migra- tion, and 3) the presence of ring-necked pheasants (Phasianus colchicus) in the area. In 1983, Minnesota became involved in a translocation project with North Dakota. The goal was to substitute Minnesota prairie chicken eggs for sharp-tailed grouse eggs in nests located on or near the Arrowwood Na- tional Wildlife Refuge in east central North Dakota. Due to difficulty in locating chicken nests, additional eggs were provided by Clif- ford Steinhauer, a private propagator in Holt, Minnesota. This project was unsuccessful. In April, 1992, a translocation project directed by Toepfer was initiated with the North Dako- ta Game and Fish Department. In this effort, birds were captured on Minnesota booming grounds, radio-marked and then retrapped and translocated during summer to extreme east central North Dakota near Manvel within the Kelly's Slough Wildlife Management Project. Twenty-nine birds ( 12 cocks and 1 7 hens) were translocated in 1992, 25 (14 cocks and 11 hens) in 1993, and no birds in 1994. In the summer of 1995, a booming ground of 14 cocks was supplemented with the release of 49 Minnesota birds (25 cocks, 19 hens, 5 unknown sex), including 2 brood hens with 3 chicks each. Beringer (1995) summarized the results of the North Dakota translocation project for the period 1992-95. In 1996, 32 cocks were translocated from Minnesota to North Dakota; 2 in mid-April, 2 in early June and 28 during July and August. Fifteen of these birds were released near known boom- ing grounds to supplement existing numbers. The rest were released at new sites to estab- lish new grounds. The release of cocks translo- cated during the July and August molt appears to be a reliable way to hold translocated prai- rie chickens near a release site and establish booming grounds nearby. Movements are generally reduced at this time and food re- sources are plentiful (Toepfer et al. 1990). During the North Dakota project, birds were also translocated from Minnesota to Illinois to increase the genetic diversity in a population which had dwindled to about 40 birds. In 1992, 15 birds (all hens) were moved and 12 (6 cocks and 6 hens) in 1993. Birds translocat- ed to Illinois included a radioed hen and her pair of 4-week old male chicks. Both the Illinois and North Dakota transloca- tion efforts have yielded positive results. The Illinois population has increased as has the egg hatchability rate (Westemeier et al.1999) In North Dakota during April 1996, 5 boom- ing grounds totaling 23 cocks were located within a S-mile (8 km) radius of the original 1992 release site. Two grounds had 7 and 9 cocks while several smaller grounds had 2-3 cocks. All booming grounds were within 1 mile (1.6 km) of a previous year's release. In the spring of 1998, 12 booming grounds with 83 males were located in the release area. Since 1992, 360 prairie chickens have been released in North Dakota; 140 originating from Minnesota. Most were captured on booming grounds and translocated during the breeding season to the booming ground com- plex surrounding the original 1992 release. It is believed the presence of existing booming grounds and associated birds reduces the tendency for translocated birds to move away from the release site (Toepfer 1976). EFFECTS OF REMOVAL A total of 167 prairie chickens (approximately 40 birds per year) were translocated to North Dakota (83 cocks, 52 hens, and 5 unknowns) and to Illinois (6 cocks and 21 hens) in the early 1990s. In 1993, the cock population in western Minnesota from which birds were removed in 1992 declined approximately 50%. Cock counts for individual booming ground counts indicated that the removal of birds from western Minnesota in 1992 did not contribute to this decline. A comparison of booming ground counts between grounds where birds were removed in 1992 (Twin Valley area) with those where none were tak- en showed the latter declined 59% (157 to 65, n=S) while the former declined 43% (150 to 85, n=S). The Twin Valley area was select- ed for comparison because it had the most Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ~ -~-~---~~ -~ --------------------- complete booming ground counts for both years. Toepfer (1988) also found the removal of prairie chickens in 1977 from central Wis- consin had no adverse effects on the cock population the following April. Heavy rains, cool weather and the influences of the 10- year cycle probably better explained the drop in prairie chicken numbers from 1992 to 1993 in western Minnesota (Fig. 2). RESEARCH SUMMARY Except for periodic census efforts, no inten- sive research was conducted on Minnesota prairie chickens until 1975. Three graduate students from the University of North Dakota conducted studies in the northwest range southeast of Crookston in Polk County. Jor- genson (1977) compared land use in the Min- nesota study area with an area near Manvel, North Dakota which had recently (1973) sup- ported prairie chickens, and monitored move- ments of radio-tagged males during spring and summer in Minnesota. Svedarsky (1979) con- ducted a 3-year study of female reproductive ecology which evaluated spring and summer movements, nesting, and brood rearing. Spar- ling (1979) did a comparative study of the reproductive behavior of prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse to better understand fac- tors contributing to, and the consequences of, hybridization. Their ranges overlap near Crookston and Sparling studied mixed display grounds occupied by both species. In 1992, the previously discussed North Dakota trans- location study of John Toepfer and his stu- dents was initiated and included studies on the winter and reproductive ecology of prairie chickens in both states and their use of CRP lands (Beringer 1995, Rosenquist 1996). Census Procedures Although some booming ground counts were conducted in the 1950s and 1960s, the most thorough effort to census the northwest range was commenced in 1974 by the MPCS and is on-going. Cooperators included MNDNR, USFWS, and TNC personnel, university re- searchers, students, and bird-watchers who Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look attempted to count males on each ground twice during the mid-April peak display peri- od. Some experimental winter aerial counts were conducted in Wilkin and Clay counties (Paterson 1973). Also, the census areas of the Crookston and Buffalo River State Park Christ- mas Bird Counts include some prairie chicken habitat. Hunting Prairie chicken hunting was a long-standing tradition in the prairie country of Minnesota until the last hunting season in 1942. Swan- son (1940) cited an 1883 newspaper article from Fergus Falls (west central Minnesota) which noted that in August there were "ten thousand dogs and as many hunters ready for the prairie chicken season." As recently as 1924, prairie chickens were so numerous in Minnesota that no legislation to control their shooting was considered necessary (Minneso- ta Conservation Department 1924). Accord- ing to older residents of the prairie chicken country, prairie chickens were the main source of "red" meat during the winter and early spring of the Depression years. The prairie chicken is presently listed as a species of "special concern" in Minnesota (Coffin and Pfannmuller 1988) which means it is not currently threatened with extinction but is a "watch closely" species, dependent on a habitat which could change rapidly. However, many biologists feel the population could support a conservative hunting season. Two possible frameworks are: 1) issue a speci- fied number of permits for a 9-day season with a 1 or 2 bird limit and a success rate regulated by the season dates, or 2) allow a 1-bird limit for an unrestricted number of hunters for 1 weekend in November (R.E. Farmes, MNDNR, personal communication). Required registration of kills and reports of crippling would be desirable. A hunting season could create more interest in the bird and its habitat, and affirm that hunting is not a threat to populations in good habitat. Possible negative aspects are: the over-harvest of isolated habitats, adverse pub- 31 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 32 lie reaction from people accustomed to the bird not being hunted, trespass violations, and costs of administering the hunting season. Public Needs The prairie chicken has considerable educa- tional and recreational potential and has been an effective selling point in prairie acquisition programs in Minnesota because of its histori- cal significance and the special dimension it adds to the prairie fauna. Booming ground census data are used by the Minnesota State Planning Agency (1998) as a general indicator of the "amount and health of native prairie and other grassland." Similarly, sharp-tailed grouse are used as an indicator of brushland health. Observing booming grounds from blinds and vehicles draws many people to the prairie in spring and could be promoted even more, provided sufficient personnel were available to regulate viewing and minimize disturbance. Presently, blinds for the public are made avail- able on a word-of-mouth basis by personnel from MNDNR, TNC, and the University of Minnesota; photographers occasionally have their own blinds. Buffalo River State Park east of Moorhead is well-suited to develop the interpretive potential of prairie chickens with a TNC field station located nearby and the proximity to population centers of Moorhead, Minnesota and Fargo, North Dakota. Inter- pretive brochures on prairie chickens are available, and cooperative programming could be developed between MNDNR, TNC, and nearby educational institutions; particu- larly, the Science Center of Moorhead State University. At present, the field office ofTNC coordinates viewing from blinds on a reserva- tion basis. An important focal point for prairie chickens is Rothsay, dedicated in 1976 as the "Prairie Chicken Capital of Minnesota." It has long been known as a prairie chicken viewing area by Minnesota bird watchers and is now marked with a 16.5 foot (5 m) high prairie chicken statue along Interstate 94. An inter- pretive kiosk could be developed at this site. The Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society (MPCS) was organized in 1974 to promote the prairie chicken through educational pro- grams and support management and research projects (Svedarsky 1999). An annual meeting and program is held in different locations in the state for the public to learn about prairie chickens. A slide-tape cassette program and brochure were prepared in 1985 by the Soci- ety as an educational aid for schools and con- servation organizations. Three prairie chicken learning trunks were sponsored for use with educational groups and events in Minnesota and North Dakota. Prescribed burning equip- ment has been donated to agencies and uni- versity personnel for habitat management. The MPCS has been actively involved in fund- raising to co-sponsor field research and trans- location projects. In 1999, a$ 60,000 propos- al to sponsor the reintroduction of prairie chickens to western Minnesota is under con- sideration by the Legislature and funding ap- pears likely. Management Needs The Minnesota prairie chicken range lies along the edge of the continental forest-prai- rie transition where grassland is essentially a subclimax community, maintained in the past by a combination of fire (in particular) and grazing. Aspen (Populus tremuloides) and willow (Salix spp.) are the primary woody in- vaders and can rapidly lower the value of a grassland as prairie chicken habitat. The vigor- ous grassland acquisition program in recent years (Table 2) has now exceeded the man- .agement capability of conservation agencies. Presently, agencies annually burn a small por- tion of their holdings within the primary chick- en ranges; MNDNR (8%), USFWS (1 0%) and TNC (26%). Ideally, about 25% of grassland tracts should be managed annually by burn- ing, mowing, or grazing. Spring and fall burn- ing are the most feasible management practic- es, with opportunities for haying and grazing by private cooperators somewhat limited due to reduced numbers of livestock operations. Pasture and hayland adjacent to acquired preserved grassland is increasingly being con- verted to grain crops which receive limited Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station use by prairie chickens, especially broods. Consequently, acquired grasslands have to provide more than nesting and roosting cov- er. Svedarsky (1979) found nesting occurred in undisturbed cover but broods consistently used recently disturbed cover. He found brood mortality to be quite high and conclud- ed that brood-rearing success was as impor- tant as nesting success in determining recruit- ment. Most acquired grassland tracts within the Minnesota prairie chicken range are large (x=370 acres [150 ha]) and we suggest that the Hamerstrom et al. (1957) concept of "ecological patterning" be applied to the units themselves to facilitate birds meeting all of their habitat needs within short radius, espe- cially during summer when movements are reduced. More recently, Toepfer (unpublished data), in a continuing long-term prairie chicken ecolo- gy study, found that of 289 prairie chicken nests in western Minnesota, 66.1% were in CRP grasslands and 33.9% in grasslands domi- nated by native species. Nesting success, however, was higher in native than CRP grass- lands. The reason for this difference is not known, but CRP grasslands generally lack species diversity and often consist of only 1 or 2 species; either switchgrass (Panicum virg- atum), brome (Bromus inermis), or brome/ alfalfa (Medicago sativa). Large CRP fields of dense switchgrass were rarely used by hens for nesting in contrast to fields dominated by brome or brome/alfalfa. Native grasslands support a greater diversity of species but may include patches of non-native species as well. The pattern of more nests but lower nesting success in CRP grasslands has been consistent since the study started in 1992. This suggests that the quality of grassland habitat, especially the diversity of species, plays an important role in nest success. It would appear that prai- rie chicken hens do not necessarily "select" the best available habitat. CRP grasslands, because of lower nesting success occurring there, could be a population sink for nesting prairie chickens. Even though there is much more CRP grassland habitat, native prairie areas produced a greater portion of young. The management potential of the approxi- mate 148,00 acres (60,000 ha) of CRP land Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look within the chicken range is significant; it is double the combined acreage of MNDNR, USFWS, and TNC lands (Table 2), but habitat values tend to generally decline about 5 years after establishment unless it is managed. Sve- darsky et al. (1998) supported increasing the species diversity of CRP plantings but also the implementation of a 4-year rotational distur- bance program using burning, grazing, hay- ing, and mowing; in that order of priority. Prescribed burning is currently allowed on CRP land in Minnesota but rarely practiced due to limitations in manpower, expertise, and equipment. Preserved grasslands may exist as "habitat islands" within intensive agriculture. This likely increases predation, particularly during the nesting and early brood season. Svedarsky (1988) found December red fox (Vulpes vulpes) fur prices (a trapping pressure indica- tor) highly correlated (r=0.82, p<0.01) with booming ground counts 2 springs later over an 11-year period (197 4-84). This assumes that heavy trapping pressure during fall and winter results in lower mammalian predator populations and more successful nesting and brood rearing the following summer, which would be reflected in higher booming ground counts the subsequent spring. Sargeant et al. (1995) found a hatch rate of only 8.6% for 156 waterfowl nests on waterfowl production areas in west central Minnesota from 1987 to 1990. This included the southerly portion of the prairie chicken range. On comparable experimental areas with intensive predator control, they found a hatch rate of 15.4 %, which was at the low end of the 15-20% threshold considered minimal to maintain population stability for the waterfowl species in the study. They concluded that, even with predator control, predation of ground nests can be quite high where there are diverse mammalian predator communities present. Since predator control programs can be diffi- cult, costly, and often have low public accept- ability, predator management through habitat manipulation is generally more desirable. This can include cover management to provide good chicken concealment, reduce litter accu- mulation (and possible associated predator attraction), and impede predator travel; re- 33 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 34 moval of denning sites such as rock piles, old buildings and bulldoze piles; and cutting large trees which serve as raptor hunting perches. Eastern cottonwoods (Populus deltoides) are attractive to raptors and are common along ditch banks often used as loafing sites by chickens. Svedarsky (1979) found raptor- killed, radio-tagged prairie chickens associated with trees and suggested their removal in ar- eas where prairie chicken management is a priority. Because it is difficult to kill trees over 5 inches (12.5 em) dbh by fire, we recom- mend girdling in April or May or clearcutting in late June, when carbohydrate reserves are low, to reduce resprouting. Prairie chicken identification signs have been developed by the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society to warn hunters that chickens are protected. These are posted around public hunting areas where chickens are present and this practice should continue. Supplemental winter food through food plots (sunflowers, corn) or baled grain (oats, wheat, corn) may be important to prairie chickens in areas where fall plowing reduces available waste grain and in winters with significant snow cover. This need may be alleviated somewhat by minimum tillage practices which are gaining acceptance on private land. Also, winter food plots could serve as attractive brood areas if left standing for an additional year and develop a growth of weedy forbs which promotes insects. Research Needs As land use continues to intensify around acquired grasslands, managers need to know what is the minimum "island" size needed to maintain chickens assuming that all needs are to be met on the unit. Also, what is the opti- mum proportion and distribution of habitat types and land uses on a unit to meet the varied life history requirements of prairie chickens? Woody plant invasion is a critical problem on several prairie tracts. Burning and summer cut- ting are currently used but alternative brush control methods, including herbicides, need study, but must be cost-effective and environ- mentally acceptable. Burning in combination with rotational grazing is currently under in- vestigation and appears to have significant potential as another management tool. The impact of climate and predation on nest- ing success and brood survival needs to be better understood as well as ways these ef- fects could be modified by habitat manage- ment. In Wisconsin, a scattering of smaller sanctuaries throughout private land was gen- erally felt to be more desirable and feasible than fewer, larger grassland units (Hamer- strom et al. 1957), but Minnesota has relative- ly large tracts. If these areas are large enough to hold coyotes (Canis latrans), fox predation could be reduced (Larry Hanson, USFWS, personal communication). Svedarsky (1992) found apparent success of ground nests in a study area near Crookston increased from 8% (n=12) in 1991 to 61% (n=31) in 1992, pre- sumably in response to coyotes becoming more common. Sargeant et al. (1987) in North Dakota demonstrated that resident red foxes were excluded from the large central portions of coyote family territories which were centered in relatively large roadless ar- eas where cropland was least abundant. More recently, Sovada et al. (1995) found nesting success nearly double (32%) in coyote-domi- nated landscapes compared to fox-dominated areas (17%). Also, from an overall ecosystem integrity standpoint, larger prairie tracts are considered superior to small sites (Brian Win- ter, The Nature Conservancy, personal com- munication). The winter ecology of prairie chickens was poorly understood until the study by Rosen- quist (1996). He documented the winter use of CRP lands (which accounted for a third of all winter locations) and recommended a rota- tional disturbance regime and the planting of "hardy" forbs to improve cover values. Recent CRP signups have generally incorporated more diversity in planting mixtures which pro- vides an opportunity to compare winter prai- rie chicken use of different planting mixtures. Most of the research in Minnesota has been conducted in the northwest prairie chicken Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station range. We know very little of habitat use and limiting factors in the north central range which was primarily forest in presettlement times and is now a mosaic of forest, brush, lowlands, cropland, and grasslands. There is recurring interest in reintroducing prairie chickens elsewhere in Minnesota; how- ever, reintroduction sites require relatively large acreages of open grassland and the pro- cess is labor and cost intensive. In general, we place a higher priority on research and man- agement efforts directed towards making ex- isting prairie chicken populations more secure and expanding their distribution before mov- ing birds into other areas. There is, however, substantial grassland habitat available in Big Stone, Lac Qui Parle, and Yellow Medicine counties in western Minnesota, including the Big Stone National Wildlife Refuge and the Lac Qui Parle Wildlife Management Area. With this habitat base, improved knowledge of translocation techniques, and with substan- tial legislative funding appearing likely, the chances of a successful reintroduction in this area appear good and a project is planned to commence in 1999. Recommendations Habitat is the major factor limiting the greater prairie chicken in Minnesota, with nesting and brood habitat being the most critical. Addi- tional habitat areas must be acquired when available within the prairie chicken range, but the importance of managing existing public grasslands cannot be overemphasized (Maer- tens 1973, Kirsch 197 4). In 1990, a long-range plan was developed by the Minnesota Department of Natural Re- sources and included the following section on "Habitat Needs" which serves as a guide to field managers: An ideal prairie chicken management unit should be one-third to one-half in native (preferred) or tame grasslands. Sedge mead- ows and lowland brush should comprise about 25%. The remainder can be made up of a combination of cropland, pasture and Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look hay/and, with no more than 10% of the unit containing tree groves that exceed 20 ft (6. 1 m) in height. Although unburned grasslands provide nest- ing and brooding habitats, periodic burning is a practical management tool needed to maintain the vigor of the prairie communi- ty. Alfalfa fields cut for hay, lightly-grazed pasture, and first-year legumes following small grains also provide quality brood cov- er. If left undisturbed, grass-legume seeded areas can also provide desirable nesting habitat. Brood habitat should be adjacent to nesting habitat whenever possible. Preferred roosting areas are somewhat wet and consist of lowland brush and sedge meadows with less than 10% in willow or other shrubs. These areas are also used to some extent for nesting, and brood rearing during years immediately following burning. Prescribed burning of lowland brush and sedge meadows is necessary to maintain the shrubs in early stages of development. Natural foods for the prairie chicken consist of wild rose hips and buds of birch, aspen, willow, dogwood, hazel, cottonwood and oak. If surrounding crop fields are not fall plowed, waste grains usually provide an additional source of winter food. Where fall plowing is extensive, strategically located food plots may be beneficial. No-till, ridge- till or other types of farming that reduce fall plowing should be encouraged whenever possible. (MNDNR 1990} The research of Toepfer and his students (Beringer and Rosenquist) generally supports the above plan but studies of the winter ecol- ogy of prairie chickens by Rosenquist (1996} provided quantitative data on the importance of private land and associated land uses (agri- cultural activity and CRP) within the complex of public grasslands. He found survival was reduced when deep snow necessitated winter movements to search for food resources and recommended that food be planted close to adequate roosting habitat. Even in winter, Rosenquist found booming grounds to be important focal points around which to orient management practices for year-round needs. 35 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 36 The maintenance of high quality habitat is not as dramatic and newsworthy as when a new area is acquired but they are equally impor- tant. Maintaining a tradition of chicken use on an existing area is of higher priority than rees- tablishing birds on a new area. Prescribed burning is being carried out on an approxi- mate 6-year rotation in the northwest range, but this may stimulate rather than control those woody species adapted to periodic fire (Svedarsky et al. 1986). An aggressive pro- gram involving prescribed burning, rotational grazing, brush control through summer clear- cutting, girdling, and possibly herbicides, is needed to maintain high quality grassland habitat for prairie chickens and their associ- ates. Predation should be reduced with the following practices: removing raptor ambush trees and mammalian den sites whenever possible, maintaining good nesting cover, and promoting mammalian predator trapping. General information on prairie chickens and their management should be provided to pri- vate landowners throughout the prairie chick- en range. Incentive programs, such as state wetland and prairie tax credits, Prairie Bank, Reinvest-in-Minnesota, and the Conservation Reserve Program should be promoted to maintain grassland cover on private land. Management-oriented research should be carried out to better understand brood mor- tality factors, winter movements, the ecology of predation effects on "habitat islands," and brush control strategies which are cost effec- tive and consistent with long-term manage- ment of diverse prairie tracts. The interpretive potential of prairie chickens is presently underutilized. Increased public sup- port for public and private programs could be gained by additional tours of booming grounds and prairies using prairie chickens as the focal point; a biological indicator of prai- ries that are healthy for chickens as well as people. Acknowledgments We wish to pay a special tribute to field per- sonnel of the Minnesota Department of Natu- ral Resources, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and The Nature Conservancy for their tireless efforts in acquiring and managing grasslands within the prairie chicken range. Without their dedication, prairie chickens would probably be near extirpation in the state and the wealth of prairie plants and animals now enjoyed by Minnesotans would be scarce indeed. Special recognition to the Northwest Experiment Sta- tion, University of Minnesota, Crookston for support of the senior author in prairie chicken research and promotional activities. Larry Hanson and Rick julian (USFWS), Brian Win- ter (TNC), and Rob Naplin, Earl johnson, Doug Hedtke, and Doug Wells (MNDNR) provided land acquisition and management data for their respective organizations and/or reviewed a draft of this paper. Appreciation is expressed to the late Robert E. Farmes, Ger- ald H. Maertens, and William E. Berg of the MNDNR for their review of this paper and to the many members of the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society for responding to the needs of the chicken. Literature Cited Beringer, P.S. 1995. Movements, habitat use, and survival of translocated greater prairie chickens in North Dakota. Thesis, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, Wisconsin, USA. Breckenridge, W. 1998. Greater prairie chick- ens at Radisson South. Loon 70: 229-230. Coffin, B., and L. Pfannmuller. 1988. Minneso- ta's endangered flora and fauna. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. Erickson, A.B., and R.E. Farmes. 1960. Nesting distribution of the greater prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse. The Flicker 32:60-61. ___ __, and W.H. Petraborg. 1952. Pin- nated grouse- prince of the prairie. Conser- vation Volunteer 15:6-11. Hamerstrom, F.N., and F. Hamerstrom. 1973. The prairie chicken in Wisconsin: highlights of a 22-year study of counts, behavior, move- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ----------- ---------------------- ments, turn-over, and habitat. Wisconsin De- partment of Natural Resources Technical Bul- letin 64. ____ _, O.E. Mattson, and F. Hamer- strom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken man- agement. Wisconsin Conservation Depart- ment Technical Bulletin 15. Hatch, P.L. 1892. Notes on the birds of Min- nesota-First report of the State Zoologist. Geographical and natural history survey of Minnesota. Harrison and Smith, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA jorgenson, J.P. 1977. Pinnated grouse (Tympa- nuchus cupido pinnatus) movements and habi- tat utilization in the Northern Great Plains. Thesis, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota, USA Kirsch, L.M. 19 7 4. Habitat management con- siderations for prairie chickens. Wildlife Soci- ety Bulletin 2:124-129. Maertens, G. H. 1973. The status of the prairie chicken in Minnesota: habitat management practices. Pages 89-91 in W.D. Svedarsky and T.j. Wolfe, editors. The prairie chicken in Minnesota. University of Minnesota, Crook- ston, Minnesota, USA Minnesota Conservation Department. 1924. Biennial report of the State Game and Fish Commissioner of Minnesota. Minnesota De- partment of Natural Resouces, St. Paul, Min- nesota, USA ____ ,. 1990. Greater prairie chicken. (Long range plan). Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, Division of Fish and Wild- life, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA Minnesota State Planning Agency. 1998. Min- nesota Milestones 1998: Measures that matter. Minnesota State Planning Agency, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA Nielsen, G.F. 1973. Land acquisition pro- grams. Pages 86-88 in W.D. Svedarsky and T.j. Wolfe, editors. The prairie chicken in Min- nesota. University of Minnesota, Crookston, Minnesota, USA Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Partch, M.C. 1973. A history of Minnesota's prairie chickens. Pages 15-29 in W.O. Svedar- sky and T.j. Wolfe, editors. The prairie chicken in Minnesota. University of Minnesota, Crook- ston, Minnesota, USA Paterson, M.L. 1973. Population and habitat trends. Pages 80-85 in W.D. Svedarsky and T.j. Wolfe, editors. The prairie chicken in Min- nesota. University of Minnesota, Crookston, Minnesota, USA Rosenquist, E. L. 1996. Winter aspects of prai- rie chicken ecology in northwest Minnesota. Thesis, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, Minnesota, USA Sargeant, A.B., S.H. Allen, and j.O. Hastings. 1987. Spatial relations between sympatric coyotes and red foxes in North Dakota. jour- nal of Wildlife Management 51:285-293. ___ __, M. A. Sovada, and T.L. Shaffer. 1995. Seasonal predator removal relative to hatch rate of duck nests in waterfowl produc- tion areas. Wildlife Society Bulletin 23:507- 513. Sovada, M.A., A.B. Sargeant, and j.W. Grier. 1995. Differential effects of coyotes and red foxes on duck nest success. journal of Wildlife Management 59:1-9. Sparling, D.W. 1979. Reproductive isolating mechanisms and communication in greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido) and sharp-tailed grouse (Pedioecetes phasianellus). Dissertation, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota, USA Svedarsky, W.O. 1979. Spring and summer ecology of female greater prairie chickens in northwestern Minnesota. Dissertation, Univer- sity of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Da- kota, USA ____ . 1988. Reproductive ecology of female greater prairie chickens in Minnesota. Pages 193-239 in A.T. Bergerud and M.W. Gratson, editors. Adaptive strategies of north- ern grouse. Vol. 1. Population Studies. Univer- sity of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minne- sota, USA 37 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 38 _____ . 1992. Biological inventory of a multi-purpose flood control impoundment in northwest Minnesota and potentials for non- game and game bird management. Northwest Experiment Station, University of Minnesota, Crookston, Minnesota, USA. ____ _, 1999. An overview of the Minne- sota Prairie Chicken Society. Pages 9-24 in W.D. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Experi- ment Station, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. ___ _, R.J. Oehlenshlager, and T.D. Ton- sager. 1982. A remnant flock of greater prairie chickens in north central Minnesota. Loon 54:5-12. ----1 T.J. Wolfe, M.A. Kohring, and LB. Hanson. 1986. Fire management of prairies in the prairie-forest transition of Minnesota. Pag- es 103-107 in A.L. Koonce, editor. Prescribed burning in the Midwest: state of the art. Sym- posium Proceedings, Stevens Point, Wiscon- sin, USA. ____ _, _____ , and J.E. Toepfer. 1997. The greater prairie chicken in Minneso- ta. Minnesota Department of Natural Resourc- es Wildlife Report 11 . ____ _, J.E. Toepfer, F. Kollman, and W.E. Berg. 1998. CRP opportunities for prairie grouse in Minnesota. Page 18 in N.J. Silvy, editor. Proceeding of 22nd Prairie Crouse Tech- nical Council Conference, Texas A&M Univer- sity, College Station, Texas, USA Swanson, E.B. 1940. The use and conservation of Minnesota game, 1850-1900. Dissertation, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minne- sota, USA. Toepfer, J.E. 1976. Movements and behavior of transplanted radio-tagged prairie chickens in central Wisconsin. Thesis, University of Wis- consin, Stevens Point, Wisconsin, USA. ____ . 1988. Ecology of the greater prairie chicken as related to reintroductions. Dissertation, Montana State University, Boze- man, Montana, USA. ____ _, R.L. Eng and R.K. Anderson. 1990. Translocating prairie grouse -what have we learned? Transactions of North Ameri- can Wildlife and Natural Resources Confer- ence 55:569-579. Westemeier, R.L., S.S. Simpson, and T. Esker. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Illinois. Pages 143-152 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, edi- tors. The greater prairie chicken: a national look. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minne- sota, USA. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look History, Status, and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in Wisconsin Raymond K. Anderson, College of Natural Resources, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point john E. Toepfer, Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, Ltd., Waukesha, Wisconsin This treatise on the greater prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) was originally written at the request of Dr. F. N. Hamer- strom, Jr., who was approached in the late 1980s to do the same for an anticipated book which was later cancelled. The first version of this paper was completed in 1991, revised in 1993, and again in 1999 for this publication, except the section treating management of the Buena Vista, Paul Olson, and Leola Areas covered by j. Keir, Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) manager of those areas. Professor Fred Hamerstrom (RKA's graduate supervisor) died in 1990. Dr. Frances Hamer- strom, the second member of that inseparable prairie chicken research team, died in Septem- ber 1998. This paper is dedicated to them. Historical Review The greater prairie chicken, one of 4 species of grouse native to Wisconsin, was common throughout the original tallgrass prairie re- gions of southern Wisconsin in pre-settlement times. The sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 phasianellus) shared some of the chicken range although it was associated with the brushy, oak-savanna ecotone between prairie and deciduous forest. The ruffed grouse (So- nasa umbel/us) resided in the deciduous forest edge, and northward to the boreal forest, home of the spruce grouse (Dendragopus canadensis). These 4 species are still present in Wisconsin today although all but the ruffed grouse exist as small populations. Schorger {1944) outlined the probable origi- nal breeding range of the prairie chicken based on historical accounts from newspa- pers, popular publications, and scientific liter- ature (Fig. 1 ). Hamerstrom et al. (1957), refined Schorger's map on the basis of pre- settlement vegetation (Finley 1951, Fig. 2). Schorger (1944) also cites numerous accounts of the chicken being "very numerous" or "su- perabundant" as early as 1821 and continuing to be so in many localities until about 1875. Haraszthy, traveling from Madison to Lake Winnebago in 1840, reported" ... thousands upon thousands of prairie chicken, partridges, and pheasants flew up before us continuous- ly .... " (Schorger 1944:312). Other accounts, reported by Schorger (1944:324-326) in- 39 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 1. Probable original breeding range of the prairie chick- en in Wisconsin (Schorger 1944). 40 elude: "1884- 2 men shoot 100 prairie chick- ens near Milwaukee; 1849 - the average bag for 2 men and a dog was 60-80 chickens; 1854 near Madison - man shot 43 prairie chickens in a few hours, 2 men bagged 128 chickens in 1 day, 1 man shot 143 chickens during a 2-day hunt." Prairie chickens were "common fare" in the Milwaukee markets during this time, selling at $0.25/pair in 1842. Farmers commonly supplemented their in- come by shooting or trapping prairie chick- ens. Between April 1847 and April 1848, a market hunter sold 2,420 prairie chickens in Chicago. Railroad lines connected Milwaukee, Madison, Beloit, and Chicago between 1853 and 1864, thus providing an expanded market for prairie chickens and other game. In 1853, a farmer from the Beaver Dam area brought to Milwaukee " ... 1 00 dozen quails, 200 prairie chickens, and 1 00 partridges that had been shot and snared by his son." Prairie chicken numbers and distribution in- creased with the spread of agriculture into the Figure 2. Original range of the prairie chicken in Wisconsin (Hamerstrom, et al. 1957; adapt- ed from Schorger 1944, Finley 1951, and Cur- tis 1950). original prairie region but it was a relatively short-lived phenomenon. Significant portions of the original range had been converted to agriculture by 1875 and the grassland habitat essential to survival of the bird gave way to cow and plow. Leopold (1931 :167) referred to a decline in chicken populations in its origi- nal range beginning about 1885. At this same time however, new range was being created in northern Wisconsin coincident with hard- wood logging. The chicken expanded its range into the new habitat created by lumber- ing, subsequent fires, and agriculture. They were present in northernmost Forest County and were reported to be "plentiful and much hunted in Superior" in 1885 (Schorger 1944:357). In 1896, 25,000 chickens were shipped to market from Spooner in northwest Wisconsin (Leopold 1949). Chickens were present in every northern Wisconsin county by 1920. The statewide population of chicken in the late 1800s probably never equaled that of the original prairie range in the south but it was at the zenith of its distribution. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The open grassland habitat in northern Wis- consin began to disappear quickly with the advent of efficient fire detection and suppres- sion in 1927, the abandonment of farms on the rocky soils and rolling terrain, and forest regeneration through natural plant succession and planted conifers. Habitat within the origi- nal range to the south continued to be lost to clean farming. The prairie chicken population in Wisconsin declined from both ends of the successional continuum in direct proportion to the loss of grasslands. A. Leopold and F.j.W. Schmidt, in the first serious attempt to inventory the prairie chick- • ~ 0 Resld•• C:OIWIIftOft Resident, lnt~mediote D 0 Smoll rHldenf rloclts reported A s X Autumn reports, 1-3 birds eoctl Sprii'IQ 01 summer, 1-3 birds eodl Winter reports, 1- 14 birds eoctl The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look en population in Wisconsin, estimated Wis- consin's prairie chicken population to be 54,850 in 1929 (Gross 1930:26-27). How- ever, Leopold (1931 :170-171) believed that figure to be" ... a little optimistic. I doubt whether there are that many." By 1950, the chicken had essentially disappeared from its original range in southern Wisconsin. It was common only in central Wisconsin with scat- tered populations surrounding a core area in Portage, Wood, Waushara, and Adams coun- ties (Fig. 3). In the early 1900s, far-sighted individuals in Wisconsin became concerned about the Figure 3. Distribution of the prairie chicken in Wisconsin, 1948-53 (Hamerstrom et al. 1957) Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 41 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look chicken's future and initiated early manage- ment and research efforts. The first manage- ment was the Van Wormer-Jones Program in 1928 which established buckwheat food patches and grain shocks for prairie grouse winter food in the Babcock area of central Wisconsin for 5 consecutive years (Grange 1948). The first research began when M.L. Jones, chief of the Wisconsin Conservation Department (now Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources) Research Bureau, com- missioned A. 0. Gross of Bowdoin College in Maine, to conduct a study of Wisconsin prairie chickens in 1929 and 1930. Gross had considerable experience with the heath hen (T. c. cupido) of the northeastern United States. He set the stage for management and studies of the prairie chicken in Wisconsin by recommending "restoration of the marsh- lands," "the acquisition of land for refuges and winter feeding stations," and stricter hunting regulations (Gross, 1930). F.J. Schmidt, an assistant to Gross, continued Wisconsin prairie chicken studies under A. Figure 4. Location of prairie chicken management units and outlying populations in Wisconsin, 1990. 42 Leopold from 1931 to 1935 at which time he died in a house fire that also consumed most of his research data. Frederick and Frances Hamerstrom began their prairie chicken research in central Wis- consin under A. Leopold in 1935. They con- tinued this research under various auspices, with a 3-year break in continuity from 1944 through 1946, until1971 (Hamerstrom and Truax 1938; Hamerstrom 1939, 1940; Hamer- strom and Morgan 1941; Hamerstrom et al. 1941 ). Their most intensive prairie chicken ecology studies were focused on the Buena Vista Marsh and the Plainfield Area (now called the Leola Area) between 1948 and 1971 (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1949; Hamerstrom 1950, Hamerstrom and Hamer- strom 1955; Hamerstrom et al. 1957; Hamer- strom and Hamerstrom 1960, 1961; Berger and Hamerstrom 1962; Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1963; Berger et al. 1963; Hamer- strom and Hamerstrom 1964; Hamerstrom and Mattson 1964; Hamerstrom et al. 1965; Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1966, 1967; Anderson and Hamerstrom 1967; Hamer- strom and Hamerstrom 1968; Anderson 1969a, 1969b; Westemeier 1969, 1971; Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1970, 1973; Hamerstrom 1977). By 1950, prairie chickens were common resi- dents in only 4 areas in central Wisconsin, the Leola Area in Adams and Waushara counties, the Buena Vista Marsh in southwestern Por- tage County, the Paul Olson Prairie Chicken Management Area in west-central Portage and east-central Wood counties, and the Mead Wildlife Management Area in south- central Marathon County (Fig. 4). There were a few scattered, intermediate or low density populations in some outlying areas immedi- ately adjacent to these units. Hamerstroms identified the Buena Vista Marsh as being the logical area to concen- trate prairie chicken management efforts be- cause of the existing habitat, the lack of con- flicting land uses, and the low land values. The Buena Vista Area is a 50,000-acre (20,250 ha) pseudo-prairie composed mainly of intro- duced grasses and native forbs. It was origi- nally a tamarack (Larix laricina) swamp in the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ------------- ------------~--------------- lakebed of Glacial Lake Wisconsin with exten- sive portions of open marsh and speckled alder (Alnus rugosa) shrubs (Zedler, 1966). The tamaracks gave way to sedge meadows (Carex spp.) by the late 1800s following fre- quent and intensive burning of the marsh dur- ing drought years. This fostered large stands of marsh grass dominated by bluejoint (Ca- lamagrostis canadensis). Prairie chickens were numerous in this wet grassland with wide horizons. A drainage district was formed and, beginning in 1903, the marsh was drained for agriculture by a series of ditches. Farming generally failed because of a short growing season, defective drainage, and the acid peat soils that were deficient in potash and phos- phorous (Westemeier 1971 ). Many farms were abandoned and the drainage district became inactive but was not dissolved. The prairie chicken population increased to a peak during and shortly after the drainage. Leopold ( 1931) estimated the prairie chicken population in Portage County to be 4,000 birds in 1930. Hamerstroms (1955) reported the Leola Area population to be relatively stationary at 260 and 238 booming cocks in 1940 and 1950, respectively. Westemeier (1971 ), extrapolating from the Hamerstrom data, estimated the Buena Vista population to be 600 booming cocks between 1940 and 1950; Hamerstroms (1973) determined it to be 550 cocks in 1950. A bluegrass (Poa sp.) seed industry gradually replaced the dairy and grain farming on the Buena Vista, starting in the 1920s and con- tinuing into the early 1960s when it failed because of foreign competition. Bluegrass farming was compatible with prairie chickens because of the timing of associated rotational burning, mowing, and grazing practices that maintained the bluegrass, and the method of seed harvest that stripped only the seed- heads, leaving the stems and leaves for cover. The approximate boundaries of the now inac- tive drainage district became the prairie chick- en management area on the Buena Vista Marsh and Hamerstroms and Mattson de- signed an ecological scatter-pattern manage- ment plan for the area (Hamerstrom et al. 1957). The plan called for the acquisition of Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look key, small (40-80 acres [16.2-32.4 ha]) par- cels of land scattered strategically throughout the entire area (Fig. 5). This pattern incorpo- rated existing land-use practices of bluegrass and dairy farming, and cattle ranching, both of which were compatible with prairie chicken needs for wide horizons and permanent grass- lands. The Wisconsin Conservation Commis- sion, in keeping with its historic commitment to the preservation of prairie grouse, adopted a Prairie Grouse Management Policy in 1953 which called for restoration and management of habitat. A program to purchase a scatter-pattern of grassland reserves was initiated in the early 1950s. The first parcel (63 acres [26 ha]) was purchased in 1954 by Mr. and Mrs. Gordon E. Kummer. In 1955, The Wisconsin Society of Ornithology and Mr. and Mrs. Clarence jung each purchased 40 acres (16 ha). These be- ginnings were enormously important but the pace had somehow to be stepped up. In 1958, Paul Olson set up the Prairie Chicken Foundation within the Dane County Conser- vation League and, with the help of William H. Pugh, things began to move. Then in 1960, the Society ofTympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus (STCP) was established by Willis G. Sullivan, Sr., john Best, and Ferdinand Heinrichs and the program of private purchase reached full stride (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973). The Prairie Chicken Foundation made its first purchase of land in 1959; by 1973, they had purchased 1,641 acres ( 665 ha). The Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, a startlingly vigorous, Milwaukee-based organization, pur- chased 1,200 acres (486 ha) in 1961 and ulti- mately bought 7,000 acres (2,835 ha). By 1973, 10,806 acres (4,376 ha) within the Bue- na Vista Area had been purchased by private organizations and individuals and leased to the WDNR for prairie chicken management. Land purchase continued on the Buena Vista (total: 11,800 acres [ 4,779 ha] by 1980, Fig. 6) and was extended to key areas in the Leola Area (900 acres [365 ha]) and the Paul Olson Area (1,790 acres [725 ha]). The Wisconsin Conservation Commission declared in 1955 that it stood ready to lease and manage suitable lands which were pri- vately purchased for prairie grouse. The nomi- 43 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 44 N .~ One Mile Section Line Township T21N LEGEND 0 40 Acres • Propose~ for grassland reserves ~ Already pnvately purchased 0~ Seed company lands F Poor nest - brood D cover. or none, on . seed co. lands ( 1954) Figure 5. Scatter-pattern of grassland reserves for the Buena Vista Marsh Management Area need- ed to ensure the continuity of breeding units throughout the Area (Hamerstrom et al. 1957) nallease money was equivalent to the amount of the local taxes which were' then paid to local governments. The WDNR would manage these long-term (99 years), leased lands for prairie chickens. The leases were to remain in effect as long as the lands were managed for prairie chickens. The WDNR commenced managing the ac- quired lands upon acquisition and lease. Initial management efforts, designed and imple- mented by Mattson, consisted of practices that would restore lands that had been invad- ed by trees and shrubs through natural suc- cession to permanent grasses, establishing winter food patches, and maintaining existing grasslands by mowing, burning, controlled grazing and using herbicides. Aspen (Populus tremuloides) was the principal tree invader, and spirea (Spirea tomentosa, S. alba), and willow (Salix spp.), the chief shrubs. Mature aspen stands were costly to convert and Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station hence land purchases with large stands of these species were avoided or, except for key parcels, not converted to grasslands. J. Berkahn, WDNR wildlife manager who suc- ceeded Mattson in 1966, designed a manage- ment plan for the Buena Vista that divided the 11,800-acre (4,779 ha) reserve lands into 40 units (Fig. 7). Each unit was further divided into 20-acre (8 ha) strip-parcels to facilitate treatment on a 4 or 5-year rotation. This pat- tern was followed and slightly modified by B. Gruthoff, Berkahn's successor, between 1973 and 1982 during which time he incorpo- rated results of research conducted by Toep- fer and Tesky (Toepfer 1988) and Halvorsen (Halvorsen and Anderson 1983) into the man- agement program. J. Keir assumed manage- ment responsibilities in 1982 and continues today as WDNR prairie chicken manager on the Buena Vista, Leola, and Paul Olson Areas. The chicken population on the Buena Vista declined 50% in the mid-1950s (Table 1, Fig. 8) coincident with the downside of the 10- year cycle of other grouse species in the Lake States (Keith 1963). It continued to decline an additional 46% and stabilized at a mean of 151 cocks (range= 1 04-183) throughout the 1 960s as other grouse populations rose and fell on schedule with the cycle (Thompson and Moulton 1981 ). The chicken population increased to 234 cocks by the next cyclic peak in 1972, presumably in response to the land acquisition program and subsequent management. The subsequent cyclic trough in the mid-1970s was slightly higher than the preceding one and the following peak of 550 cocks in 1981 equaled the high point of 1950-51. In 1951, booming grounds were distributed over a 100 square mile (256 km2) area. In 1981, the chicken population density doubled with that same number of cocks oc- cupying booming grounds within a 50 square mile (128 km2) area. (Here, we refer to the communal breeding area of the prairie chicken as a booming ground in keeping with it being uniquely descriptive for that bird [Toepfer 1991 ]). The population declined since 1981 to a mean of 231 (range= 182-281) cocks between 1984 and 1991. The expected re- bound at the beginning of this decade did not materialize but the population in the subse- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look quent trough of the mid-1980s was 86% high- er than the lowest recorded population of 104 booming cocks in 1969, precariously close to the minimum level of 1 00 booming cocks for a healthy population (Toepfer 1988). Row-crop farming with center-pivot irrigation was initiated on private lands on the Buena Vista Marsh in the 1960s. Principal crops were potatoes, snap beans, peas, and sweet corn. This agricultural venture was immediate- ly successful because of the huge aquifer that underlies the area, the availability of chemical fertilizers, new agricultural chemical technolo- t..EGEND• @l PRAIRIE CHICKEN FOUNDATION ~ SOC. TYMPANUCHUS PINNATUS mJ OTHER - MANAGEMENT AREA ....__: MARSH BOUNDARY Figure 6. Land privately purchased for prairie chickens on the Buena Vista Marsh, Portage County, through 1971 (Hamer- strom and Hamerstrom 1973) 45 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 7. Buena Vista Marsh grassland reserve management units designed by ]. Berkahn (WDNR). 46 gy, and the advent of short-season row crops. The drainage district was reactivated and the original ditches were re-dredged. Hundreds of acres of permanently sodded lands associated with dairy farms and cattle ranches were con- verted to irrigation farming. By 1968, 680 acres (275 ha) of private grass- lands had been converted to irrigation farm- ing (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973). At least 11,000 acres (4,455 ha) were in irrigated row crops in 1998. In addition to the loss of habitat, the concomitant use of aerially ap- plied pesticides associated with irrigation farming, poses an additional potential threat to prairie chickens and other wildlife on the management area. Land values increased dramatically with the advent of irrigation farming and local taxes increased proportionately. Management lands were originally purchased for $17.50 per acre in the late 1950s and early 1960s, and taxes were $1.00 per acre. Better land is now sell- ing for up to $2,500 per acre (Portage Coun- ty, UW-Extension, personal communication) and taxes and associated lease costs to WDNR have increased proportionately. The total lease cost in 1989 was approximately $100,000. Another $3-$4,000 was paid annu- ally for assessments by the drainage district. At that time, the WDNR offered to purchase the lands from private owners. A major land- owner, STCP, agreed to sell their 7,000 acres (2,835 ha) to the state of Wisconsin for $1 million, approximately half of the appraised value, with the stipulation that the lands con- tinue to be managed for prairie chickens. Sales of other private lands are being negotiat- ed at the present time. The amount of prairie chicken habitat within the Leola Area fluctuated dramatically be- tween 1941 and 1969 because 3 landowners controlled 47%,32%,51% and 18% of the area in 1941-42,1947,1956-57 and 1969, respectively (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973). Land-use practices changed several times since 1969. At times, the land was fal- low and supported grassland wildlife. Cattle ranching and other forms of agriculture nega- tively modified the grasslands at other times. The chicken population mirrored these chang- es (Fig. 8, Table 1 ). The status of prairie chicken habitat on the entire Paul Olson Area is unknown today although a portion of it was inventoried in 1991-92 (WDNR 1993). The population here increased significantly from 54 booming cocks at the first census in 1962 when small farms failed and 1,700 acres (688.5 ha) were acquired for chicken management. It has fluc- tuated in a pattern generally similar to that of the Buena Vista since then; from a high of 302 cocks in 1981 to lows of 56 in 1992, and 129 in 1998. The recent partial inventory of this area reported prairie chicken nesting Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 600 - 500 400 ~ ~ 300 E "' z 200 100 Leola Buena Vista I I I ~ f\ I\ /'./ I\ I V 1950 1954 1958 1962 1966 1970 1974 1978 1982 1986 1990 1994 1998 Year Figure 8. Prairie chicken cocks on central Wisconsin booming grounds. cover having increased from 22% to 24% between 1962 and 1991 but that "woods, brush, and miscellaneous" also increased 23% to 40% of the area during the same time. Dairy and grain farming is still a significant activity on the heavy soils of this area. Al- though 1,700 acres (689 ha) were purchased and are being managed for prairie chickens, there are indications that recently intensified grain farming on private land and the increase in "space-destroying" trees and shrubs, may be influencing chicken populations. The Mead Wildlife Area is publicly owned with about two-thirds of the 27,000 acres (1 0,935 ha) being managed principally for waterfowl; the remainder is forested. Prairie chickens benefit from the wide horizons and the maintenance of grass-forb communities adjacent to managed impoundments, the sharecropping programs, and nearby private agricultural lands. A significant portion of the chicken population in this area resides on the dairy and grain farming areas adjacent to, and south of the Mead Wildlife Area. The soils and farming practices are similar to those of the Paul Olson Area, approximately 15 miles (24 km) farther south with a band of forested land between them. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 There is considerable interchange of prairie chickens between the 4 major areas. Hamer- stroms (1973) documented 13 instances of chickens, leg-banded on the Buena Vista, being recovered in the Paul Olson Area (1 0) or Mead Wildlife Area (3) between 1950 and 1969. Telemetry studies also revealed inter- change between the Buena Vista and Leola areas during the winter months (Toepfer 1988) and current studies by Toepfer have- documented several additional interchanges. Prairie chickens existed in the Crex Meadows area of northwest Wisconsin and in Douglas County, until 1947. Original prairie habitat in that area was gradually invaded by oak (Quercus spp.) forest with the cessation of fires. A vigorous habitat management pro- gram, using prescribed burning under the direction of Norman Stone, then WDNR Wild- life Manager at Crex Meadows Wildlife Area, restored much of the native prairie communi- ty. Pen-reared and wild prairie chickens were reintroduced there in 19 7 4-78 and moni- tored by Toepfer (1988). Habitat deterioration was again largely responsible for a second decline in chicken abundance. Two cocks were present in 1990, 3 in 1991, none there- after. 47 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 1. Number of prairie chicken cocks on booming grounds in central Wisconsin by census unit. Year Buena Vista a Leola Paul Olson Mead McMillan Outlying Total 1950 550 232 b 1951 550 183 1952 265 132 1953 344 146 1954 256 162 a Names of census units, 1955 305 110 "Outlying" = combined 1956 299 109 adjacent outlying areas. 1957 239 114 1958 297 126 b Blank spaces = census 1959 169 72 not conducted; prairie 1960 157 56 chickens may have been 1961 135 46 present. 1962 157 44 54 1963 150 37 50 1964 175 38 38 1965 165 21 43 1966 183 20 62 1967 141 10 66 1968 139 12 71 1969 104 28 57 43 1970 141 78 62 54 1971 198 77 47 102 1972 234 88 76 108 1973 155 46 94 121 1974 126 46 116 96 1975 138 52 135 118 1976 131 45 114 119 1977 213 75 145 154 1978 365 82 186 212 1979 438 53 189 211 1980 480 79 228 187 1981 550 75 302 180 14 1121 1982 535 69 256 163 13 1036 1983 359 49 188 97 4 697 1984 245 22 152 1985 275 68 175 144 7 670 1986 194 47 152 1987 193 56 194 110 25 578 1988 269 65 206 101 31 672 1989 182 64 124 128 37 56 591 1990 281 80 110 129 60 49 709 1991 216 84 91 101 64 70 626 1992 239 63 56 58 30 60 506 1993 265 65 93 65 24 45 557 1994 247 70 91 53 19 30 510 1995 275 87 83 38 24 31 538 1996 277 74 87 44 20 39 541 1997 334 97 100 59 9 22 621 1998 327 70 129 79 14 30 649 48 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Low numbers of prairie chickens are present immediately adjacent to the 4 central Wiscon- sin management areas (Fig. 4). A few small outlying populations still exist to the west and northwest of the Mead Wildlife Area. One of these populations resides immediately adja- cent to another state-owned wetland manage- ment area, the McMillan Marsh. This area has been censused by WDNR personnel since 1981. The remaining outlying populations are along the Marathon-Clark-Taylor county lines from Marshfield to Medford. Chickens have probably existed in this area since at least the 1950s. There were 60 and 45 booming cocks on 14 booming grounds in these outlying areas in 1992 and 1993, respectively. WDNR (1993) reported that approximately 65% of this area was in some form of agricultural use and that 26% was potential prairie chicken nesting cover. The composition and extent of prairie chicken habitat, and the dynamics of the populations in these areas, have not been determined. Census Procedures Hamerstroms censused Buena Vista and Leola areas from 1950 to 1971. Censuses of the Buena Vista since 1971 and the Paul Olson Area since 1963, were conducted by person- nel from the University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point. R. K. Anderson censused the Paul Olson area from 1963 through 1993 and the Buena Vista from 1971 through 1993. L. Nau- man and E. Merrill continued the censuses on the Buena Vista and the Paul Olson areas from 1994 through 1998 with substantial par- ticipation by j. Toepfer in 1997 and 1998. We closely followed the procedures outlined by Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom (1973) to maintain census continuity and integrity for these 2 areas with significant historical data. This involved finding all booming grounds and counting all cocks on each ground. The peak of mating activity occurs on 21 April, plus or minus 3 days in central Wisconsin. Each area is searched twice between the last week in March and 30 April. Searches are conducted for 1.5 to 2.0 hours beginning about 45 minutes before sunrise, by listening Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look for booming cocks which can be heard with optimum weather conditions (clear skies, tem- peratures at 25-40°F, and no wind) for at least 2 miles (3.2 km). Booming ground loca- tions are determined by triangulating boom- ing calls from known positions and by sight. Winds influence the direction and distances from which booming can be heard and thus dictate listening point intervals. All cocks on each booming ground are counted at least 3 times during the peak display period in the spring. Booming grounds that are completely visible are counted with spotting scopes and binoculars. These counts are verified by flush counts when hens are not present as indicat- ed by the absence of whooping and flutter- jumping by the cocks. Others are counted by observers in blinds on the edges of the boom- ing grounds. The Mead, McMillan, and Leola areas are censused by WDNR personnel. Censuses in these areas are not as intensive as those on the Buena Vista and Paul Olson areas but are consistent between years and basically follow Hamerstroms' procedure with variations im- posed by time and budget constraints. Outly- ing areas are censused by volunteer individu- als and local birding organizations with variable intensity. Harvest and Hunting Pressure The prairie chicken program that began in 1928 in Wisconsin" ... was originally pointed toward the management of huntable popula- tions" (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973). At that time, the chicken was an important game bird in the State. The objectives of the program gradually changed to one of prevent- ing extirpation. Although Wisconsin's chicken population still faces threats, the danger of extirpation has been significantly ameliorated. A reasonable goal at this time should be to bring the population to a huntable level. Ham- erstrom et al. (1957) discussed the circum- stances under which prairie chickens could be hunted in Wisconsin. Those speculations are still valid. 49 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 50 Prairie chickens have not been hunted in Wisconsin since 1955. Hunting seasons were open statewide from 1938 through 1942 when chickens were still present in every county of the state. Seasons were closed in 1942 until 1950 when they were opened in select counties, or parts thereof, until 1956 when they were closed again throughout the state. Chicken populations rose and fell irre- spective of hunting during the irregular sched- ule of open and closed seasons between 1938 and 1955 (Hamerstrom et al. 1957). A well-regulated hunting season that would not increase the natural mortality rate of the prairie chicken is feasible. However, it would require delisting the prairie chicken from its current threatened status in Wisconsin and legislation that would permit regulation of hunter density in designated areas within ap- propriate diurnal and seasonal time frames. Control of hunter density is now authorized only for turkey (Meleagris gallopavo) and black bears (Ursus americanus), and for re- search purposes within the Sandhill Wildlife Management Demonstration Area. Public opposition to a prairie chicken hunting season can be expected from some of those who watch the booming of chickens from blinds each year for recreation and those who contributed money to "save the prairie chick- en" from impending extirpation in the past. This presents a challenge and opportunity to design a quality hunt that would be compati- ble with the population dynamics of the chick- en, would not demean the resource, and would be socially acceptable. Such a hunt could be a model for hunting other species and thus begin to restore the quality and sportsmanship that is steadily disappearing with increased hunter density and the advent of gadgetry. Potential Harvest The possibility of a spring hunt of prairie chickens could be considered. Very few spe- cies lend themselves to a highly regulated hunt as do prairie chickens. Booming ground locations and numbers of cocks can be deter- mined with a high degree of accuracy. Small grounds could be protected and the trophy harvest of cocks directed to larger grounds when hens are not present as indicated by cock behavior. Allowable harvest could be set and easily monitored for specific booming grounds. This concept could also be applied in the fall of the year when some booming grounds are attended during the autumnal display period or during spring evenings when few hens are present. A hunting season of this nature would be difficult to administer on private lands. The Mead Area would hold the greatest potential for controlled hunting because, of the 4 major areas in central Wis- consin, it has the highest percentage of boom- ing grounds (65%; 14 of 22) on public lands; the Buena Vista has 29% (9 of 31) on public land, and Paul Olson has 6% (1 of 16). Chick- ens are attracted to the bare soil and grazed or mowed areas adjacent to grasslands for booming and most of these are on private land in the Buena Vista and Paul Olson Areas. The Leola population is too small to be hunt- ed at this time. The largest negative aspect of a highly con- trolled hunt of this nature is that it precludes the hunter from participating in the total hunt essentially relegating the experience to one which borders on being only a "shoot." This has happened in hunts of many other species in North America when unlimited hunter den- sities precludes a complete hunt. It is unfortu- nate that an increasing number of hunters have not had the opportunity to participate in a complete hunt and thus consider their "shoot" to be a "hunt;" they are not to be blamed for they know not of a hunt. In many instances, wildlife agencies foster a "shoot" through management practices and strategies. Specific Needs Circular irrigation farming has converted much (a minimum of 11,000 acres [4,455 ha]) of the permanently sodded private lands with- in the management boundaries and currently threatens prairie chicken populations on the Buena Vista Area. Hamerstrom et al.'s (1957) original ecological scatter-pattern manage- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ment plan was based upon the premise that private lands (about 75% of the area), adja- cent to the lands secured for maintenance of permanent grass-forb habitat, would remain as such and thus provide some of the neces- sary habitat components, viz wide horizons, brood-rearing habitat, and winter cover. Sub- sequent conversion of much of this private land to irrigation agriculture has eliminated a significant amount of these habitat types from the landscape. Irrigation has also lowered the water table and thus changed the ecology of the area. Prairie chicken land management strategies may need modification in light of current conditions resulting from these chang- es in land use since the original plan for the Buena Vista was formulated. Other areas in Wisconsin that have potential prairie chicken habitat should be evaluated for possible reintroduction programs. This would expand the range of the chicken and provide security that accrues with dispersed populations. Areas of greatest potential in Wisconsin would include large wetland areas that are being managed primarily for water- fowl. Those complexes that are near agricul- tural lands have the greatest potential for sat- isfying chicken habitat needs. Prairie chickens and upland nesting ducks are compatible with similar habitat requirements. Undisturbed, upland grasslands are essential for dabbling ducks and prairie chickens and are often a limiting factor for both species. Wetland vege- tation, in the form of sedges is prime winter cover for Wisconsin prairie chickens. Winter food can be provided in adjacent agricultural uplands and the space factor is usually present in wetland situations. Areas consid- ered for reintroduction should contain a mini- mum of 3,500 acres (1,418 ha) of grassland habitat (Toeper et al. 1990). By the same token, some grasslands that are managed for prairie chickens in Wisconsin, with water tables near the surface, could be modified to create conditions for dabbling ducks by providing breeding and brood-rear- ing waters that would have little negative im- pact on chicken habitat. This would increase the biodiversity of these areas by creating habitat for other species associated with grass-wetland complexes. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Public Needs Watching the courtship display of the prairie chicken is very popular in Wisconsin. The booming of prairie chickens, like the cry of loons, howl of wolves, bugle of elk, and goose music, is a classic wildlife sound. Approxi- mately 900 persons view the mating ritual of chickens each spring through a program at The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point. Six 4-person blinds and numerous 2-person blinds, strategically placed on the edges of booming grounds, accommodate an average of 28 viewers each day during April. Viewers are briefed on prairie chicken life history, sex determination, behavior, census methods, and blind-sitting deportment prior to being guided to blinds. They are requested, and instructed, on how to record observations on field forms to assist with the annual census of the Buena Vista and Paul Olson areas. Those who are viewing prairie chickens specifically for census purposes, are debriefed after the morning show to clarify their observations. Viewers from Finland, England, Germany, France, Aus- tralia, China, Norway, Sweden, South Africa, Canada, and most of the United States have been hosted during the past 15 years. Many universities, colleges, and high schools from Wisconsin and adjacent states have also availed themselves to this viewing opportunity as a learning experience for related classes each spring. A modest fee of $5.00 per adult and $3.00 per student helps defray the cost of guide transportation and salaries, blind dispersal, retrieval, and maintenance, briefing, and scheduling. There is a greater need for education about the value of prairie chicken habitat to all or- ganisms associated with grassland ecosys- tems. Undisturbed grassland habitat, because of its value for agriculture and rangeland, is now one of the rarest habitat types in this hemisphere. It is becoming scarcer as greater demands are placed upon it for human use. The value of permanent, undisturbed grass- lands as wildlife habitat, natural ecosystems, outdoor laboratories, and demonstration ar- eas to educational institutions and the general public, needs recognition and promotion. 51 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 52 Management BUENA VISTA, PAUL OLSON WILDLIFE AREA, LEOLA (originally submitted in 1990 by J. Keir, WDNR manager of these areas. For an update, see Keir 1999). Approximately 13,000 acres (5,265 ha) are managed specifically for prairie chickens on these areas; mostly on Buena Vista. Current techniques include burning, mowing, grazing, herbicide use, and sharecrop farming. The management goal is to create the maximum amount of undisturbed nesting cover. Burning is conducted on a 5-year rotation, in early spring, after snowmelt. Approximately 1,000 acres (405 ha) are burned each year with a typical size of burned parcel being 80 acres (32 ha). Fire at this time of the year re- moves residual herbaceous vegetation and the duff layer but has limited or no effect on controlling encroachment of woody species. There are some indications that the limited mid-summer burns on the heavy soils of the Paul Olson Area do control woody vegeta- tion. Summer burns on the organic soils of the Buena Vista and Leola units are not feasible because of the likelihood of peat fires. Controlled grazing has effectively controlled woody vegetation on the Buena Vista (Fas- bender 1987). Woody vegetation within a prescribed grazing unit is mowed during the dormant season; it is then grazed during the following growing season between mid-May and late September. Cattle browse, and thus control, the growth of new shoots of woody vegetation. Heavy stocking of about 0.3 to 0.4 animal units per acre is currently encour- aged. Approximately 500 acres (203 ha) are grazed each year on 120-acre (49 ha) units with a 6-year rotation on the Buena Vista Area. A corn-oats-hay farming rotation of 20-acre (8.1 ha) parcels is conducted annually within 12, 160-acre (65 ha) units on the Buena Vista Area on a 16-year rotation. Corn is planted on and hay is cut (between 15 july and 1 August) annually from 20-acre (8 ha) parcels within each unit. The specific use of each 20-acre (8 ha) parcel consists of corn in years 1 and 2, oats over grass/legume seeding in year 3, hay in years 4 and 5, and undisturbed grass- legume for the remaining 11 years. Four acres of the 20-acre (8 ha) corn parcels are left standing as winter food patches. The 3 suc- cessive years of plowing is expected to pre- clude the encroachment of woody vegetation on the farmed units. Approximately 500 acres (203 ha) of management lands are farmed annually through this program. Between 60 and 100 acres (24 and 41 ha) of project lands are treated each year by plow- ing and disking to fragment large monotypic stands of Canada goldenrod (Solidago cana- densis) on the Buena Vista. This treatment was experimentally initiated to increase the diversity of herbaceous vegetation and pre- sumably habitat quality. Broadleaf herbicides were used extensively in the late 1960s and throughout the 1970s, during the early years of prairie chicken man- agement on the Buena Vista. Herbicide use has been greatly reduced in the past few years as non-chemical controls received great- er emphasis; chemicals were not used in 1989 and 1990. MEAD WILDLIFE AREA (By T. Meier, WDNR manager of this area.) Approximately 500 to 1,000 acres (203 to 405 ha) are treated annually with spring burns on this area although it varies considerably with weather and flood conditions that influ- ence management of this wetland area. Fall burns are being tested to determine their effect on woody vegetation after an early October 1996 wildfire revealed considerable potential for killing willow and alder. Brush mowing is undertaken in the wetland sedge meadow habitat during dry summers and winters of thick ice. When these condi- tions exist, up to 100 acres (41 ha) may be annually treated. The potential for this tech- nique being used extensively is low because Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ideal conditions exist only once in 5 to 7 years. Herbicide treatment of upland grass- lands and sedge meadow areas has been used more extensively over the past 8 years. This technique is very cost effective ($65 to $1 DO/acre) and has the potential to arrest woody vegetation encroachment for 1 0 to 15 years. Approximately 100 acres (405 ha) are annually treated. Roller-chopping of a dry sedge meadow area in 1987 produced positive results in control- ling willow, alder, and aspen. The equipment used in this operation, a 08 or larger bulldoz- er with a roller-chopper drum, is so heavy that near drought conditions are necessary for operation in a wetland environment. An op- portunity to use this technique again has not materialized since 1987. Approximately 450 acres (182 ha) of upland is cropped annually by 13 share-croppers who maintain approximately 220 acres (89 ha) in shrub-free hayland. This is a reduction from 1,300 acres (527 ha) being share-cropped in 1986. Approximately 1,275 acres (516 ha) of upland is maintained in permanent grass. The reduction was implemented to address the scarcity of secure nesting habitat for all spe- cies of grassland-nesting birds. A portion of the annual corn crop is left standing at key locations to provide winter food for prairie chickens and other species. In recent years, food patches, consisting of 2 acres (1 ha) of corn and 2 acres (1 ha) of a sorghum-millet mixture, have been planted where traditional farming was removed. This practice was initi- ated to provide, along with approximately 1,275 acres (516 ha) of permanent grasslands on upland sites, a stable fall and winter food source for prairie chickens. MCMILLAN WILDLIFE AREA Booming grounds are present only on private lands adjacent to this 6,500-acre (2,632.5 ha) wetland area which is managed primarily for waterfowl. Some brush mowing is conducted on an irregular basis. The presence of purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria) within the wet environment of this area precludes the use of most standard vegetation control techniques. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Management Needs The greatest management need is for an eco- nomical, effective, and environmentally ac- ceptable means of controlling the natural suc- cession of woody plants that are constantly converting grasslands to shrubs and trees. Willow, speckled alder, steeplebush (Spiraea tomentosa), and aspen are the dominant and persistent invaders of the managed lands. A prescription for optimum, seasonal habitat components, and methods of creating the same, is needed as a guideline for manage- ment units that have booming grounds as the focal point and are composed of lands within a 1-mile (1.6-km) radius (Hamerstrom et al. 1957, Toepfer 1988, Toepfer et al. 1990). A quick and accurate field method of evaluating habitat quality (i.e. optimum grass-forb height, density, and distribution) is needed for man- agers and field technicians instead of time- consuming procedures of counting stems/unit area or similar quantitative methods. Research Needs The primary role of wildlife research is to pro- vide information that can be incorporated into effective management. Initial research results provide facts that beg corroboration that can only be forthcoming through long- term field studies. There is a pressing need for management- oriented, applied research at this time when wildlife habitat is generally dwindling or being seriously threatened by conversion to other uses in the face of an ever-increasing human population. Permanent grasslands are most vulnerable to conversion or modification be- cause of their potential for providing sites for human facilities and food production. Land acquisition to create grassland reserves com- manded the attention, efforts, and financial resources of concerned citizens, and agencies to stem this tide. Little surplus remained of these resources that could be directed towards the determination of optimum sea- sonal needs of prairie grouse or the design 53 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 54 of procedures and techniques that would fa- cilitate fine-tuning of management efforts to produce and maintain habitat components. Consequently, prairie grouse populations struggled along at low densities, and some disappeared in North America. In spite of these limitations and challenges, monumental research and management efforts have main- tained viable populations of prairie grouse that present new and greater challenges for preservation. Prairie chicken research in Wisconsin and other states has historically focused on nest- ing and brood-rearing habitat because they are primary management factors that affect productivity. Attention now needs to be fo- cused more sharply on other limiting factors that may be dampening chicken population growth and expression of optimum density. Many prairie chicken research needs in Wis- consin are currently being addressed by a management-oriented research project enti- tled "Prairie Chicken Grasslands: 2000 and Beyond" (PC-2000). Initiated in 1996, this en- terprising 5-year project, is sponsored by The Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus and directed by Toepfer. The study is based in Wisconsin with adjunct study areas in Minne- sota and North Dakota. Survival, general habi- tat use, dispersal, and nesting success are monitored to provide contemporary informa- tion which, combined with that of past stud- ies, can provide a life history/habitat model for prairie chickens. The study is focused on the habitat and land- scape surrounding booming grounds on the premise that cocks and hens have an affinity to that site and hence will be the key to man- agement. Toepfer (1988) documented that 90% of 35,000 non-booming ground, prairie chicken locations were within 1.2 miles (1.9 km) of a booming ground but the all-season influence of that site on the movements of the chickens has yet to be clearly defined. Specif- ic objectives for each state study area are: • Wisconsin - document present distribu- tion, movements, survival, habitat use, nest and brood-rearing success, and dispersal of prairie chickens 1996-2001. • Minnesota - 1) document habitat use, nesting and brood-rearing success and dispersal during the presumed cyclic in- crease, 1996-2001, and 2) re-establish a prairie chicken population in southwestern Minnesota, 1999-2001. • North Dakota - 1) re-establish a second viable prairie chicken population in east- central North Dakota by translocating birds, 1992-99 and 2) develop guidelines for future reintroduction efforts. Preliminary results from this comprehensive study indicates that nest and hatch success do not appear to be negatively affecting produc- tivity. Therefore, mortality factors, their timing and relationship to habitat, emerge as possi- bly limiting current productivity. These include disease, parasites, accidents, predation, poor nutrition, pesticides, and adverse weather. The interaction of these factors and their relationship to genetics and habitat creates a complex research problem that will require several years of effort and much financial sup- port. Establishing baseline data, in quest of a productivity-limiting factor, will facilitate assessment of the health and status of chicken populations at any future date. Several of the above potential limiting factors are currently being addressed within the broad framework of the PC-2000 research project. Recruitment, brood break-up and dispersal are receiving an emphasis of time and effort because little is known about this important aspect of upland game bird ecolo- gy. Dispersal distances may be related to habitat quality in the vicinity of a booming ground and the associated nesting and brood- rearing areas. The relationship of dispersal to Hamerstrom et al.'s (1957) original ecological scatter-pattern management concept, and the basic needs of chickens for wide horizons and grasslands, needs to be revisited. Other priority factors that have received rela- tively little research attention in the past in- clude: 1) night roost habitat, where chickens spend 8-12 hours each day in one place and at least a third of their entire life, and 2) the philosophy, variety, nutrition, and subsequent management of winter foods in relation to Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station their being emergency, supplemental, or maintenance in nature. The possible negative aspect of soybeans as a winter food for prairie chickens needs early attention. Raw soybeans have been found to inhibit digestive enzymes and thus depress fat absorption in some up- land birds (Bogenschutz et al. 1995). Effective methods of controlling shrub and tree encroachment on grasslands in this tem- perate climate need to be developed. The effectiveness and timing of periodic distur- bance of chicken habitat by spring burning and cattle grazing need evaluation relative to the nesting, brood-rearing, and night-roosting behavior of the birds. The composition, abundance, and ecological role of all inhabitants of the prairie chicken grassland ecosystem needs documentation and study. Some yet unknown living compo- nent may be a sensitive and reliable indicator of the system's environmental health. The impact on all grassland wildlife, of pesti- cides and herbicides applied to agricultural lands adjacent to chicken management lands, needs attention. Pesticides have been shown to drift a minimum of 0.9 miles (1.5 km) from target areas on the Buena Vista Area and may have depressed brain cholinesterase levels of songbirds (Deeley 1980). Potential sites for expanding Wisconsin's prai- rie chicken range need identification and eval- uation. Some waterfowl management areas in Wisconsin appear to have considerable potential for supporting chicken populations. Similarly, lands on the Buena Vista, Leola, and Paul Olson areas that are currently being managed for prairie chickens, have potential for improving habitat for waterfowl and other wetland wildlife species. This could enhance the support base for chicken management without materially affecting the status of the population. Land-use maps are valuable for documenting the distribution, quantity, quality, and changes in prairie chicken habitat over time. Today, land-use mapping has been enhanced by high- resolution photography and computerized in a very powerful Geographic Information Sys- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look tem (GIS) which lends itself nicely to land management modeling for prairie grouse (Merrill et al. 1999). However, the base data for the maps must be accurate and verified in the field. The resulting maps can only be as accurate as the least accurate data and many are not as accurate as they could, should, or need to be (Wilmore 1996). Recommendations 1) Initiate the projects identified above in "Research Needs." 2) Continue thorough annual censuses on all areas to obtain reliable indices to habitat conditions, and status and distribution of the chicken. 3) Gradually and cautiously expand spring prairie chicken viewing opportunities to other management areas using the Buena Vista program as a model. 4) Design and conduct a quality, controlled, experimental, spring/fall hunt of prairie chickens on the Mead Area if the popula- tion rises to 200 booming cocks and on the Buena Vista Area if that population reaches approximately 500 booming cocks in the future. These areas have the largest amount of public lands to facilitate a tight- ly controlled, ethical hunt. 5) Secure additional habitat for chickens in the Leola Area to increase and provide for the stability of that population. Do the same for the Buena Vista, Paul Olson, and Mead areas if research shows that such is needed with the changing land-use prac- tices on adjacent private lands, and that existing lands are managed to provide a maximum of quality prairie chicken habi- tat. This will require a careful evaluation of current burning, grazing, and share- cropping practices. 6) WDNR should continue to pursue the pur- chase of lands that are currently leased from private organizations as was done recently with the 7,000 acres (2,835 ha) 55 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 56 owned by STCP. This would recycle funds to the several organizations and enable them to expeditiously purchase key parcels of additional land if they so chose. 7) Continue the current management funding level with periodic increments to offset inflation. Provide for replacement of worn equipment to eliminate dependence upon private funding for the same. 8) Lines of communication between research and management segments of the prairie chicken program need to be improved and maintained in order that applicable re- search results can be quickly incorporated into management programs. The time lag between obtaining meaningful results and ultimate publication in professional jour- nals is much too great because of the nec- essary peer-review process and subse- quent revisions of manuscripts. In addition, many valuable research projects do not qualify for publication in professional jour- nals because of their provincialism. Similar- ly, we recommend that the Prairie Grouse Technical Council increase its mission of communicating ideas and information be- tween prairie grouse managers and re- searchers in North America on a more frequent and regular basis. Acknowledgments Thomas Meier and Brian Peters (WDNR) pro- vided data on the current management pro- gram and censuses for the Mead and McMill- an Areas. james Keir (WDNR) provided an outline of the management strategies on the Buena Vista and Leola areas and census data for the Leola and outlying areas. Literature Cited Anderson, R.K. 1969a. Mating and interspecif- ic behavior of greater prairie chickens. Disser- tation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis- consin, USA. _____ . 1969b. Prairie chicken responses to changing booming ground cover type and height. journal of Wildlife Management 33:636-643. ____ _, and F. Hamerstrom. 1967. Hen decoys aid in trapping cock prairie chickens with bownets and noose carpets. journal of Wildlife Management 31 :829-832. Berger, D.O., and F. Hamerstrom. 1962. Pro- tecting a trapping station from raptor preda- tion. journal of Wildlife Management 2 7:778- 791. ____ _, ____ _, and F.N. Hamer- strom, Jr. 1963. The effect of raptors on prai- rie chickens on booming grounds. journal of Wildlife Management 27:778-791. Bogenschutz, T. R., D.E. Hubbard, and A.P. Leif. 1995. Corn and sorghum as a winter food source for ring-necked pheasants. journal of Wildlife Management 59:776-784. Curtis, j. T. 1959. The vegetation of Wisconsin. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wis- consin, USA. Deeley, G.M. 1980. Pesticide drift and its effects on cholinesterase levels of birds in non- target areas in the Buena Vista Marsh. Thesis, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, Wis- consin, USA. Fasbender, P.j. 1987. Cattle grazing as a management tool to control brush encroach- ment. M.S. Research Project Report, Universi- ty of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, Wisconsin, USA. Finley, R.W. 1951. The original vegetation cover of Wisconsin. Dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, USA. Grange, W.B. 1948. Wisconsin grouse prob- lems. Wisconsin Conservation Department, Madison, Wisconsin, USA. Gross, A.O. 1930. Progress report of the Wis- consin prairie chicken investigation. Wisconsin Conservation Commission, Madison, Wiscon- sin, USA. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Halversen, H.H., and R.K. Anderson. 1983. Evaluation of grassland management for wild- life in central Wisconsin. Pages 267-279 in C.L. Kucera, editor. Proceedings of 7th North American Prairie Conference. Southwest Mis- souri State University, Springfield, Missouri, USA. Hamerstrom, F. 1950. Range, habits, and food requirements of prairie chicken. Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin 15:9-11. ____ _, D.O. Berger, and F.N. Hamer- strom, Jr. 1965. The effect of mammals on prairie chickens on booming grounds. journal of Wildlife Management 29:536-542. Hamerstrom, F.N., Jr. 1939. A study of Wis- consin prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse. Wilson Bulletin 51 :105-120. _____ . 1940. A study of Wisconsin prai- rie grouse (breeding habits, winter foods, en- doparasites and movements). Dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, USA. _____ . 1977. New threat to Buena Vista chickens. Wisconsin Natural Resources Bulle- tin 1:607. ____ _, and F. Hamerstrom. 1949. Daily and seasonal movements of Wisconsin prairie chickens. Auk 66:313-337. ____ _, _____ . 1955. Population density and behavior in Wisconsin prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus). Proceedings of International Ornithological Congress 11 :459-466. ___ _, ____ . 1960. Comparabili- ty of some social displays of grouse. Proceed- ings of International Ornithological Congress 12:274-293. ____ _, _____ . 1961. Status and problems of North American grouse. Wilson Bulletin 73:284-294. ___ _, ____ . 1963. The (grouse) symposium in review. journal of Wildlife Man- agement 27:868-887. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look ____ _, _____ . 1964. Grouse. Pag- es 343-345 in A.L. Thompson, editor. A new dictionary of birds. Nelson, London. ____ _, _____ . 1966. Stove in the poppies. Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin 31:3-5. ____ _, _____ . 1967. Biologists at work; trapping and banding. Wisconsin Con- servation Bulletin 32:14-15. ____ _, _____ . 1968. Water and the prairie chickens. Wisconsin Academy Re- view 15:10-11. ___ _, ____ .1970. Not on the far side of the earth. Wisconsin Academy Re- view 16:33-34. ____ _, _____ . 1973. The prairie chicken in Wisconsin: highlights of a 22-year study of counts, behavior, movements, turn- over, and habitat. Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Technical Bulletin 64. ____ _, F. Hopkins, and A.J. Rinzel. 1941. An experimental study of browse as a winter diet for prairie chicken. Wilson Bulletin 53:185-195. ____ _, and O.E. Mattson. 1964. A num- bered, metal color-band for game birds. jour- nal of Wildlife Management 28:850-852. ____ _, ------' and F. Hamerstrom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken management. Wisconsin Conservation Department Techni- cal Bulletin 15. ____ _, and B.B.Morgan, 1941. Notes on the endoparasites of Wisconsin pinnated and sharp-tailed grouse. journal of Wildlife Man- agement 5:194-198. ____ _, and M. Truax. 1938. Traps for pinnated and sharp-tailed grouse. Bird-banding 9:177-183. Keir, J. R. 1999. Wisconsin prairie chicken management: an agency perspective. Pages 59-62 in Svedarsky, W. D., R. D. Hier, and N. J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a 57 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 58 national/oak. Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, Universi- ty of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA Keith, L.B. 1963. Wildlife's ten-year cycle. Uni- versity of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wiscon- sin, USA Leopold, A 1931. Report on a game survey of the north central states. Sporting Arms and Ammunition Manufacturer's Institute, Madi- son, Wisconsin, USA _____ . 1949. A sand county almanac. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA Merrill, M.D., K.A Chapman, K.A Poiani, and B. Winter. 1999. Land-use patterns surround- ing greater prairie chicken leks in northwest- ern Minnesota. journal of Wildlife Manage- ment 63:189-198. Schorger, AW. 1944. The prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse in early Wisconsin. Trans- actions of Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters 35:1-59. Thompson, D.R., and j.C. Moulton. 1981. An evaluation of Wisconsin ruffed grouse surveys. Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Technical Bulletin 123. Toepfer, j.E. 1988. The ecology of the greater prairie chicken as related to reintroductions. Dissertation, Montana State University, Boze- man, Montana, USA ____ . 1991. What the heck is a lek?(abstract). Page 11 in B. Waage, editor. Proceedings of 19'h Prairie Crouse Technical Council Conference, Billings, Montana, USA ____ _, R. L. Eng, and R. K. Anderson. 1990. Translocating prairie grouse: what have we learned? Transactions of North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference 55: 569-579. Westemeier, R.L. 1969. History and ecology of prairie chickens in central Wisconsin. Thesis, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, USA ____ . 1971. The history and ecology of prairie chickens in central Wisconsin. Universi- ty of Wisconsin, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences Resource Bulletin 281. Wilmore, S.L. 1996. Analysis of greater prairie chicken open space requirements using a geo- graphic information system. Thesis, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, Minnesota, USA Wisconsin Department Natural Resources. 1993. A survey of land uses within the prairie chicken range of Wisconsin. Publication JGWM-14993. Zedler, J. 1966. Buena Vista Marsh in historical perspective. Thesis, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, USA Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Wisconsin Prairie Chicken Management: An Agency Perspective james R. Keir, Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, Friendship Background The greater prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) is a grouse species native to Wisconsin. Prior to settlement it was found in the prairies and savannas of the southern third of the state. Large-scale logging, subsequent fires, and pioneer farming in the latter half of the 191h century created temporary open land, and the range of the chicken expanded north- ward. Around the turn of the century, prairie chickens were actually present in every coun- ty, but losses of both native grasslands in the south and newly created habitat in the north were occurring rapidly. Agriculture, tree plant- ing, fire control and natural succession all took their toll. By the middle of the 20th centu- ry, the prairie chicken population had plum- meted. The bird could then be found only in central Wisconsin. Wisconsin's commitment to prairie chickens began in 1928 with the very first wildlife re- search project in the state. This project was conducted by the newly formed Wisconsin Conservation Commission, now the Wis- consin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR). Known as the Wisconsin Prairie Chicken Investigation, this work was com- pleted under the direction of Dr. Alfred 0. Gross from Bowdoin College in Maine. Subse- quent studies by Aida Leopold, Franklin j.W. Schmidt, and Wallace Grange also increased Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 knowledge of Wisconsin prairie chicken num- bers and habitat needs. The stage was then set for the pioneering work that would form the basis for future prai- rie chicken management in Wisconsin. Freder- ick and Frances Hamerstrom began graduate student research under the direction of Aida Leopold in the late 1930s and 1940s. They continued their prairie chicken research from 1949-72 working for the Wisconsin Conser- vation Commission. Together with Oswald Mattson, they published their recommenda- tions for prairie chicken management in Wisconsin (Hamerstrom et al. 1957). The resulting "Guide" outlined the basics for the beginnings of a management program in Wis- consin and warned that the effort must begin within 5 years or the prairie chicken would be lost forever. Four years before publication of the Guide, the Wisconsin Conservation Commission af- firmed its commitment to the prairie chicken by adopting the "Wisconsin Prairie Crouse Management Policy" (14 May 1953). This poli- cy statement called for the management and restoration of habitat for prairie grouse in the state. The prairie chicken would make its stand in central Wisconsin where the best habitat and populations remained. It was here that large- 59 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 60 scale agricultural drainage, beginning in 1905, allowed development of a private land use which prairie chickens found suitable- prima- rily pasture and an extensive bluegrass (Poa pratensis) seed industry. As a result of the Hamerstroms' work and encouragement, the private sector stepped forward and provided the capital to purchase land specifically for prairie chicken manage- ment. The majority of land purchases was made by 2 private organizations committed to the chicken- the Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, Ltd. (STCP) of Milwaukee and the Dane County Conservation League (DCCL) of Madison. These 2 groups did their jobs well. Initial purchases earmarked for prai- rie chicken management were made in 1954, and land acquisition was in full swing by 1961. Through the 1960s and into the 1970s nearly 14,000 acres (5,600 ha) of land were purchased in central Wisconsin for grassland management based on Hamerstrom's "eco- logical patterning" proposal outlined in the "Guide." This proposal called for ownership and management of scattered parcels ofgrass- land rather than 1 large contiguous block. Habitat Management Research, the management commitment, and land acquisition were then combined into the beginnings of Wisconsin's Prairie Chicken Management Program - a program that has successfully preserved the prairie chicken in Wisconsin. Oswald Mattson became the project's first manager, and the program be- gan to implement the recommendations from the "Guide." Management was geared to pro- vide permanent grassland for nesting and brood rearing as well as dependable winter food and cover to support the prairie chickens year-round. Management in the early 1960s concentrated on newly acquired acreage that had been reverting to brush and timber. Bulldozers, chainsaws, rotary mowers and broadleaf her- bicides were all used to restore grasslands. By the mid-1960s, prescribed fire was also being used to stimulate grass and retard brush inva- sion. As additional acreage was purchased, the management effort was expanded to keep pace. Throughout the late 1960s and early 1970s, a major grassland restoration effort was accomplished largely with bulldozers and herbicides. By 1975, a large portion of the land acquisition had been completed and work on the acreage needing grassland resto- ration had been done. Management then moved into a second phase - one of grass- land habitat improvement and maintenance to be accomplished through a rotational pattern of disturbance. This disturbance phase forms the basis for the current grassland man- agement program. One of the original goals of prairie chicken management in Wisconsin was the prevention of brush invasion into the grassland habitat. This remains an important goal, and manage- ment techniques are designed to control woody vegetation. Without management, most acreage on Buena Vista Grasslands would quickly change to brush and timber and prairie chicken habitat would be lost. However, we can no longer be satisfied with simply maintaining a certain acreage of pub- licly owned property in "grass." Changes on surrounding private lands will continue, and management practices that were adequate yesterday may not be adequate tomorrow. Our goal is to make every grassland acre of managed property as productive and benefi- cial for the prairie chicken as possible. This requires knowledge of grassland habitat and proper techniques for maintenance and im- provement. It also requires knowledge of the prairie chicken and its habitat needs through- out the year. The prairie chicken in Wisconsin has been described as "probably the most intensively managed grouse in North America" (Bergerud and Gratson 1988). Much has been learned from research that began in the 1920s and from previous grassland management efforts that began in Wisconsin with initial land pur- chases in 1954. The habitat management pro- gram has been fine-tuned from the early years and has incorporated some new techniques, but the principles outlined in the "Guide" still apply. Periodic disturbance of grassland acre- age remains as the basic underlying concept. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Native grassland habitats evolved with natural and periodic disturbance. This disturbance had a much needed and positive effect on plant diversity as well as the productivity of plant and wildlife species. Several manage- ment practices, applied at appropriate inter- vals, are now utilized to simulate effects of natural disturbances. These practices include burning, grazing, planting, mowing, disking, and haying. Broadleaf herbicides continue to be used for additional control of woody vege- tation encroachment, but at a level much re- duced from that of the past. The size of each disturbance (management operation or practice) is kept to the minimum that is practical. For example, prescribed fire and grazing are implemented on 80 to 120 acre (23-49 ha) units. Farming operations are conducted within 20-acre (8 ha) parcels. Dis- turbance is distributed throughout the proper- ty, and each type of disturbance is also scat- tered. This assures that habitat benefits are distributed and available throughout the range. An annual spring census of males on booming grounds is conducted throughout the prairie chicken range. The goal is to obtain a 100% count of all displaying males. Over time, this count provides a gauge to population levels and distribution, as well as a check on effects of habitat management and surrounding pri- vate land use changes (Table 1 ). We use known locations of prairie chicken booming grounds (primary breeding sites) as Table 1. Displaying male prairie chickens on Buena Vista and Leola Grasslands in central Wisconsin {Merri111997). Year 1968 1979 1985 1989 1997 Buena Vista 139 438 275 182 324 Leola 12 53 69 64 97 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 Total 151 491 344 246 421 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look focus points for habitat management. In gen- eral, females will find nesting habitat within a 1-mile (1.6 km) radius of booming grounds. Ideally, brood habitat should also be available close by, as should all other habitat require- ments". Our investment to provide quality grassland within this radius is a priority. We can presume that if adequate habitat was not available, there would be no hen activity and, therefore, no booming ground in that location. Today the Prairie Chicken Management Pro- gram includes 3 wildlife areas in central Wis- consin; Buena Vista Grasslands, Leola Grass- lands, and the Paul j. Olson Wildlife Area. Two other WDNR properties, the George W. Mead and McMillan Marsh Wildlife Areas, are managed primarily for waterfowl, but because of extensive sedge meadow habitat and asso- ciated uplands, they offer significant prairie chicken benefits as well. The WDNR purchased lands owned by STCP (largely on Buena Vista Grasslands) in 1988, and deed restrictions require that these lands continue to be managed for prairie chickens. Funds received by STCP from this purchase have been designated for continued support for management and research of prairie chick- ens and other threatened and endangered species in Wisconsin. Land acquisition has continued with the purchase of 940 acres (381 ha) on Leola Grasslands in 1992. An additional 920 acres (373 ha) have been pur- chased on Buena Vista Grasslands during 1996-98. Today, over 16,000 acres (6,480 ha) are managed on these 3 properties for prairie chickens in central Wisconsin. These managed lands in central Wisconsin provide diversity by maintaining grassland habitat in an area of the state that is primarily forested or agricultural. Further, the large block sizes and total acreage of grassland established and managed for prairie chickens have been a great benefit to many other grassland wildlife species. Although most of these grasslands are not composed of native plant species (they are actually referred to as "surrogate" grasslands), they do provide the vegetative structure needed by many birds and small mammals whose numbers are of 61 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 62 serious concern in Wisconsin. For example, the eastern meadowlark (Sturnella magna), upland sandpiper (Bartramia longicauda), and Henslow's sparrow (Ammodramus henslowii) are found in abundance in these grasslands. In 1997, the regal fritillary butterfly (Speyeria idalia), a Wisconsin endangered species, was also found. The challenge that has been accepted in ap- plying the Wisconsin Prairie Chicken Manage- ment Program is two-fold. First, to blend the available budget, the habitat needs of the prairie chicken, our knowledge of grasslands, and the impacts of management practices on this increasingly rare ecosystem. The result of this blend must be a workable management effort. Secondly, to maintain management flexibility dictated by constant change in the surrounding landscape, to incorporate appro- priate new ideas as they arise, and to contin- ue to improve the effort to provide the best possible grassland habitat for our remnant prairie chicken population. It is believed that the current level of population security can be maintained for the immediate future with today's grassland management program. However, additional grassland acreage may be needed to maintain this level of security for the long-term. Lack of suitable grasslands beyond the boundaries of the present range prevents population expansion. One new potential involves an attempt to develop, improve, and maintain grassland habitat on private lands. To date, all efforts have been focused on publicly managed grasslands. Targeting privately owned proper- ty through the use of financial incentives for landowners contained in the 1995 Farm Bill may provide suitable habitat for prairie chick- ens where none presently exists. Partners in this new venture include the Natural Resourc- es Conservation Service, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the WDNR. While states east of Wisconsin have lost their prairie chickens, we are "holding the line" against the westward march of extirpations. Our ultimate goal is to maintain a viable pop- ulation of prairie chickens in this state through the most appropriate and cost effective means available. The work is not done. New threats to long-term habitat security will present constant challenges to the survival of the species. As long as these challenges are met, these wide horizons hold a genuine fu- ture for Wisconsin's prairie chickens. LITERATURE CITED Bergerud, AT., and M.W. Gratson. 1988. Adaptive strategies and population ecology of northern grouse. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. Hamerstrom, F.N. Jr., O.E. Mattson, and F. Hamerstrom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken management. Wisconsin Conservation Depart- ment Technical Bulletin 15. Merrill, E. 1997. Central Wisconsin prairie chicken census- Final Report. College of Nat- ural Resources, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, Wisconsin, USA. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in North Dakota jerry D. Kobriger, North Dakota Game and Fish Department, Dickinson Historical Review Long-term residents of North Dakota wit- nessed the nearly complete history of greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido pinna- tus) in the state. The rise and fall of this ele- gant immigrant species took place in less than 80 years. All accounts of "prairie chickens" prior to 1870 were in reference to sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus phasinellus) because prairie chickens were not present in the state at that time. The range of the prairie chicken has been unstable during the past 200 years. A native of tallgrass prairies, and more truly a grassland species than the sharptail, it was found in great numbers in eastern sections of the Unit- ed States in the early 1800s. As human settle- ments sprang up in midwestern sections of the continent, prairie chicken populations showed remarkable increases. When there were large populations of chickens in eastern states, birds were scarce or absent farther west. By the time prairie chicken populations built up in the Midwest, birds were already decreasing along the East Coast. The exact date of the prairie chicken's arrival in North Dakota is not known but appears to have coincided with destruction of the im- mense bison herds and establishment of the first white settlements. Since the bird followed Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 man's agricultural activities, there were hu- man observers nearby when prairie chickens moved into the state. Coues (187 4) reported that he did not find the prairie chicken at Pembina in 1873 but did relate that between Yankton and Fort Randall both chickens and sharptails were present. Above Fort Randall all grouse were sharptails and he wrote; "I have no reason to believe that it (the prairie chick- en) occurs at all in northwestern Minnesota or northern Dakota where the other species (sharptail) is so abundant. Its progress upon the Missouri River has been traced by Dr. Hayden farther than by myself to the Nio- brara; and that writer adds that it may pro- ceed to the White River." A few years later, Cooke (1888) mentioned that the prairie chicken was 40 miles (64 km) from the southeastern corner of North Dakota at Herman, Minnesota in 1879, and, by the early 1880s, the species was occupying a strip 30-60 miles (48-96 km) wide along the Red River over the whole eastern edge of North Dakota. Spring booming of prairie chickens was reported as early as 1884 at Barton, North Dakota, a considerable distance west of the "strip," so some birds were already extending beyond the recognized range. Thus it appears the prairie chicken first showed up in notable numbers in North Da- kota along the Red River Valley in the early 63 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 1880s. In 15 to 20 years, this species spread across the state with the Badlands being the only area where chickens were not sighted at one time or another during the past 100 years. Present ( 199 7) estimated spring breed- ing populations of prairie chickens in North · Dakota are about 300 with most living on or near the Sheyenne National Grasslands (SNG) in southeastern North Dakota or the vicinity of the Prairie Chicken Wildlife Management Area (WMA) in Grand Forks County. Table 1. Prairie chicken harvest in North Dakota, 1938-42. Year 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 Birds per hunter 1.2 1.2 1.2 .8 .7 Number of Total estimated grouse harvested population 29,000 45,000 47,000 40,000 36,000 300,000 350,000 450,000 420,000 400.000 Table 2. Prairie chicken census, Sheyenne Grasslands, 1961-70. Ground number Total Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 males 1961 * * * 1 4 * 5 1962 0 * 0 1 6 0 2 * 9 1963 * * 9 * * 9 1964 1965 4 4 1966 3 0 3 1967 1968 0 0 0 1969 7 0 7 1970 2 1 3 * Booming ground was heard or plotted, but not censused. No counts were made in 1964 or 1967. 64 Now that the prairie chicken is gone from many places, practically everyone, in retro- spect, proclaims it to be one of the finest of game birds. There were numerous attempts to restock this species in the East before 1900 and many chickens were transported and released in foreign countries. All early at- tempts at stocking and restocking were unsuc- cessful. At the present time, the prairie chick- en plays practically no role to the sportsman, farmer or nature lover of North Dakota. Prai- rie chickens arrived, thrived, and faded into obscurity all in a period of about 60 years. Large, spectacular harvests of this bird in North Dakota were a thing of the past before anyone attempted to estimate annual har- vests. North Dakota Game and Fish Depart- ment (NDGFD) files show only 5 years of harvest figures for prairie chickens covering the period 1938-42 (Table 1 ). Many factors which influence sharptail popu- lations also affect prairie chickens. In fact, changes in specific land-use practices affected chickens more directly than sharptails. The prairie chicken was an immigrant species and declined more rapidly and markedly when land-use changes took place. Like the bison, it has often been repeated, the prairie chicken was a species exterminated by hunting. While year-round hunting helped reduce chicken populations, land-use changes (burning, plowing, and grazing) were more important in the long-term population decline. Undoubtedly, the biggest hunting harvest of prairie chickens occurred in the period 1890 to 1930. Probably more birds were killed per hunter during the early part of the period. As time went by, greater numbers of hunters with better methods of transportation and more efficient weapons increased the overall harvest. The last open season for this bird in North Dakota was in 1945. Before that time seasons and regulations were the same as for sharp- tailed grouse. Because prairie chickens did not immigrate into North Dakota until the 1880s, seasons and regulations pertinent to the species covered a period of about 60 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station years, or from 1885 to 1945. Since prairie chickens did not become common in the western half of the state until about 1900, regulations there were important for less than 50 years. Small areas in the eastern portion of the state have been completely closed to all grouse hunting since 1942, with the excep- tion of 1965-67. When the great populations of prairie chick- ens began to decline during early settlement days, it was understandable that seasons and regulations were employed in an effort to stop the decline. Many people believed that once hunting was stopped birds would repro- duce and return to their former large num- bers. But there were other important consider- ations. Seasons and regulations are always intangible items left up to individual judge- ment. All too often, promiscuous killing con- tinued. Secondly, and more important, human populations were rapidly increasing and, with this increase, chicken habitat changed greatly. Man was constantly altering the habitat to fit his needs; as a result the grouse population declined. Many changes in seasons and regulations were introduced in an attempt to stop this decline. Market hunting, use of nets and traps, and large gauge guns were outlawed. Bird dogs were prohibited. Shooting hours were reduced to daylight and sometimes to only a few hours each day. Nonresident hunters were restricted or closely regulated. Many local, specialized regulations were enforced. And finally, the state was completely closed to hunting prairie chickens. Census Procedures and Reintroductions Annual spring booming ground counts are made to census all known prairie chickens in North Dakota. Currently the census is concen- trated in 4 areas: SNG; Prairie Chicken WMA; Englevale WMA; and southwestern Sargent County. A census has been conducted on the SNG since 1961. From 1961 through 1970 not all Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 3. Prairie chicken census, Sheyenne Grasslands, 1971-97. Active Grounds grounds Total Year visited counted males 1971 6 5 20 1972 15 12 68 1973 20 14 89 1974 17 14 78 1975 25 23 139 1976 29 20 139 1977 33 24 188 1978 31 22 195 1979 48 36 338 1980 49 38 410 1981 29 17 137 1982 37 28 223 1983 40 34 396 1984 28 26 313 1985 43 27 262 1986 22 22 173 1987 39 24 220 1988 50 35 257 1989 55 27 190 1990 57 28 206 1991 48 25 171 1992 48 25 205 1993 42 26 142 1994 55 18 84 1995 56 21 95 1996 41 19 144 1997 31 11 69 grounds were visited, some were merely plot- ted, and in 2 years, no census was conducted (Table 2). The census has been more com- plete since 1970; at least it was conducted each year (Table 3). Complete coverage was lacking in some years, particularly in 1981. It is evident the population reached a peak in 1980 but declined since that time and, in 1997, the population had fallen back to the 1972 level. A population of sharp-tailed grouse also exists on the SNG (Fig. 1 ). Unfortunately, a com- Males/ active ground 4.0 5.7 6.4 5.6 6.0 7.0 7.8 8.9 9.4 10.8 8.1 8.0 11.7 12.0 9.7 7.9 9.2 7.3 7.0 7.4 6.8 8.2 5.5 4.7 4.5 7.6 6.3 65 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look plete census of this species has never been made, but enough grounds have been count- ed to show a population trend. Counts of sharptails were started in 1970 but were very incomplete until 1979. Trend lines (Figs. 2, 4) from the beginning of counts of both species show an increasing trend; however this is due to extremely low, incomplete counts during the first 10 to 16 years of census (Fig. 4). The trend of prairie chickens over the last 20 years is down significantly (Fig. 3). The sharptail trend is also down over the last 19 years, but not significantly (Fig. 5). A small population of prairie chickens exists in southwestern Sargent County, but most of the birds in this vicinity are in South Dakota. However, 1 ground in North Dakota has been active for the past 6 years with males varying from 2 in 1992 to 8 in 1996. A greater census effort could result in more grounds being found in this area. A spring release of 55 wild-trapped prairie chickens from Nebraska was made in 1993 near the Englevale WMA. These birds have been censused and radio tracked since that time. Some nests were found in the immedi- ate vicinity, but some radio-marked birds moved long distances including at least 5 females that moved to the SNG more than 20 miles (32 km) away. Radio tracking ceased as radios failed but a spring census indicated some prairie chickens remained in the area until 1996. No prairie chickens were seen here in spring 1997. Our greatest effort in reestablishing prairie chickens in North Dakota has been on the Prairie Chicken WMA. Prairie chickens were present on this area in 1968 when the first land purchase of 160 acres (64 ha) was made by the NDGFD. By 1977, more than 3,150 acres (1,260 ha) had been purchased. Acquisi- tion has been slow since that time with only 320 acres (128 ha) acquired in the last 20 years. There are additional acres in wildlife habitat and, while not acquired or managed for prairie chickens, provide some prairie chicken habitat. These include 1,300 acres (520 ha) managed by the State Land Depart- ment and 7,766 acres (3,1 06 ha) administered Figure 1. Male prairie grouse counted on Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1963-97. 500 • Sharp-tailed Grouse 4- Prairie Chicken 400 ""0 11) ···········-----------------------------------------------------------~i --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66 c :::l 0 0 Ill !11 (tl ~ (ij 0 1- 300 200 100 0 63 65 64 • Incomplete census in 1981. 67 69 66 68 73 75 77 72 74 76 ------------------------------- 78 1 79 81~ 83 80 82 Year 85 84 86 87 88 89 91 90 92 93 94 95 97 96 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 2. Male prairie chickens counted on Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1963-97. 500 400 300 200 100 0 -+- Males Counted •Trend 63 65 64 67 66 68 69 71 73 70 72 • Incomplete census in 1981. 75 77 74 76 78 79 81* 80 82 Year 83 85 87 84 86 88 89 91 90 92 93 95 94 97 96 Figure 3. Male prairie chickens counted on Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1978-97. 500 400 300 200 100 0 -+- Males Counted •Trend 63 65 64 67 69 66 68 70 • Incomplete census in 1981. 71 73 75 72 74 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 76 77 79 81* 78 80 Year 82 83 85 87 84 86 88 89 91 90 92 93 95 94 96 97 67 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 68 Figure 4. Male sharptails counted on Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1970-97. 200 150 100 50 0 -+- Males Counted •Trend 63 65 64 66 67 69 71 68 70 • Incomplete census in 7987. 72 73 74 75 77 79 76 78 81 80 82 Year 83 85 87 84 86 88 89 91 90 93 92 94 95 97 96 Figure 5. Male sharptails counted on Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1978-97. 200 150 100 50 0 -+- Males Counted •Trend 63 65 64 67 66 68 69 71 70 72 *Incomplete census in 1987. 73 75 77 74 76 79 78 80 81 83 85 82 84 Year 87 86 88 89 91 90 92 93 95 97 94 96 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. A census of the Prairie Chicken WMA actually began in 1954 when 11 males were counted. An annual census was begun in 1965 and has continued until 1997, even though prairie chickens disappeared in 1980. An annual cen- sus was continued because sharptails were also present. Sharptails first appeared on cen- sus sheets in 1972 but were certainly present before that year since 52 males were counted in 1972. Sharptails peaked in 1981, 1 year after the prairie chicken disappeared, but by 1992, sharptails were also gone. Though both species of grouse have vanished, it was felt that this area had the potential to support prairie grouse. First; Conservation Reserve Program (CRP) acres reached a peak of nearly 34,000 acres (13,600 ha) within a 6-mile (9.6-km) radius of the Prairie Chicken WMA, providing excellent grassland habitat. Second; management of NDGFD acres was intensified (burning, grazing, brush control, food plots). And third; the Fish and Wildlife Service formulated the Kelly Slough Manage- ment Plan which included habitat manage- ment for prairie chickens and funds for rein- troduction. This area seemed to have all the ingredients for a successful transplant; habitat management was underway, a past history of resident prairie chickens, a viable population only 30 miles (49 km) away in Minnesota; and several willing cooperators ready to lend funds and support materials. The first transplants were made in summer, 1992. Recent releases have been in spring with the final release planned for spring 1998 (Table 4). A spring census has shown a steady increase in both male prairie chickens and number of booming grounds (Table 5). An annual spring census will continue but no intensive brood surveys have been conducted and none are planned. Hunting Habitat for greater prairie chickens in North Dakota is limited and the species is listed as state threatened. It is not hunted, thus there are no hunter bag checks or harvest surveys. It is listed as an upland game bird and may be Table 4. Summary of prairie chicken transplants to North Dakota. Prairie chickens released Year Season Origin Release site Males Females Uknown1 Total 1992 Summer Minnesota Grand Forks 12 17 29 1993 Spring Nebraska Englevale 27 272 54 Summer Minnesota Grand Forks 14 16 30 1995 Summer Minnesota Grand Forks 24 19 6 49 1996 Spring Minnesota Grand Forks 4 0 4 Summer Minnesota Grand Forks 28 0 28 Summer South Dakota Grand Forks 6 12 10 28 1997 Spring Nebraska Grand Forks 36 55 91 1998 Spring Nebraska Grand Forks 1003 Total birds transplanted 151 146 16 313 1. Chicks, sex unknown. 2. Five of these hens were moved to Grand Forks during Summer 1993. 3. Proposed transplant, not included in total. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 69 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 5. Recent results of prairie grouse census, Grand Forks, North Dakota, 1993-97. Ground 1 2 3 41 5 61 7 8 91 101 11 1 Totals 1993 1994 4 6 4 7 1995 12 12 1996 9 5 7 2 23 1997 11 4 4 Q2 7 11 6 1 4 52 Q2 53 1. These grounds are outside the established census area. 2. These grounds also had sharptail males present. 70 hunted on a limited permit basis in the future, provided the population increases sufficiently. Species Needs When a wild species takes a drastic dip in numbers and does not recover, as occurred with the prairie chicken in North Dakota, we hear a score of reasons offered for the de- cline. Each critic is convinced their pet belief is the primary limiting factor for the species. Huge flocks dwindled because man simply went about the business of making a living and intensifying land use. As the country was settled, areas of the nation - east to west - went through a period of high prairie chicken populations. There was a certain point in utili- zation of the land when habitat and food sup- ply were in balance for prairie chickens. The prairie chicken has been called more of a grassland bird than the sharptail and flour- ished with some farming, but when the in- tensive farming stage was reached and few grassland areas remained, the prairie chicken diminished rapidly. Promiscuous hunting may have speeded up the process, but, like the buffalo, the prairie chicken was doomed by man's intensifying land use. Trained game managers agreed that the most important prerequisite for prairie chickens, as for all wild species, is suitable habitat. There was a difference of opinion as to what was proper habitat and management in the 1800s. Roosevelt (1885), Cooke (1888), and Hatch (1892), among others, stated that the prairie chicken kept pace with settlement of the country and tolerated more grain farming than the sharptail. Fire has long been condemned as a decimat- ing factor on prairie chickens. The prairie fire was described as the pinnate's "most deadly enemy" particularly in spring when it "de- stroys every nest within its sweep" (Judd 1905). However, early spring burning, before birds nested, was permissible. Fire during the nesting season was a major problem in con- servation of the birds and fall burning de- stroyed food supplies and winter cover. Modern research has shown that burning is not necessarily destructive to the prairie chick- en and, in fact, has proven to be an important management tool in reestablishing many plants utilized by prairie chickens as food and/or cover. Completely undisturbed areas of grassland which grow tall and dense over a period of years do not furnish all the neces- sary food and cover requirements. Observers who have rated weather an impor- tant factor in reducing prairie chicken popula- tions are quick to condemn a cold, damp spring, or heavy rains at hatching time, to cause few and/or small broods. Many observers have stressed that prairie chickens do not renest as commonly as phea- sants, partridge and other species. This was one reason that first nesting attempts were believed so important to reproduction for a given year and those who observed chickens hoped for favorable weather in spring. There are few references to winter losses of prairie chickens in North Dakota. Black (1929) mentions homesteaders who endured Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station unusually cold winters in the 1880s. One old timer spoke of a bitterly cold 26 April (in 1884 or 1885) when they "found a number of prairie chickens frozen" along with other birds. He did not state whether the mortality was caused simply by the cold itself or a layer of ice that sometimes entraps ground roosting birds. Since this bird feeds largely on the ground and is not known as a "budder" like the sharp- tailed grouse, it is possible that chickens may have suffered from a lack of food in North Dakota in the past. However, it is important to realize that prairie chickens migrated south from northern states in the fall. These migra- tions were more obvious when there were large populations. Reasons offered for migra- tions were that birds were traveling to reach areas of greater food supply and to escape the cold. Several observers using trapping records found that longest flights were made by females and young of the year. There is little evidence of fall migrations in North Dakota during the past 50 years (Bent 1963). In addition to widely publicized deficiencies of food and cover, many other decimating factors have been blamed for the decline, including over-hunting and predation. The overall population of predators may not have changed much the past 50 years but the pro- portion of certain ones has changed. Con- demned as limiting prairie chicken popula- tions have been the coyote, bobcat, fox, weasel, mink, hawk, owl, and feral dogs and cats. Nest robbers implicated were raccoons, skunks, crows, and other species. Because the coyote was so common at the time chicken populations were rapidly declining, much criti- cism in the past was directed to it. Young observers today may not have thought much about the pheasant as a strong compet- itor with prairie chickens, but many old-timers firmly believed the pheasant had much to do with limiting chicken populations. Others considered their competition a minor factor (Shrader and Erickson 1944). Many outside factors such as cycles, inbreed- ing, and others, were condemned from time to time as reducing populations. But the chief Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look cause recognized by most persons is the same one recognized today- prairie chicken populations declined because of destruction or alteration of their environment. The greater prairie chicken, a tallgrass prairie species, will never expand its range signifi- cantly in North Dakota. North Dakota is a semi-arid, short to midgrass state and the hab- itat will never be suitable for prairie chickens except in isolated tracts, primarily in the east- ern part of the state. Since the species was not native to the state, intensive management and preservation of areas such as the SNG is a must if the species is to remain in North Dakota. Management Needs and Recommendations Many early management measures designed to save wildlife populations in North Dakota were aimed at prairie chickens. Most early attempts were in the form of hunting regula- tions. Restrictions on market hunting, bag limits, closed seasons, and various gun, dog, and trespass laws were just a few. These tan- gential attempts to aid prairie chickens may have slowed the decline but did not halt it or restore populations to former numbers. Following the first hunting regulations for prai- rie chickens in the 1800s, the next attempts to manage this species came when private, state and federal refuges were established in many parts of the United States. On these undisturbed lands, varying in size from a few to several thousand acres, prairie chickens could theoretically reproduce unmolested by the hunter, plow, and domestic livestock. Unfortunately, prairie chickens did not re- spond to any marked degree on these refug- es; in most cases populations declined, al- though many other wildlife species benefitted considerably from this undisturbed habitat. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service conducted an experimental program of trapping prairie chickens in South Dakota and releasing them on refuges (J. Clark Salyer Refuge in North Dakota) where habitat appeared suitable for reproduction. 71 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 72 A program to lease 80-acre (32 ha) plots of land already inhabited by prairie chickens was started by the NDGFD in 1955 but was short- lived. It was quickly realized that the project would be too costly and landowners were reluctant. Only 87 acres (35 ha) from a pro- posed 1,500 acres (600 ha) were leased and the program was discontinued within 3 years. Mid- to tallgrass prairies are the vital ingredi- ent to survival of prairie chickens. In North Dakota, the original area of tall grass prairie was in the Red River Valley in the eastern tier of counties. Few of those acres remain today. Two areas, the Prairie Chicken WMA and the SNG are the only areas left where prairie chickens now exist and stand a chance of persisting for any length of time. These 2 areas are vastly different even though both provide habitat for prairie chickens. The Prairie Chicken WMA is nearly all ac- quired land that had been in crop production but has been returned to grass. The 3,500 acres (1,400 ha) purchased by the NDGFD were primarily for prairie chickens and contin- ue to be the core area where management is carried out. In recent years, burning, grazing, brush control, food plots and other manage- ment has intensified to provide suitable habi- tat for transplanted birds and must be contin- ued to ensure that birds survive here. The Prairie Chicken WMA is not large enough by itself to provide a secure self-sustaining popu- lation. A survey of the 34,000 CRP acres needs to be made to determine those areas used by chickens, determine how many more acres are needed, and try to work those into the prairie chicken management plan. This would involve maintenance, management, and possible acquisition of some CRP lands. We need to work more closely with the Fish and Wildlife Service and State Land Depart- ment to point management of their lands in the prairie chicken direction. Eng et al. {1986) following a study of prairie chickens on the SNG made the following management recommendations: More intensive annual censuses should be conducted. Time should be allotted for conducting listening runs each spring to -------------~--~- locate new grounds. The spring inventory must be maintained at a level to detect changes in distribution and relative abun- dance of both species of prairie grouse. Lowlands and midlands received the most use in winter, spring use by all hens, and summer use by brood hens. Most nesting occurs in lowland or midland communities. Initial nests were less successful than renests indicating a lack of suitable residual vegeta- tion in early spring. No nests were in up- land grass or mowed lowland communities. Lowlands and midlands are very important as roosting areas. Thus, modification in management of these 2 communities could have the greatest positive impact on prairie chickens. The mowing pattern of lowlands needs to be adjusted to provide a wider distribution of unmowed lowlands. An effort must be made to increase total amounts of residual vegetation left for nesting and winter roost- ing. Currently, mowing is done on a block basis with all lowlands in a single pasture being mowed. Disturbance of rank vegeta- tion is necessary to protect upland vegeta- tion but a pattern of mowing and burning that leaves some residual vegetation in each pasture would be beneficial to prairie chickens. One scenario would be to mow a third of each pasture in a 3-pasture allot- ment on a 3-year rotation basis. A second alternative would be to evaluate individual allotments relative to number of grouse present. Allow mowing practices to remain the same in areas within a 1-mi/e (1.6 km) radius of booming grounds with high num- bers of birds, while adjusting mowing prac- tices around booming grounds with low or unstable numbers. No areas should be mowed more than once every 3 years. The midland strip around lowlands should be excluded from mowing in most cases. Delay mowing of lowlands until 10 August. This will ensure all nesting activities are complete and broods will be mature enough to avoid mowers. Delaying an introduction of cattle into pas- tures until 15 june would be desirable to Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station permit early vegetation growth for early hatching broods. Alternatives would be to delay cattle introductions until 1 june or distribute cattle evenly between pastures during the first 2 weeks. Undisturbed vege- tative growth in all pastures would be ad- vantageous to broods hatching in early june. Maintain areas of vegetation for brood rear- ing that were heavily disturbed the previous year but are relatively undisturbed in the current summer. Prairie chickens showed a decided aversion for pastures with cattle present. It is unknown whether this aversion was due to presence of cattle or reduction in vegetation from grazing. To provide a more dependable winter food source, food plots (standing corn, sunflow- ers) should be strategically located with respect to known wintering areas and booming grounds. Availability of food is influenced by snow amounts and distribu- tion. Food in harvested grain fields is avail- able only when those fields are basically snow free. Sharptails are present on the area and were found to use shrub habitat at a rate 3 times greater than prairie chickens. Shrub control can be implemented to favor prairie chick- ens. juxtaposition of various cover ingredi- ents, food sources for various times of the year, and brood habitat needs to be under- stood. Use of herbicides for noxious weed control, brush control, and improved forb production, along with use of fire and mowing to improve prairie chicken habitat needs to be investigated. The major threat to the greater prairie chicken is habitat destruction associated with human activity and livestock grazing. To ensure fu- ture survival of the greater prairie chicken, adequate habitat must be provided and pro- tected, and condition of the population and habitat must be continuously monitored to maintain an appropriate balance. Several research projects appear needed. Bio- logical effects and economics of application of various herbicides for controlling brush Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look invasion and noxious weeds should be exam- ined. There is a need to determine if properly spaced food plots within the grasslands would increase or maintain chicken populations where seasonal food availability is suspected to be"the limiting factor. The function of agri- cultural lands adjoining the SNG as brood- rearing cover and as a food source should be examined. Acknowledgments Much of the text for this report was taken from Feathers from the Prairie (Johnson 1964). That publication was updated in 1989 (Johnson and Knue 1989) and some informa- tion was used from the update. Census and transplant data were updated to make all in- formation current through 1997. Literature Cited Bent, AC. 1963. Life histories of North Ameri- can gallinaceous birds. Dover, New York, New York, USA Black, R.M. 1929. History of Dickey County, North Dakota. North Dakota State Normal College, Ellendale, North Dakota, USA Cooke, W.W. 1888. Report on bird migration in the Mississippi Valley in the years 1884 and 1885. C.H. Merriam, editor. Department of Agricultural Ornithology Bulletin 2. U.S. Gov- ernment Printing Office, Washington, D.C., USA Coues, E. 18 7 4. Birds of the Northwest. De- partment of Interior Miscellaneous Publication 3. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing- ton, D.C., USA Eng, R.L., J. Toepfer, and J. Newell. 1988. Man- agement recommendations for prairie chickens on the Sheyenne National Grasslands, North Dakota, 1984-85. Rocky Mountain Forest & Range Experiment Station, U.S. Forest Ser- vice/Fish and Wildlife Program, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana, USA 73 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 74 Hatch, P.L. 1892. First report of the state zool- ogist accompanied with notes on the birds of Minnesota. Harrison and Smith, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. Johnson, M.D. 1964. Feathers from the prairie. North Dakota Game and Fish Department, Bismarck, North Dakota, USA. ____ _, and J. Knue. 1989. Feathers from the prairie. North Dakota Game and Fish Department, Bismarck, North Dakota, USA. / Judd, S.D. 1905. The grouse and wild turkeys of the United States and their economic value. U.S. Department of Agriculture Bulletin 24. U.S. Government Printing Office, Wash- ington, D.C., USA. Roosevelt, T. 1885. Hunting trips of a ranch- man. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, New York, USA. Shrader, T.A., and A.B. Erickson. 1944. Upland game birds of Minnesota. Minnesota Depart- ment of Conservation Bulletin 8. .,..._,....,.-.fi --·· WELCOME 1b Tile .·:.-<•P l0,184tb ". - II t ~f'l ANNUAL CCx:K 6JAMES Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in South Dakota Larry F. Fredrickson, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, Chamberlain 1 Barth Crouch, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, Mobridge Gerald L. Heismeyer, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, Chamberlain Historical Review Greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupi- do pinnatus) were generally thought to have come into South Dakota in the 1870s follow- ing settlers and the planting of grain (Cooke 1888, johnson 1964). From 1870 to 1900, market hunters reaped a rich harvest (SDDG- FP 1958-59). At that time, the area of the Great Plains that included eastern South Da- kota was known as "the chicken country." "Millions of chickens and grouse were killed, and settlers were indifferent to or assisted in the slaughter" (SDDGFP 1958-59). However, Kirsch and Kruse (1973) provided convincing evidence that this species was present on the prairies of the Dakotas and Montana after the great reduction in grazing by big game herds, especially bison, but well ahead of the intro- duction of grain farming (Westemeier 1980). Additionally, Lewis and Clark saw numbers of prairie hens in the Big Bend area along the Missouri River in 1804 (Lewis 1814) and john james Audubon recorded prairie chickens in 1 Department of Natural Resources, Crow Creek Sioux Tribe, P.O. Box4B, Fort Thompson, S.D. 57339 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 that area on 26 May 1843 (Audubon 1960). Audubon painted both species (prairie chick- ens and sharp-tailed grouse [Tympanuchus phasianellus]) of prairie grouse so he knew the differences well. During 1888, Cooke noted that prairie chick- ens occupied the entire length of eastern South Dakota in a strip 30 to 60 miles (48-96 km) wide and were as far north as southeast- ern Corson county, as far southwest as south- ern Bennett county, and as far northwest as southwestern Harding county (Cooke 1888, Whitney et al. 1978). The historical distribu- tion of the prairie chicken in South Dakota is shown by Aldrich and Duvall (1955). Prairie chickens declined in the eastern third (tallgrass and tallgrass/midgrass transition prai- ries) of the state with intensive grazing of rangeland and conversion of grassland to cropland. Prairie chickens were gone from some areas of eastern South Dakota by 1920 and other areas by the early 1950s, (W.C. Foss, personal communication; L.M. Kirsch, personal communication). Some large winter- ing flocks of prairie chickens still occurred in Brown (including Sand Lake National Wildlife 75 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Refuge [SLNWR], Renziehausen Slough, Put- ney Slough and the James River) and Marshall counties in the early 1950s (L.M. Kirsch, per- sonal communication). Three birds were sight- ed at SLNWR in 1982 (S. Waldstein, personal communication) and we assume these birds" came from North Dakota, or at least from the north. The earliest statewide population estimate for South Dakota was 80,000 prairie chickens in 1968 when the range was restricted to the central and south central portion of the state (Christisen 1969). By 1982, the statewide population had declined to about 39,000, the range was estimated at 9,171 square miles (23,750 km 2), and the average population density was 4.3 birds/square mile (1.7 /km 2) (Fig. 1) (SDDGFP 1982). In the mid-1980s, the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP) began with significant sign-ups in the main range in South Dakota and prairie chickens appeared to respond positively. While males per lek numbers compared favor- ably with those from the 1950s to the early 1970s, the number of males per square mile was a bit higher because of the increase in lek numbers. We also noted some expansion of the prairie chicken range to the east and north during that period. With the ending of many CRP contracts, we expect prairie chick- en numbers to decline along with the amount of undisturbed habitat. Yearly trend information for prairie chickens is presented from 1956 to 1997 (Table 1 ). The 42-year mean was 0.67 males per square mile. Peak years of prairie chicken populations co- inciding with those of sharp-tailed grouse oc- curred in 1959, 1964, 1969, and 1980. We believe that excellent reproduction for prairie chicken, as well as sharptails (West Figure 1. South Dakota wildlife management regions showing distribution and relative density of greater prairie chickens, 1982. 76 I ~~ .. ~··• } I ~j"'""'. .;;:;--·--·-·-·-· I ~.---·~ I I ·-·-r-----.J ....... " I ~ ·-·-·- _j .......... - ··------ -~~::_·~=?- H M l Vl I I High ....... 6.9-22.1 per square mile Medium .... 2.6-6.89 per square mile low . ....... 0-2.59 per square mile Very low ... none to almost none l f ..... -- r;.-; .... ;- -l \ l!Y __ f·"-,....... . ---l----Rt=-='-11 i I Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 1. Prairie chicken counts in South 1960) is related to cool moist summer weath- er because wet conditions in the spring and Dakota, 1957-97. summer cause increased growth of grasses and forbs for better nesting and brood cover Square Males per with a resultant higher survival of young. The Year miles lek sq. mile lowest population was in 1977, after the severe drought of 1976. 1956 200 7.74 1.20 Three research studies have been conducted 1957 200 6.29 0.98 1958 200 6.16 0.77 on prairie chickens in South Dakota. Ren- 1959 200 9.18 1.29 howe (1968) studied food habits and Rice 1960 200 5.45 0.60 and Carter (1982) evaluated grassland man- 1961 160 7.40 0.46 agement practices as they affected prairie chicken populations on the Fort Pierre Nation- 1962 160 6.00 0.45 al Grasslands (FPNG). A radio telemetry study 1963 185 4.52 0.74 was conducted on the FPNG and on the Low- 1964 185 4.78 0.95 er Brule Indian Reservation from 1985 to 1965 185 4.27 0.72 1989 and included an evaluation of translo- 1966 145 4.84 0.83 eating birds to McPherson County in north 1967 185 4.42 0.76 central South Dakota (Fredrickson 1995, Fre- 1968 185 4.82 0.57 drickson 1996). It is believed this transplant 1969 185 5.85 0.63 was unsuccessful because of the lack of crop- 1970 185 5.53 0.57 land in the release area, made up primarily 1971 185 5.90 0.48 of ungrazed grassland. When birds moved to 1972 185 7.62 0.50 cropland areas in the winter, there was inade- 1973 185 10.58 0.69 quate roosting cover and predation was so 1974 185 9.67 0.63 great that most did not make it back to leks 1975 175 9.00 0.93 in the release area the next spring. Future 1976 175 5.45 0.34 release areas should have at least 4 square 1977 175 4.90 0.29 miles (1 0.24 km2 ) of quality grassland habitat 1978 175 6.25 0.43 intermixed with unharvested food plots of 1979 175 8.14 0.98 corn, sunflowers, and sorgum for high energy 1980 175 9.00 1.08 winter food. 1981 175 7.80 0.85 1982 175 7.15 0.53 A total of 75 greater prairie chickens were 1983 175 7.00 0.48 released at SLNWR in 1959 (15 males, 2 fe- 1984 175 5.57 0.45 males) and 1960 (19 males, 36 females). The 1985 175 6.33 0.54 birds were trapped in the vicinity of Fort Ran- 1986 175 7.38 0.50 dall Dam with cannon nets during the winter. 1987 175 8.00 0.80 Chickens were seen in the release area until 1988 175 7.11 0.77 March of each release year, but no booming 1989 175 5.36 0.43 grounds were established and the releases 1990 181 5.21 0.49 were considered unsuccessful (Kruse 1973). 1991 181 4.19 0.51 1992 181 6.71 0.53 1993 181 7.65 0.66 Census and Survey 1994 181 6.19 0.87 1995 181 9.07 0.62 Procedures 1996 181 6.87 0.85 Since 1956, spring lek counts have been con- 1997 181 5.73 0.59 ducted to obtain an index of both sharp-tailed Mean 7.02 0.67 grouse and greater prairie chickens. The spring grouse survey consists of searching for Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 77 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 78 and counting males on leks along survey routes distributed throughout the grouse range. Each route covers approximately 40 square miles (1 04 km2). Presently there are 27 routes censused each spring during April. Be- ginning in 1999, the number of spring routes will be reduced to 25 while the remainder of the survey will be the same. The spring survey represents our best index of the statewide prairie chicken population. A randomized recording of observed broods of prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse is used to measure the reproductive success of both species. All personnel stationed in areas of the grouse range recorded all observations of prairie grouse broods. Personnel were en- couraged to search for broods during early morning and late evening throughout the months of july and August. Beginning in 1 998, we dropped the brood survey because of declining brood observations in recent years. Changes in field personnel, time con- straints, and other duties made getting suffi- cient sample sizes difficult. The prairie grouse bag check survey consists of collecting grouse data from hunter-bagged birds. Both road check stations and field checks were previously utilized to obtain the most possible data on young/adult ratios, sex ratios, and species composition of the harvest. The field check information is collected during the first 3 days of the hunting season. In 1998, the South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks (SDDGFP) plans to develop a wing mailing census for prairie grouse harvest data collection since field checks have proven in- sufficient for obtaining adequate information. Harvest and Hunting Pressure The harvest of prairie grouse in South Dakota has varied widely over the years. The lowest harvest on record was approximately 64,300 in 1977 while the highest was 174,300 in 1979. Hunting pressure over the years has remained fairly steady at approximately 20- 25,000 hunters annually. Prairie chickens have accounted for approximately 5-8 percent of the annual prairie grouse harvest which has averaged approximately 80,000 birds. In re- cent years, there has been a decline in hunt- ing pressure which may be explained by high travel costs and high pheasant populations in South Dakota. Harvest in the late 1980s to the early 1990s leveled off at lower numbers than in the previous decade, hence, harvest also declined with hunting pressure. Renewed interest and much better hunting opportuni- ties in the mid-90s increased the statewide harvest. In 1996, the estimated prairie grouse harvest in South Dakota was over 1 09,000 with about 1 0% of that being prairie chickens. Recent population estimates would indicate that the annual hunter harvest of both species is approximately 15 to 30% of the fall popula- tions. Hunter harvest could expand upward without significant harm to the residual popu- lations of either species under present condi- tions. Increasing interest in grouse hunting continues as a priority goal of the SDDGFP. Species Needs The most important need of prairie chickens is protection of rangeland, roadside cover, shoreline vegetation around stock dams, and woody draws from heavy cattle use (Rice and Carter 1982). Heavy grazing and trampling removes nesting, brood-rearing, escape, and winter cover. Research by Rice and Carter (1982) on the FPNG proved that rest-rotation grazing was superior to deferred rotation in providing nesting and brood-rearing cover for both prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse. An attempt should be made to encourage West River Region ranchers and public land managers to implement more rest-rotation grazing systems. Conversion of grassland to cropland causes important losses of grouse habitat (Hillman and jackson 1973). This practice should be discontinued and the converted ranges reseeded to native grasses. Protecting dense nesting cover similar to that in the Pheasant Restoration Program and the CRP would be beneficial to prairie chickens as would fencing out woody draws. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ------------------------- Public Needs All state and federal lands with prairie chick- ens should be demonstration areas of good prairie chicken management. Interpretive signs which inform the public of the bird's presence should be erected on the FPNG and on state areas with significant populations of these birds. Increased population information should be more widely available to the public. Management Needs Additional funds are needed to pay West Riv- er Region landowners to establish dense nest- ing cover, food plots, and establish rest-rota- tion grazing systems for prairie chickens as well as pheasants. This was part of the CRP that appeared to be a positive influence on populations and, unless a replacement pro- gram arises, this will be a future need. We need information on how to discourage conversion of grassland to cropland and how to best seed croplands to native grasses. Information is needed on how to encourage moderate to light livestock grazing and devel- op incentives to fence out portions of woody draws and stock dams on private lands. Graz- ing or mowing of roadside cover should be discouraged. Consideration should be given to buying land to manage specifically for prai- rie chickens. Research Needs More research is needed to corroborate the 1988 preliminary findings (Fredrickson 1996) regarding the tendency of prairie chicken hens to select for taller cover for nesting and shorter cover for night roosting. Vegetation at nest sites should be determined at the time of nest initiation but measurements should be taken when radioed hens are well away from nests to reduce nest abandonment. Research on habitat use is needed throughout the range of the prairie chicken. We need to Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look better understand the influence of juxtaposi- tion of quantity, quality, and shape of cover, food, nesting cover, brood habitat, roosting cover, and woody draws on population densi- ties. We also need to determine the minimum quantities and quality of various cover types needed to sustain huntable populations in an area. We need more information on prairie chicken population dynamics and influence of predators on survival of young. Better methods are needed to census prairie chickens on leks in April and to conduct brood counts during the summer. We need to know if minimum habitat require- ments given in the literature for release sites are correct for our state. Also, what minimum amounts of cover do prairie chickens need and use in areas where they now occur in low numbers? We need additional research on summer to fall-winter, and winter to spring, movements of prairie chickens. We should document where known breeding populations spend the winter and where some known winter popula- tions of birds display and nest. Of particular interest are the prairie chicken populations in Stanley, Lyman and jones counties (FPNG), and in Gregory County. Information is needed on whether we can better manage and increase populations by providing needed cover types on or near game production areas. Acknowledgments The authors are indebted to Willy Foss, Mau- rice Anderson, Floyd Gardner, Ron Meester, ·Sam Waldstein, Leo Kirsch, Erling Podoll, War- ren jackson, Les Rice, and Art Carter. Literature Cited Aldrich, j.W., and A.j. Duvall. 1955. Distribu- tion of American gallinaceous game birds. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Circular 34. 79 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 80 Audubon, M.R. 1960. Audubon and his jour- nals. Volumes I and II. Dover Publishing, New York, New York, USA Christisen, D.M. 1969. National status and management of the greater prairie chicken. Transactions of the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference. 34:207- 217. Cooke, W.W. 1888. Report on bird migration in the Mississippi Valley in the years 1984 and 1985. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Divi- sion of Economic Ornithology Bulletin 2. Hillman, C.N., and W.W. jackson. 1973. The sharp-tailed grouse in South Dakota. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks Technical Bulletin 3. Fredrickson, L.F. 1995. Prairie chicken range expansion and movements study, 1985-1989. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks Completion Report 96-03, Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project W-75-R-28, 29, 30, and 31. ____ . 1996. Prairie grouse nesting, nest vegetation, and roost vegetation, 1986-1988. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks Completion Report 96-03. johnson, M.D. 1964. Feathers from the prairie. North Dakota Game & Fish Department, Fed- eral Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project W- 67-R-5. Kirsch, L.M., and A.D. Kruse. 1973. Prairie fires and wildlife. Proceeding Tall Timbers Fire Ecology Conference 12:289-303. Kruse, A.D. 1973. Prairie chicken restoration projects. Pages 40-46 in W.O. Svedarsky and T. Wolfe, editors. The prairie chicken in Min- nesota. University of Minnesota, Crookston, Minnesota, USA Lewis, M. 1814. The Lewis and Clark expedi- tion. Volume 1, page 87. j.B. Lippincott Com- pany; Keystone Western America Series; Philadephia and New York; Pennsylvania and New York, respectively; USA Renhowe, B.A. 1 968. Food habits of the sharp- tailed grouse and greater prairie chicken in western South Dakota. Thesis. South Dakota State University, Brookings, South Dakota, USA Rice, L.A., and A.V. Carter. 1982. Evaluation of South Dakota grassland management prac- tices as they affect prairie chicken populations, 19 74- 19 78. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks, Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project W-75-R-24. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks (SDDGFP) 1958-59. Annual Report. Looking back the past 50 years (1909 to 1959). South Dakota Department of Game, Fish, and Parks, Pierre, South Dakota, USA ____ . 1982. South Dakota Wildlife Re- source Assessment Survey. South Dakota De- partment of Game, Fish and Parks, Resource Analysis and Planning Section, Division of Wildlife, Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project FW -19-C-12. West, D.R. 1960. The 1958 prairie grouse hab- itat survey. South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project W-17-12. Westemeier, R.L., 1980. Greater prairie chicken status and management, 1968-1979. Pages 8-1 7 in P.A. Vohs, Jr., editor. Proceed- ings of the Prairie Grouse Symposium. Oklaho- ma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA Whitney, N.R., B.E. Harrell, B.K. Harris, N. Holden, j.W. johnson, B.j. Rose, and P.F. Springer. 1978. The birds of South Dakota. The South Dakota Ornithologists' Union/W.H. Over Museum, Vermillion, South Dakota, USA Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in Nebraska William L. Vodehnal, Nebraska Game and Parks Commission, Bassett Historical Review The greater prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) has been a part of Nebras- ka's heritage for over a 1 00 years and remains a major component of the avifauna. Numbers have fluctuated over the years, reaching peak levels during the late 1800s only to plummet to extremely low levels during "The Great Depression" years of the 1930s. Prairie chick- en numbers were so low that biologists and historians alike felt they would follow the path of the heath hen (Tympanuchus cupido cupi- do) and passenger pigeon (Ectopistes migrato- rius) to extinction. However, prairie chickens have rebounded from this seemingly doomed fate to huntable populations today and are cherished as a prized game species. A close relative of the prairie chicken, the plains sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus pha- sianellus jamesii), also occurs in the state and resides primarily in the western remote Sand- hills region of north-central Nebraska. Histor- ical accounts do not clearly distinguish be- tween prairie chickens and sharptails, but greater emphasis appeared to be placed on prairie chicken ecology rather than sharptail ecology. During the 1 700s, little activity by European settlers and explorers occurred in this region of the Midwest and written accounts of prai- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 rie chickens or other birds of Nebraska are not available from early pioneers. French fur- traders and trappers were venturing up the Missouri River about 1700, but the first white men to reach Nebraska were Spanish soldiers around 1720 (Nebr. Legislative Counc. 1981 ). The Mallet brothers discovered and named the Platte River in 1739 and traveled nearly the entire length of the state on a journey from the Missouri River to Santa Fe, New Mexico. The prairie chicken population began to blos- som and expand during the latter portion of the 1800s, with low numbers reported during the first half century by early explorers. The first explorers to mention bird life were Lewis and Clark during their 1804-06 expedition up the Missouri River (Swenk 1935). Some spe- cies encountered were the white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos), American white egret (Casmerodius a/bus egretta), Canada goose (Branta canadensis canadensis) wood duck (Aix sponsa), eastern wild turkey (Melea- gris gallopavo silvestris), interior least tern (Sterna antillarum antillarum), and interior Carolina paroquet (Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicionus). Captain Clark stated that on 2 September 1806 he saw 4 "prairie fowls com- mon to the Illinois, those are the highest up which I have seen" either in Cedar County, Nebraska, or across the river in South Dakota (Swenk 1935). Zebulon Pike spent time in the 81 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 82 Republican River Valley in 1806 and Stephen Long traveled the Platte River in 1819, but neither mentioned anything concerning Ne- braska's bird life. Nebraska became part of the unorganized region, referred to as "Indian country" in 1821, followed by a period of overland trails beginning in 1832, with little mention of prai- rie chickens. Wagon trains loaded with mer- chandise forged along the state's first major trail, the "Oregon Trail," which followed the Little Blue and Platte rivers westward. Park- man (1922) tells about crossing eastern Kan- sas in 1846, coming up the Blue River into southeastern Nebraska and says "not even a prairie hen is to be had," but 4 years later when he came down the Arkansas River east of Cow Creek, plenty of prairie chickens were seen in the country of the Shawnees "where the maize stood high." These were Indian farming lands (Beck 195 7). This party of voy- agers carried shotguns and hunted often, as they mentioned the birds they killed and observed along the trail. They even killed a curlew (Numenius americanus), but not once did they kill a prairie chicken. The Mormon Trail and Denver Trail traversed Nebraska prior to 1850, bringing thousands of wagons across the state every year. john C. Fremont explored the region in 1842 and was the first to use the word "Nebraska" in his publications. Prospectors crossed the plains of the Platte River valley en route to California seeking gold in 1849, a period of- ten referred to as the "California Gold Rush." Through all these travels, little was mentioned concerning prairie chickens, thus it is reason- able to conclude that prior to 1850 few prai- rie chickens inhabited Nebraska. Prairie chickens generated more notoriety beginning in 1854, but numbers were· still apparently limited. Early newspapers spoke of how prairie chickens and other wild game were sold in hotels and other public eating places in Omaha and Nebraska City. These first settlements were established along the Missouri River and benefitted from the limited farming practices of the Pawnees, Ponca, Oto, and soldiers at Fort Atkinson. Small parcels of cropland were also beneficial to prairie chick- ens as their numbers increased, thus they initially became more numerous in Nebraska along the Missouri River. Buechler and Barr (1920) convey in their memoirs, relating to the vicinity around Hall County, that when the first white settlers came to this portion of the Platte River Valley in 1857, buffaloes (Bison bison), elk (Cervus canadensis), wolves (Canis lupus), coyotes (Canis latrans), and badgers (Taxidea taxus) were plentiful, but turkeys (Meleagris gal/opa· vo), deer (Odocoileus spp.) and prairie chick- ens were scarce. As these German settlers began to raise small fields of corn to sell at Fort Kearney, deer and prairie chicken pop- ulations began to grow, though the turkey soon disappeared. The old settler that ob- served the rise in the prairie chicken popula- tion related the increase to trapping of var- mints and the end of prairie fires, but the settler did not take into account that better food and habitat was available for these spe- cies as well. Beginning in 1860, the following 30 years marked dramatic changes for Nebraska and the prairie chicken population. Abraham Lin- coln was elected president in 1860, the Civil War soon followed, Nebraska became a state in 1867, and the Union Pacific railroad was commencing construction in 1865, which was followed by construction of the Burlington and Northwestern railroads. The Free Home- stead Law was enacted by Congress and took effect in 1863. The first large wave of settle- ment by homesteading immigrants began in 1867 and virtually the entire state was settled, except the Sandhills in north-central Nebras- .ka, from 1875-90. Homesteaders spread up every river valley, including the Platte, Elkhorn, Republican, Loup, Niobrara, and Blue rivers, and in most cases they were ahead of the railroads. Small crop farming followed the settlements and spread throughout the state. Prairie chicken populations exploded as these small crop fields were developed amidst the prairie and, by the latter portion of the 1860s, the birds inhabited all of eastern and southern Nebras- ka. The 1860s and 1870s thus produced the largest prairie chicken population on record Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station for Nebraska, and numbers have not attained that level since nor likely ever will. Homesteaders were quick to capitalize on the overwhelming number of prairie chickens as they became a staple component of their diet. Initially, little was wasted and they harvested only what the family could consume because refrigeration was not yet available for long- term storage of many birds. These settlers also relied on geese, ducks, snipe, and other water birds as a part of their diet. As soon as the railroads became established, the economic importance of the prairie chick- en changed also, as eastern markets had cre- ated a demand for this species. Market hunt- ing soon became the primary occupation of the region and chickens were harvested by the thousands. It was not practical for a mar- ket hunter to shoot and transport game more than 20 miles {32 km) from a railroad station. Even though many areas were not accessible to hunters, the harvest was still enormous. Aughey {1878) noted that it was comparative- ly easy for a man with a trained dog to shoot from 50-200 chickens in a day in August, before the young were full grown and had become wary of man. Professor Aughey cited the following from the Omaha Republican newspaper dated 8 September 1865: "on the 6th, Captain Hoagland's party bagged 422 prairie chickens, 4 quails, 6 hawks, 1 duck, 4 snipe, and 1 rabbit; total, 462. Captain Kennedy's party bagged 287 prairie chickens, 2 quails, 8 hawks, 15 ducks, 6 snipe, and 1 rabbit; total, 353. Excluding the 2 rabbits, the total number for 1 day by these 2 parties was 813 birds." He also cited the Omaha Her- ald dated 1 0 September 1866: "A. Hoagland, esq., of Omaha, killed in 1 day 192 prairie chickens." Not only was harvest tremendous on an indi- vidual or party basis, but regional and state- wide figures were almost unbelievable. Augh- ey {1878) estimated that at least 300,000 prairie chickens were killed and shipped out of 30 eastern and southeastern Nebraska counties in 1874. A Lincoln dealer during the winter of 1875 shipped 19,000 prairie chick- ens to eastern cities, principally Boston and Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look New York, during a 6-week period; approxi- mately half of the shipment came from Lan- caster County alone. A University Regent living in Tecumseh estimated from johnson County that Tecumseh and Sterling shipped 6,500 and 3,500 chickens, respectively, dur- ing the winter of 1874-75.1n addition to the 1 0,000 birds shipped, it could easily be as- sumed that at least 2,000 more birds were consumed in the county, as people generally survived on game that winter. A Pawnee City native estimated from the number of birds he knew were caught or shot that there must have been at least 20,000 prairie chickens harvested in 1874 in Pawnee County alone. Prairie chickens brought $4.00 per dozen from Chicago dealers, which indicates the economic importance of these birds to the people of the 1800s (Schildman and Miller 1956). The massive exploitation of chickens by set- tlers and market hunters was stymied consid- erably during the mid-1870s by farmers, "ecol- ogists," and the public. Survival of the prairie chicken was as economically important to the settlers as harvest. A devastating Rocky Mountain grasshopper invasion plagued the state in 1865 and continued through 1876. Prairie chickens, quail, blackbirds, and plovers proved beneficial to farmers due to their insectivorous habits and ability to consume approximately 150 locusts per day (Aughey 1878). When locusts invaded the Republican Valley in 1874, prairie chickens seemed to abandon all other foods. Little other than lo- custs was found in stomachs during a month (Aughey 1878), and judd {1905) found that grasshoppers constituted greater than 90% of animal foods taken by prairie chickens. Realizing the importance of this biological control agent, public sentiment in 1877 in- duced the legislature to make prairie chicken trapping illegal and ban their local sale and shipment to eastern markets. Due to the eco- nomic conditions of the period and lack of enforcement personnel, the law was basically ineffective and market hunting continued. During the late 1880s and early 1890s the state was marred by drought, which caused a further decline in the prairie chicken popula- tion. Market hunting was allowed once again 83 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 84 since many people needed to make a living when crop production was poor. However, the decline in prairie chickens and other game gradually forced out market hunters until they practically disappeared by 1920. The 1900s marked a new era for prairie chick- ens: expansion to new ranges, reduction of the population to near extinction, temporary closure of hunting seasons, and recovery of the population to the self-sustaining huntable populations that currently exist. Three events were primarily responsible for these changes in prairie chicken numbers: the Kinkaid Act of 1904, World War I, and the drought of the middle 1930s. Prior to the Kinkaid Act, the Sandhills were virtually untouched by settlement and re- mained an ocean of grassland. The Act al- lowed homesteaders to claim Sandhill acreage and within a short period almost every section of land was occupied by a family (Viehmeyer 1938). These farmers developed a patchwork of scattered fields in the meadows and river valleys of these expansive grasslands, which proved beneficial to prairie chickens. Where farm size averaged 608-1,215 acres (243- 486 ha), chicken numbers were most abun- dant, because cultivated crops met winter food requirements and enough grassland re- mained to meet roosting, breeding, and nest- ing requirements (Mohler 1942). When more than a third of the natural grasslands were cultivated, prairie chicken numbers declined due to less desirable habitat conditions. Along with the expansion in the chicken range came market hunters and the wholesale slaughter of birds. Hunters had basically a 365-day season, so it was inevitable that the species would be reduced from hundreds of thousands to only a small fraction of that number (Viehmeyer 1938). Also, automobiles, such as Ford models, became available around 1914 and made hunting for prairie chickens easier and faster with few areas of the Sandhills remaining inaccessible to the gun. By 1925, conditions had changed be- cause area farms were too small to be self- supporting. Farms soon failed, land holdings were consolidated into fewer and larger ranches with significant reductions in culti- vation, and prairie chicken numbers dwindled correspondingly. The United States entered World War I in 1917 and Nebraska contributed greatly to the food supply (Nebraska Legislative Council 1981 ). The surplus food which supplied Amer- ican soldiers and allies was produced in no small measure by Nebraska and surrounding states. This demand for grain brought the plow to much of the state's remaining grass- lands outside the Sandhills, and even more of the prairie chicken range disappeared. By the mid-1920s, the number of prairie chickens in the state was perilously low and· complete protection from hunting came in 1929. Populations of prairie chickens and sharptails continued to decline during the 1930s, a period of drought often referred to as "The Great Depression" or "Dust Bowl" years. Fol- lowing 1933, an influx of cattle came to the Sandhills from adjacent drought-stricken areas (Viehmeyer 1941 ). Ranges were stocked beyond their carrying capacity and vegetative cover was greatly reduced. Most nesting areas were denuded of cover, thus few birds were produced. Overgrazing continued until 1937 and prairie grouse populations fell to an all-time low due to the lack of suitable grass- land habitat. Mohler (1942) stated that the drought was " ... an angel in disguise, ... a lifesaver to the prairie chicken by causing an adjustment in farming practices which restored many Sandhill border counties to good chicken habitat." Important features of this restoration were improved grazing and range manage- ment practices and consequent restoration of the grass, which coincided with the in- crease in farm sizes. With 193 7 came the Soil Conservation Service and the Agricultural Adjustment Act that implemented rangeland improvement practices, such as deferred graz- ing, to the Sand hills (Viehmeyer 1941 ). Nest- ing cover soon became available on the range and prairie grouse populations began to re- bound, saved from extinction. During the fall of 1937 while canvasing Logan County, Viehmeyer {1941) observed 219 prai- rie chickens. Flocks were generally small, com- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station posed of a dozen birds or less, with the only large flock {-125 birds) observed along the South Loup River, west of Stapleton. In the fall of 1940, flocks of 25-150 birds were com- mon and an estimate of the total county pop- ulation was 1,200 or more birds. This amount- ed to a 400% increase during the previous 3 breeding seasons {1938-40, inclusive). In Holt, Rock, Brown, and Keya Paha coun- ties, with 1,160 miles {1,931 km) of driving, 53 prairie chickens and 9 sharp-tailed grouse were counted in the spring of 1935 (Viehmey- er 1941 ). In the fall of 1940, approximately 1,500 prairie chickens and 1,000 sharp-tailed grouse were estimated in the same area. Comparison of spring and fall counts provides an unrealistic rate of increase, but consulta- tion with local farmers, ranchers, and sports- men throughout the area indicated that a 400-500% increase during the 6 breeding seasons was a reasonable estimate. The geographic distribution of prairie chickens has changed fairly dramatically with time in Nebraska, but has stabilized and varied only slightly in recent years. Even though the spe- cies may have inhabited the entire state at one time {Fig. 1 ), its current range {Fig. 2) is associated with the Sandhills, particularly the eastern and southern edges, where grain crops have infiltrated the expansive grasslands (Johnsgard and Wood 1968). The greatest concentrations of prairie chickens occur in Holt, Rock, Garfield, and Wheeler counties, where rainfall averages 20.4 inches (51 em) or more a year. Prairie chickens have penetrated the Sandhills, principally following the river systems as they progressed northwestward into the interior of the hills. Fair numbers of birds inhabit the grasslands of the southwest- ern portion of the state, as well as the south- eastern counties along the Kansas border, which represent the northern limits of the large Flint Hills population (Johnsgard and Wood 1968). The Sandhills region is considered the largest sand-dune area in the Western Hemisphere {Keech and Bentall 1971) and one of the larg- est grass- stabilized dune regions in the world (Bleed and Flowerday 1990). Situated in north-central Nebraska and extending a short Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure I. Approximate original and current distribution of the greater prairie chicken in North American (adapted from Johns- gard 1973). Historic range Current range distance into South Dakota (Fig. 3), the region covers approximately 20,000 square miles {4,9987 km 2l, an area about 3 times the size of Massachusetts (Keech and Bentall 1971 ). Its east-west length is approximately 256 miles {426 km) and its north-south width about 125 miles {209 km). Dunes are created by prevail- ing winds and are generally oriented north- west-southeast, with the higher, steeper hills to the west and the smaller rolling hills in the east. Dunes are as high as 403 feet {122 m), as long as 19 miles {32 km), and slopes an- gling close to 25%. Deep, sandy upland soils Figure 2. Current range of the greater prairie chicken in Nebraska. u 85 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 3. Extent of the Sandhills in Nebraska and South Dakota (Keech and Bentall1971). .103' I 43'- I I I I I 86 IOZ' 101. formed from wind-deposited sand are well drained and vary in texture from loamy fine sand to fine sand (Bose 1977). Valley soils however, are deep, relatively poorly drained, and vary in texture from loam to fine sand. The Sandhills possess 5 range sites which in- clude wetlands, subirrigated, sandy, sands, and choppy sands range sites (Burzlaff 1962, Stubbendieck 1990). Average annual precipi- tation varies from 16-23 inches (41-58 em). Principal grass species occurring on sandy uplands are sand bluestem (Andropogon hal- Iii), little bluestem (Schizachyrium scoparium), prairie sandreed (Calamovilfa longifolia), switchgrass (Panicum virgatum), sand love- grass (Eragrostis trichodes), blue grama (Boute- loua gracilis), and needle-and-thread (Stipa comata). Bottomlands usually contain prairie cordgrass (Spartina pectinata), big bluestem (Andropogon gerardii), switchgrass, indian- grass (Sorghastrum nutans), little bluestem, reed grasses (Calamagrostis spp.), sedges (Car- ex spp.), rushes (]uncus spp.), and bulrushes 100' 99' 4!' (Scirpus spp.). Shrubs including lead plant (Amorpha canescens), inland ceanothus (Ceanothus ovatus), sunshine rose (Rosa sufful- ta), western sandcherry (Prunus besseyi), and small soapweed (Yucca glauca) occur along with miscellaneous forbs. The Sandhills are well suited for livestock pro- duction, the main industry. Rangeland pastur- ing on the grassy dunes represents roughly 80% of the total land use (Miller 1990), fol- lowed by wild hay production (1 0%), planted or cultivated crops (5%), woodland (2%), and water (1 %). The remaining 2% is farmsteads, ranchsteads, villages, small towns, roads and railways, and miscellaneous other uses. Ranches vary in size from 4,048-6,070 acres (1,619-2,428 ha) and utilize primarily cow/ calf operations with stocking rates varying from 10-15 acres (4-6 ha) per animal unit per year in the eastern part of the region to about 30 acres ( 12 ha) per animal unit in the west- ern part. Traditionally, pastures are grazed season-long, but in recent years the trend has Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station moved toward planned grazing systems, where several pastures are utilized on a rota- tional basis throughout the growing season. Outside of the Sandhills, croplands are more prevalent and limit the distribution of prairie chickens. Cropland is important though as a winter food source and biologists suggest that populations are highest where 30% of the range is cultivated and 70% is native grass- land (Farrar 1980). Smaller populations can be maintained on range consisting of 30-40% grassland, providing some of the grass is in large blocks. The prairie chicken range outside the Sand- hills involves a larger percentage of cropland interspersed with rangeland and within coun- ties, their distribution is associated with areas of more rangeland. In the southwest portion of the state, the landscape is composed of rolling sandhills, varying from 45-75% range- land and 30-50% cropland, of which the main crop is irrigated corn. Progressing east- ward, the sandy soils give way to predomi- nantly loess and silt loam soils that range from 0-31% slopes. These counties generally lie along the Kansas border and vary from 37-43% rangeland and 53-60% cropland. Both dryland and irrigated farming are prac- ticed where principal crops are corn, winter wheat, grain sorghum, and alfalfa. The south- east portion of the state contains a similar landscape with rolling hills, and steep hard- wood draws. Grass species are similar to the Sandhills with big bluestem, switchgrass, indi- angrass, and prairie cordgrass the dominant species. The development of center-pivot irrigation created new economic opportunities for land- owners in the Sandhills. Installation of irrigat- ed cropland to supplement the ranching oper- ation is also advantageous to wildlife populations by creating more edge and habi- tat diversity. However, excessive cropland development can have deleterious effects by reducing the quality of wildlife habitat. Con- version from grassland to cropland was more extensive and regionalized and had an ad- verse impact on the prairie chicken popula- tion since most of the conversion occurred in the eastern portion of the Sandhills. The hills Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look were more gently sloping and more condu- cive to center-pivot systems. The 16 counties comprising the bulk of the Sandhills had about 64,500 acres (25,800 ha) of irrigated cropland in 1965 and by 1978 the total had risen to 535,000 acres (214,000 ha) (Nebras- ka Department of Agriculture 1980). Nearly 85% of the converted area was concentrated in the 9-county prairie chicken range (Blaine, Brown, Garfield, Holt, Logan, Loup, McPher- son, Rock, and Wheeler). Land use changes were documented on 10 spring display ground routes for comparison with changes in the prairie grouse population. In 1968, non-grassland habitat comprised 11% of the survey routes with a range of 1-33%, while in 1978, non-grassland habitat comprised 26% of the routes and ranged from 2-66% (Robertson 1980). Routes were divided to represent eastern, central, and western portions of the Sandhills. The percent- ages of total area consisting of non-grassland habitat increased with the eastern portion showing 43% non-grassland habitat in 1978 compared to 21% in 1968. The central por- tion increased to 20% non-grassland from 6% in 1968, while the western portion increased to 7% non-grassland from 2% in 1968. The average number of prairie grouse display grounds per route declined from 8.9 during 1967-69 to 7.0 during 1977-79 and males per ground steadily increased from 8.1 during 1967-69 to 8.9 during 1977-79. The increase in breeding males did not offset the general population decline. A noticeable change in the sharptail population was not detected. Major land use changes have not occurred in the Sandhills in recent years other than converting center pivot croplands back to grasslands through the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP) of the 1985 farm bill. Population estimates are often difficult to de- vise for upland game bird populations, but the Sandhills lend themselves to projecting a real- istic minimum estimate of the prairie chicken population. An estimate was derived by first determining square miles of prairie grouse range by county in the Sandhills. Range was then multiplied by a prairie grouse per square mile value derived by adding the males per square mile, obtained from 20-mile (32 km) 87 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 88 Figure 4. Estimated greater prairie chicken population in Nebraska, 1986-96. ~~~--~---------- -. -- ---------------------------------------------- 240,000 r/1 " 210,000 .!:::: .0 - 180,000 0 ... Q) 150,000 .0 E 120,000 ::::1 I: " 90,000 Q) -ctl 60,000 .5 - 30,000 r/1 UJ 0 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 spring display ground routes, plus females per square mile, plus production based on the subsequent fall juvenile per adult ratio in the harvest. The underlying assumptions for this value are that all males and display grounds were counted during peak activity, females were equally proportional to males in the spring, adult mortality was minimal prior to the breeding season, and production was similar across the entire prairie grouse range. The annual prairie grouse cooperator survey was used to determine the proportion of prai- rie chickens or sharptails by county which, when applied to the total prairie grouse popu- lation, gave an estimate of prairie chickens by county. The same proportion of chickens by county was used for all years estimated. Sum- ming all counties in the prairie grouse range provided a population estimate. When comparing 1986 through 1996 esti- mates, the state-wide prairie chicken popula- tion reached its lowest level in 1992 with 102,325 birds (Fig. 4). The year 1987 provid- ed the highest population with nearly 219,700 estimated birds and was probably one of the best populations in the past 25 years accord- ing to local accounts. Population estimates for the southwest and southeast portions of the state are spurious because habitat is more fragmented and thus populations are often localized. A cursory examination has indicated their presence or absence within a county, but not densities. Census Procedures Each spring since 1955, the prairie chicken breeding population has been surveyed by conducting approximately 20 miles (32 km) of transect routes within the primary prairie grouse range. Currently, 13 routes are moni- tored with prairie chickens generally occuring on all but 3 routes. Surveys commence 1 April and it is recommended that all route work be completed prior to the last week of April, which corresponds to the peak of courtship activity. Each route requires a listening and locating portion be performed, with recom- mendations that listening runs occur 1-9 April and locating runs occur 10-20 April. The listening portion begins 45 minutes be- fore sunrise when wind velocity is 10 miles/hr (16 km/hr) or less. The observer ascertains the approximate location of active display grounds by listening at 1 mile (1.6 km) inter- vals for grouse booming and/or dancing activity. Display grounds are considered on transect and located if they are within 1 mile (1.6 km) of the transect route. Following the listening portion, display grounds either heard Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station or not heard but known to be active the previ- ous 2 years are located and grouse present counted. Counts made with inactive birds and counts recorded >1 hour after sunrise are not considered during data analysis. Observers also estimate the number of grounds heard on transects but not located to determine total grounds on route. Total birds on a ground are counted and a historical weekly percent males value is ap- plied to the total birds present to derive an estimate of the number of males present. By definition, the number of males present is the ground size. Percent males values were de- rived from analysis of 20 years of "sexed" display ground data, and is used in ground size calculations to minimize time observing individual grounds. Thus, more grounds could be visited by observers. Only the maximum count for each ground is used for comparison with previous year's data. Once counts have been completed, display grounds are plotted on route maps that also convey other physical characteristics of the route. Grounds are as- signed a number and each is dated for years that it was located. Breeding populations in the Sandhills have fluctuated during the past 16 years (Table 1) with total males on transect and average num- ber of males attending grounds peaking in 1988 and 1987, respectively. The prairie chicken population reached its lowest level during this period in 1982. Two reasons for the increase in prairie chickens could be the Conservation Reserve Program and the gradu- al movement westward of prairie chickens into the Sandhills, thus the species has be- come more prominent on routes that previ- ously had few birds (e.g., Valentine National Wildlife Refuge). Prairie grouse hunting seasons have been a part of Nebraska's heritage for over a century (Table 2). Obtaining all season dates prior to 1930 was difficult, but relatively liberal sea- sons were utilized. After an extensive period of season closure, the prairie grouse season was opened again in 1950 with a season held every year except 1954 with various bag and possession limits. The current policy of estab- lishing season dates is to start the season on Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look the Saturday closest to 15 September and end the last day of December. Figure 5 shows where hunting is currently permitted, in the Table 1. Prairie chicken males and boom- ing grounds recorded from 13 spring prairie grouse routes in Nebraska's Sandhills, 1982-97. Booming Males/ Year Males a ground b ground 1982 878.7 76 11.6 1983 1 ,006.1 95 10.6 1984 919.8 88 10.5 1985 1,060.4 94 11.3 1986 1,144.7 105 10.9 1987 1,387.9 114 12.2 1988 1,613.5 134 12.0 1989 1,383.1 129 10.7 1990 1,274.4 121 10.5 1991 1,061.1 103 10.3 1992 1,239.2 110 11.3 1993 895.9 97 c 1994 1,162.8 105 c 1995 1,496.0 129 c 1996 1,354.0 121 c 1997 1,087.0 109 c a Male per ground value applied to grounds heard but not located per route and added to total males. b Grounds heard but not located are included. c Data not available. Figure 5. Location of area open to prairie grouse hunting in Nebraska. 89 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 2. Season dates, length (days), and bag and pos- area of Nebraska west of US Highway 81. Boundaries of areas open to prairie chicken session limits for sharp-tailed grouse hunting in Ne- hunting have changed through the years. braska, 1890-1997. Opening weekend courtesy roadside check Pas- stations, a grouse hunter cooperator survey, ses- and a hunter report card survey are used an- Bag sian nually to collect information on hunter harvest Year Season dates Length limit limit and success, distribution of harvest, and spe- cies, sex, and age ratios of prairie grouse. 1890s 1 Sept. - 31 Dec.a 122 Unlim- Unlim- Courtesy roadside check stations are general- (1 Oct.) or92 ited ited ly operated annually near the following towns 1901 1 Oct. - 30 Nov. 61 25 50 in Nebraska: Bassett, Burwell, Ericson, Halsey 1905 15 Sept. - 28 Feb. 182 25b 50 at the Bessey Division of Nebraska National 1907 15 Sept. - 30 Nov. 76 25b 50 Forest, Taylor, and Valentine. Biologists col- 1909 1 Oct. - 30 Nov. 61 25 50 lect harvest and biological information on 1911 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 Saturday and Sunday of the opening weekend 1912 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 from 1 000 hours to dark. Mandatory road 1913 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 checks, conducted by law enforcement per- 1914 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 sonnel, are randomly used along major high- 1915 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 ways to stop all traffic and search all vehicles 1916 1 Sept. - 30 Nov. 91 10 10 suspected of participating in hunting activities. 1917 15 Sept. - 14 Nov. 61 10 10 One or 2 road checks are manned annually and provide some additional harvest and bio- 1920 15 Oct. - 14 Nov. 31 10 10 logical data. 1921 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 The grouse hunter cooperator survey entails 1922 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 mailing wing questionnaire envelopes to avid 1923 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 prairie grouse hunters. Each hunter is assigned 1924 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 a number and asked to use 1 envelope per 1925 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 hunting trip and deposit a wing tip containing 1926 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 10 10 the outer primaries from each bird harvested, 1927 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 5 5 and to record date, hours hunted, and county 1928 1 Oct. - 31 Oct. 31 5 5 hunted, along with number of birds bagged. 1930-1949 Closed Voluntary wing envelope boxes were placed at Bessey Division of Nebraska National For- 1950 10 Nov. - 12 Nov. 3 2 2 est, Crescent Lake National Wildlife Refuge, 1951 10 Nov. - 12 Nov. 3 2 2 McKelvie National Forest, and Valentine Na- 1952 11 Oct. - 15 Oct. 5 3 3 tiona! Wildlife Refuge. Hunters were asked to 1953 10 Oct. - 15 Oct. 6 3 3 respond to questions on wing envelopes, de- 1954 Closed posit a wing from each bird bagged in the 1955 22 Oct. - 26 Oct. 5 2 2 envelope, and return envelopes to the boxes 1956 13 Oct. - 21 Oct. 9 2 4 as they leave the area. 1957 5 Oct. - 13 Oct. 9 2 4 1958 1 Oct. - 12 Oct. 12 2 4 The hunter report card survey is used to ob- 1959 3 Oct. - 18 Oct. 16 4 8 tain information pertaining to the success of resident upland game hunters throughout the 1960 1 Oct. - 15 Oct. 15 3 6 state. The mailing list for the survey question- 1961 7 Oct. - 29 Oct. 23 2 4 naire was obtained from a random 5% sample 1962 6 Oct. - 28 Oct. 23 2 4 of residents who purchased small game hunt- 1963 5 Oct. - 31 Oct.(North) 27 2 4 ing permits during the preceding season. The calculation of total harvest represents a simple 90 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look projection of harvest reported by respondents Table 2 (continued). to resident permit buyers. This survey does not include harvest by non-residents or those residents not required to buy a permit. Pos- ses- Bag sion Year Season dates Length limit limit Harvest and Hunting Pressure 26 Oct. - 31 Oct.(South) 6 2 4 1964 3 Oct. - 1 Nov. 30 3 6 Harvest statistics of prairie grouse are not 1965 18 Sept. - 31 Oct. 44 2 6 available for years prior to 1952, since no 1966 17 Sept. - 31 Oct. 45 2 6 game surveys were conducted and only gen- 1967 16 Sept. - 5 Nov. 51 3 6 eral accounts of the populations and harvest 1968 21 Sept. - 17 Nov. 58 3 9 were made. Also, harvest was rarely separated 1969 20 Sept. - 31 Oct. 42 2 4 by species, thus the proportion of sharptails to prairie chickens could not be known, but 1970 3 Oct. - 15 Nov. 44 2 6 based on historical accounts it is believed 1971 18 Sept. - 17 Oct. 30 2 6 prairie chickens represented the bulk of the 1972 16 Sept. - 15 Oct. 30 2 6 harvest. 1973 22 Sept. - 4 Nov. 44 3 6 1974 21 Sept. - 3 Nov. 44 3 6 During the past 45 years, hunters and harvest 1975 20 Sept. - 26 Oct. 37 3 6 have varied according to the status of the 1976 18 Sept. 17 Oct. 30 2 4 prairie grouse population (Table 3). The great- 1977 17 Sept. - 16 Oct. 30 2 6 est harvest occurred in 1979 while the lowest 1978 16 Sept. - 29 Oct. 44 2 6 harvest occurred in 1957. During the past 10 1979 15 Sept. - 4 Nov. 51 3 9 years, approximately 16,060 hunters pursued prairie grouse annually and harvested approxi- 1980 20 Sept. - 11 Nov. 53 3 9 mately 73,650 birds. Each hunter averaged 3.7 days afield during the season, bagged 4.2 1981 19 Sept. - 15 Nov. 58 3 9 birds a season, and usually retrieved 1.1 prai- 1982 18 Sept. - 14 Nov. 58 3 9 rie grouse per day hunted. 1983 17 Sept. - 30 Nov. 75 3 9 1984 15 Sept. - 30 Nov. 77 3 9 The hunter report card survey gives a general 1985 21 Sept. - 30 Nov. 71 3 9 account of hunters and harvest of prairie 1986 13 Sept. 30 Nov. 79 3 9 grouse during the past 45 years, but lacks 1987 12 Sept. - 30 Nov. 80 3 9 sensitivity in evaluating success by hunters. 1988 17 Sept. - 30 Nov. 75 3 9 This is most likely due to projecting success 1989 16 Sept. - 30 Nov. 76 3 9 from a 5% sample of all hunters. The volun- tary roadside check stations and cooperator 1990 15 Sept. - 30 Nov. 77 3 9 wing envelope surveys attained similar sue- 1991 14 Sept. - 30 Nov. 78 3 9 cess ratios. 1992 12 Sept. - 30 Nov. 80 3 9 . 1993 18 Sept. - 30 Nov. 74 3 9 Hunters annually bagged an average of 1.34 1994 17 Sept. - 30 Nov. 75 3 9 prairie grouse per day hunted, 0.29 prairie 1995 16 Sept. - 31 Dec. 107 3 9 grouse per hour hunted, and their grouse har- 1996 14 Sept. 31 Dec. 109 3 12 vest consisted of about 44% prairie chickens 1997 13 Sept. - 31 Dec. 110 3 12 based on results from voluntary roadside check stations (Table 4). Poor success a Season opening date varied between 1 September and 1 Octo-achieved in 1985 was primarily due to rainy windy weather during the opening weekend ber during these years. rather than the status of the bird population. b Daily bag limit restricted to 10 birds during 2 weeks in September. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 91 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 3. Hunters, harvest, days hunted per hunter (Days/h), birds bagged per hunter during season (8/h), and birds bagged per day hunted (8/day) of sharp-tailed grouse and greater prairie chicken derived from Nebraska hunter report card survey, 1952-96. Year Hunters Days Harvest Days/h B/h B/day 1952 12,955 22,955 45,083 1.77 3.48 1.96 1953 No survey conducted 1954 No survey conducted 1955 7,057 11,715 15,313 1.66 2.17 1.31 1956 7,170 12,260 14,015 1.71 1.95 1.14 1957 7,010 10,445 8,538 1.49 1.22 0.82 1958 11,106 26,654 44,090 2.40 3.97 1.65 1959 18,000 41,040 73,100 2.28 4.06 1.78 1960 18,600 39,990 52,600 2.15 2.83 1.32 1961 17,000 42,500 53,700 2.50 3.16 1.26 1962 17,000 42,500 45,300 2.50 2.66 1.07 1963 20,700 89,010 56,000 4.30 2.71 0.63 1964 19,400 56,260 87,200 2.90 4.49 1.55 1965 16,500 47,850 53,000 2.90 3.21 1.11 1966 16,100 43,470 48,600 2.70 3.02 1.12 1967 16,200 55,566 61,600 3.43 3.80 1.11 1968 18,300 62,403 81,200 3.41 4.44 1.30 1969 17,500 53,100 47,200 3.03 2.70 0.89 1970 13,800 42,642 46,800 3.09 3.39 1.10 1971 15,500 44,950 48,100 2.90 3.10 1.07 1972 18,600 55,800 73,300 3.00 3.94 1.31 1973 20,800 64,480 78,500 3.10 3.77 1.22 1974 20,900 68,970 77,560 3.30 3.71 1.12 1975 13,870 38,836 45,910 2.80 3.31 1.18 1976 14,090 42,270 47,030 3.00 3.34 1.11 1977 13,190 43,527 51,440 3.30 3.90 1.18 1978 20,770 78,965 116,126 3.80 5.59 1.47 1979 21,694 84,184 116,303 3.88 5.36 1.38 1980 21,701 83,004 112,461 3.82 5.18 1.35 1981 20,520 76,381 97,804 3.72 4.77 1.28 1982 21,901 89,995 102,369 4.11 4.67 1.14 1983 No survey conducted 1984 No survey conducted 1985 21,300 75,391 76,898 3.54 3.61 1.02 1986 18,587 70,667 76,809 3.80 4.13 1.09 1987 20,195 75,007 98,875 3.71 4.90 1.32 1988 19,228 67,813 82,633 3.53 4.30 1.22 1989 18,549 60,237 71,345 3.25 3.85 1.18 1990 15,805 52,163 58,679 3.30 3.71 1.12 1991 17,205 61,896 69,229 3.60 4.90 1.12 1992 14,341 52,311 47,207 3.70 3.30 0.90 1993* 13,065 44,981 38,847* 3.19 2.76 0.86 1994* 15,625 60,156 70,837* 3.85 4.59 1.23 1995* 13,259 54,362 58,014* 4.10 4.40 1.07 1996* 13,332 56,883 63,856* 4.30 4.80 1.12 *Estimated value since data sets have not been "officially" analyzed. 92 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The most rewarding opening weekend was in 1987 when hunters took nearly 2 birds per day, or about 0.5 birds per hour hunted. The least rewarding year for hunters was 1993 when 2 years of unusually cold, wet weather during the brood-rearing season reduced production. Data from wing questionnaire envelopes sug- gested that prairie chickens comprised 29% of the bag and cooperators averaged 1.44 birds per day and 0.33 birds per hour hunted (Table 5). Once again, 1987 was the most successful year in recent times for prairie grouse hunters while 1993 was the poorest. The difference in proportion of prairie chick- ens between voluntary check stations and cooperators is explained primarily by differ- ences in the geographic distribution of check stations versus cooperators. Age ratios of prairie chickens averaged slightly lower from wings submitted by cooperators throughout the season compared to the open- ing weekend (Table 6). Prairie chickens aver- aged 1.77 juveniles per adult from cooperator wings compared to 1.95 juveniles per adult during the opening weekend. Species Needs The habitat complexes available to prairie chickens in Nebraska are unique compared to other regions within their occupied range, primarily attributed to the unique topographic and spatial qualities of the Sandhills. Prairie chickens generally inhabit extensive areas of tall and mixed prairie grasses intermingled with cultivated fields, primarily corn, which is approximately 30% of the total area. Thus, prairie chickens are a species of the periphery of the Sand hills. Range management practices generally dic- tate the seasonal suitability of Sandhills grass- lands to prairie chickens. Nest site selection is based on the presence of dense, residual vegetative cover. Blus and Walker (1966) found the height of nesting cover varied from 3.8-9.2 inches (9.4-22.9 em) with an average slightly over 5.1 inches (12.7 em). Residual Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 4. Harvest, percent prairie chicken, birds bagged per day hunted (8/day), and birds bagged per hour hunt- ed (8/hr) of prairie grouse sampled at 6 voluntary road- side check stations in Nebraska, 1982-97. %Prairie Hunter success Year Hunters Harvest a chicken B/day 1982 723 1,392 41 1.39 1983 750 1,725 48 1.53 1984 630 1,408 40 1.56 1985 618 632 43 0.75 1986 408 921 49 1.71 1987 611 1,788 36 1.98 1988 640 1,281 50 1.36 1989 626 1,319 43 1.48 1990 577 1,158 55 1.34 1991 645 1,496 44 1.50 1992 559 956 39 1.10 1993 484 600 36 0.80 1994 909b 1,365 40 1.50 1995 942b 908 54 0.96 1996 723b 763 44 1.06 1997 704b 944 48 1.34 a Plains sharp-tailed grouse and greater prairie chicken. b Hunter days compared to hunters. c Information not available. cover over 3.0 inches (7.6 em) comprised 4.8-28.0% of the vegetation encountered during the pasture transects. Principal plant species forming nest canopies were sand lovegrass (Eragrostis trichodes), little bluestem (Schizachyrium scoparium) and prairie sand- reed (Calamovilfa longifolia). Nearly all nests were located in pastures of excellent to good range condition, with 15.5% of the nests in prairies not used for 2 successive years. Many nests were located in prairies receiving mod- erate to full livestock use. Nesting cover is probably of lower quality in the major chicken range compared to the interior of the San- d hills primarily due to overgrazing and over- mowing (Bius 1963). Grassland conditions are also important dur- ing fall and winter. Loafing and roosting cover consisted of stands of mixed grasses. Stems B/hr 0.29 0.31 0.31 0.16 0.34 0.41 0.29 0.35 0.28 0.32 0.22 0.19 c c c c 93 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 5. Number of cooperators, harvest, percent prairie chicken, birds bagged per day hunted (8/day), and birds bagged per hour hunted (B/hr) of prairie grouse derived from cooperator wing questionnaire envelopes in Ne- braska, 1983-96. Coop- %Prairie Hunter success Year erators a Harvestb chicken B/day B/hr 1983 81 2,215 13 1.47 0.37 1984 68 1,871 17 1.44 0.35 1985 57 1,483 19 1.38 0.32 1986 68 2,208 21 1.46 0.31 1987 68 3,266 25 1.74 0.41 1988 77 2,140 34 1.44 0.32 1989 70 1,609 32 1.49 0.31 1990 71 1,499 38 1.35 0.27 1991 68 1,931 34 1.59 0.37 1992 63 1,492 23 1.25 0.29 1993 68 1,167 30 1.16 0.28 1994 Not available 1995 51 552 53 1.56 0.32 1996 53 453 42 1.43 0.39 a Includes only participating cooperators and not their hunting companions. b Plains sharp-tailed grouse and greater prairie chicken. 94 over 24.4 inches (61.0 em) in height were found to be 9 times more numerous on the area used by prairie chickens than were found on adjacent heavily grazed areas (Mohler 1952). Fairly dense cover extending from 12.2-24.4 inches (30.4-61.0 em) was 5 times more prevalent in pastures used by the birds. Dense understory or litter layer of 8.6 inches (21.6 em) or more in height was preferred as loafing and roosting areas. Heavily grazed pastures deficient of tall grass cover and inad- equate understory were avoided by prairie chickens. Home ranges during the fall generally did not exceed 0.7 miles (1.2 km) from the flush- ing point (Mohler 1952). The distance from night roosting sites to feeding areas varied from 0.1-0.7 miles (0.2-1.2 km). Presence of winter feeding areas near roosting areas appeared to be an important factor in deter- mining whether an area will be occupied by prairie chickens, but a suitable food source alone will not ensure an area will be occu- pied. Adequate grassland cover must also be available. Public Needs The Sandhills are primarily under private own- ership, thus hunting opportunities for prairie grouse are generally obtained by dealing with individual landowners. This is particularly true with hunting the major prairie chicken range. Access to private lands may be difficult during the opening 2 weekends of the prairie grouse season, but generally landowners are recep- tive to hunters. Scattered state wildlife management areas exist within the region, but offer limited op- portunity for harvesting prairie chickens. These areas are few in number and contain principally deer, turkey, waterfowl, and pheas- ant habitat rather than prairie grouse habitat. The only wildlife management area (WMA) that offers a reasonable opportunity for bag- ging a prairie chicken is the Calamus Reser- voir WMA. State public hunting lands could be expanded by allowing public hunting on Board of Education lands. An access program to these school lands, which are leased to private individuals, would greatly enhance hunting opportunity. Federal lands provide hunting opportunities in the Sandhills, but unfortunately are situated primarily in the sharp-tailed grouse range rather than the prairie chicken range. These .federal lands (totaling 327,383 acres [130,953 ha]) consist of 2 national wildlife refuges (NWR) and 2 tracts administered by the U.S. Forest Service. Valentine NWR contains 72,353 acres (28,941 ha) of primarily grass- lands interspersed with wetlands, on which approximately 15% of the prairie grouse har- vest is prairie chickens. Bessey Division of the Nebraska National Forest contains 91,503 acres (36,601 ha) of primarily grasslands, on which approximately 20% of the prairie grouse harvest is prairie chickens. Crescent Lake NWR contains 46,535 acres (18,614 ha) of habitat similar to the Valentine NWR, and Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station McKelvie National Forest contains 116,993 acres (46,797 ha) of primarily grasslands with a small forested area. Primary harvest on both areas is sharptails. Viewing blinds are placed on several of the federal lands to observe the spring courtship ritual of the prairie chicken. Prairie chicken blinds are located at Fort Niobrara NWR and Bessey Division of the Nebraska National Forest. School field trips, youth group activi- ties, and adult education programs could en- joy a spectacular outdoor and cultural experi- ence by visiting these early morning displays on the booming grounds. Management Needs Prairie chicken populations are a product of the environment they inhabit, thus the quality and quantity of habitat is important. Various successional stages of the plant community are desired to fulfill the life requirements of chickens, but the primary limiting factor in the Sandhills for growth in the population is se- cure nesting cover. Since ranching is the main industry of the region, range management for livestock production takes precedence over prairie grouse production. Maintaining a cli- max plant community in excellent range con- dition, desirable for nesting prairie chickens is not always accomplished when livestock pro- duction is the primary objective. Ranchers can generally attain higher sustained yields of live- stock from range in excellent condition. Over- stocking the range may contribute to long- term declines in range condition and productivity, which in turn reduces nesting cover and deteriorates shrubby cover utilized by broods. Sisson (1975) provided several recommenda- tions to optimize sharp-tailed grouse habitat in Nebraska which would also prove benefi- cial to prairie chickens: 1. Limit annual utilization of forage to no more than 50% of new growth; reduce utilization if forage does not consist of at least 75% climax species until that compo- sition is reached. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 2. Use a deferred rotation with 2 pastures on a last out, first-in schedule. Maintain pas- tures of 1,295 acres (518 ha) or more with adequate water and salt distribution. 3. Regulate grazing to allow approximately 15% of each pasture grazed to remain un- used each season. 4. Winter-graze pastures dominated by chop- py sands sites when feasible. 5. Ensure adequate woody cover. Leonard McDaniel (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, personal communication) has been active with sharp-tailed grouse and prairie Table 6. Juveniles per adult (juv/ad) and juveniles per adult female (juv/ad F) age ratios of prairie chicken ob- tained from voluntary roadside check stations and co- operator wing questionnaire envelopes in Nebraska, 1978-97. Voluntary check station Wing cooperators Year Sample Juv/ad Juv/ad F Sample Juv/ad 1978 175 4.00 5.60 324 2.95 1979 156 1.47 3.14 381 2.18 1980 174 1.46 3.92 449 1.52 1981 167 1.21 2.19 301 1.61 1982 225 1.84 3.20 a a 1983 246 1.89 4.13 273 1.57 1984 166 2.25 4.42 301 1.77 1985 166 1.44 2.88 258 1.49 1986 294 2.61 4.74 443 2.68 1987 246 2.32 5.38 769 2.49 1988 208 1.36 2.22 692 1.40 1989 186 1.45 2.62 499 1.40 1990 164 1.25 1.90 531 1.21 1991 236 1.81 3.23 643 2.26 1992 145 1.27 2.19 332 0.98 1993 152 3.30 5.10 332 2.07 1994 478 2.57 a a a 1995 441 1.27 a 250 0.70 1996 275 1.81 a 191 1.17 1997 305 2.35 a b b a Data not available. b Analysis not yet complete. 95 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 96 chicken management since 1972, primarily evaluating grassland management practices for wildlife on the Valentine NWR. If grazing is the primary land management tool utilized, McDaniel recommends delaying grazing of undisturbed cover until after the nesting sea- son, which corresponds to late June or early July. During the following spring, enter the last pasture grazed the preceding year first for a short duration generally through May. Rest the pasture for the remainder of the year and through the nesting season of the suc- ceeding year. Maintaining this sequence in- corporates rest periods for plant regrowth and ensures suitable nesting cover for prairie grouse. Generally, several grazing strategies are avail- able to manage for prairie grouse habitat. Maintenance of some cover in all pastures is desirable and can be accomplished through stocking rates, pasture size, period of grazing use, and distribution of livestock. Shrubs and other woody cover are utilized by broods and loafing adults, thus protection of these acres through fenced enclosures or minimal live- stock use is desirable. Hay meadows are considered ideal habitat for prairie chickens and are generally hayed for livestock production. It would be desirable to stop mowing after 1 August to allow sufficient regrowth for spring nesting. The ideal mowing period would be 1-15 July, but the alternative of 1 July-1 August would provide nesting habitat. Raising the mow bar would be anoth- er option to help maintain warm-season grass- es. If meadows are grazed, chickens would benefit most by a spring graze followed by 2-3 years of rest. Prescribed burning may be used as a manage- ment tool in the Sandhills, but with caution due to the fragile nature of the soils. Erosion could be a potential problem if adequate moisture to stimulate regrowth is not avail- able. Fire is less of an erosion problem in meadows compared to upland sites. Cropland, primarily that devoted to corn, adjacent to quality grasslands is desirable for winter feeding areas. Prairie chickens general- ly inhabit areas associated with cropland over areas without cropland. Cultivated areas should not exceed 30%. Research Needs The life histories of the prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse are much more difficult to understand and observe than most other upland game bird species. Their dependence on expanses of grasslands creates for them a content, solitary, remote existence. Under- standing and assessing the intricate factors that affect their survival places constraints on evaluating fluctuations in the population. Prairie chickens thrive on the periphery of the Sandhills of Nebraska and provide many hours of recreational opportunity, yet many questions remain as to why they abound or decline. Research should continue to address nesting requirements in the Sandhills. Intensive grass- land management has affected many wildlife species including prairie chickens. Various planned grazing systems are being utilized in the Sandhills, thus addressing the positive or negative impacts on prairie chicken nesting success should be studied. How many pas- tures and how big? What sequence of live- stock rotation? When should you graze? What stocking rates under various rotations should be utilized? Also, relative to nesting success, what role does nest fidelity play in prairie chicken ecology? What types of nesting habi- tat do juvenile females select versus adult females? At what spatial scale do hens select patches of cover? A considerable amount of research should emphasize brood habitat and brood survival. A major obstacle confronting managers is forecasting pre-hunt population levels. Gener- ally, spring booming ground routes provide reliable information concerning the breeding population, but cannot be used to project productivity and hence fall populations. The problem relates to obtaining estimates of pro- duction and brood survival. Research should therefore concentrate on climatic and physi- cal factors affecting productivity (i.e. nest suc- cess and chick survival). Knowledge of these Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station relationships (if present) would help managers forecast regional fall population sizes without the benefit of reliable brood counts, which are often difficult to obtain. Finally, past research has indicated that pred- ators influence nesting success on sharptails. Coyotes appear to be the major nest preda- tor, but relatively little is known about how predators affect survival and productivity of prairie chickens in the Sandhills. Recommendations It is recommended that the following ideas and proposals be pursued to expand existing knowledge of prairie chicken ecology in Ne- braska: 1. Continue spring booming ground routes in the Sandhills and develop new routes in the primary prairie chicken range. 2. Further evaluate prairie chicken nesting ecology with emphasis on the suitability of habitat. 3. Evaluate how planned grazing systems affect prairie chicken populations and de- velop a grazing strategy which enhances chicken populations while maintaining the goals of individual ranching operations. 4. Determine brood habitat requirements and assess biotic and abiotic factors affecting nest success and brood survival. 5. Establish and evaluate brood routes or prairie chicken observation routes during the summer to develop an index of pro- duction which will help make projections of fall populations. 6. Continue all current surveys to monitor success of the fall hunting seasons. 7. Develop a model depicting prairie chicken ecology in the Sandhills. 8. Evaluate population levels and range ex- pansion for prairie chickens outside the primary range. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Literature Cited Aughey, C. 1878. Some facts and consider- ations concerning the beneficial work of birds. Pages 338-350 in U.S. Entomological Com- mission Annual Report. Beck, J.V. 1957. The greater prairie chicken in history. Nebraska Bird Review 25:8-12. Bleed, A. and C. Flowerday. 1990. Introduc- tion. Pages 1-15 in A.Bieed, and C. Flower- day, editors. An atlas of the sandhi/Is. Univer- sity of Nebraska Conservation and Survey Division, Resource Atlas Sa, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska, USA. Blus, L.J., 1963. Land-use trends and prairie grouse in the Nebraska Sandhi/Is. Abstract of paper presented at 25th Midwest Wildlife Conference, St. Louis, Missouri. ___ _, and J.A. Walker. 1966. Progress report on the prairie grouse nesting study in the Nebraska Sandhills. Nebraska Bird Review 34:23-30. Bose, D.R. 1977. Rangeland resources of Nebraska. Society for Range Management, Scottsbluff, Nebraska, USA. Buechler, A.F., and E.J. Barr. 1920. History of Hall County. Western Publishing and Engrav- ing, Lincoln, Nebraska, USA. Burzlaff, D.F. 1962. A soil and vegetation inventory and analysis of three Nebraska sand- hills range sites. University of Nebraska Re- search Bulletin 206. Farrar, J. 1980. In quest of the prairie hen. Nebraska/and 58:30-35, 46-48. Johnsgard, P.A., and R.E. Wood. 1968. Distri- butional changes and interactions between prairie chickens and sharp-tailed grouse in the Midwest. Wilson Bulletin 80:173-188. Johnsgard, P.A. 1973. Grouse and quail of North America. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Nebraska, USA. Judd, S.D. 1905. The grouse and wild turkeys 97 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 98 of the United States, and their economic val- ue. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Biological Survey Bulletin 24:10-18. Keech, C.F., and R. Bentall. 1971. Dunes on the plains: The sandhi/Is region of Nebraska. University of Nebraska Conservation and Sur- vey Division Resource Report 4. Miller, S.M. 1990. Land development and use. Pages 207-226 in Bleed, A. and C. Flower- day, editors. An atlas of the sandhi/Is. Universi- ty of Nebraska Conservation and Survey Divi- sion Resource Atlas Sa. Mohler, L.L. 1942. How farm and settlement affects Nebraska's prairie chickens. Outdoor Nebraska 20:8-9, 23. ____ . 1952. Fall and winter habits of prairie chickens in southwest Nebraska. jour- nal of Wildlife Management 16:9-23. Nebraska Department of Agriculture. 1980. Nebraska agricultural statistics, annual report 1978-1979, Lincoln, Nebraska, USA. Nebraska Legislative Council. 1981. Nebraska blue book 1980-1981. Volume 33. joe Chris- tensen, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska, USA. Parkman, F. 1922. The Oregon Trial: Sketches of prairie and Rocky Mountain life. Little, Brown, and Co., Boston, Massachusetts, USA Robertson, K. 1980. Changes occurring in Ne- braska's prairie grouse range. Pages 52-54 in P.A Vohs and F.L. Knopf, editors. Proceedings of the Prairie Crouse Symposium. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA Schildman, G., and H.W. Miller. 1956. The past history and present status of prairie chick- ens in Nebraska. Central Mountains and Plains Section, The Wildlife Society Conference. Un- published manuscript. Sisson, L.H. 1975. Recommendations for man- agement of sharp-tailed grouse in the Nebras- ka Sandhi/Is. Nebraska Game and Parks Com- mission, Lincoln, Nebraska, USA Stubbendieck, J. 1990. Range management. Pages 227-233 in A Bleed and C. Flowerday, editors. An atlas to the sandhi/Is. University of Nebraska Conservation and Survey Division Resource Atlas Sa. Swenk, M.H. 1935. Period of the explorations of the early nineteenth century (1804-1854): The Lewis and Clark expedition. Nebraska Bird Review 3:115-125. Viehmeyer, G. 1938. Is the prairie chicken passing? Nebraska Bird Review 6:25-28. ----· 1941. The present status of the greater prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse in the sandhill region of Nebraska. Nebraska Bird Review 9:1-7. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Population Status and Distribution of Greater Prairie Chickens in Colorado Kenneth M. Giesen, Colorado Division of Wildlife, Fort Collins Michael A. Schroeder, Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife, Bridgeport Historical Review Greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupi- do pinnatus), hereafter referred to as "prairie chickens," may have inhabited portions of 25 states and 4 Canadian provinces at their maxi- mum distribution in North America following European settlement (Schroeder and Robb 1993). They may not have been native to Colorado, however, as Cooke (1897) did not record them, and later (Cooke, 1898) contended that habitats west of Ogallala, Neb., (about 25 miles [40 km] northeast of Colorado), were not suitable for prairie chick- ens. The first documented observation was reported in 1897 near the present location of julesburg in Sedgwick County (Sclater 1912). By 1900, this species was reported as "not an uncommon breeder" (Cooke 1900) near Wray in Yuma County. There is evidence that prairie chickens responded positively to grain agriculture and markedly expanded their range westward into Colorado with settle- ment (Schorger 1944, Beck 1957, Christisen 1969, Horak 1985). The farthest westward documentation of prairie chickens in Colo- rado was in 1907 when a nest was found near Barr Lake in Adams County (Hersey and Rockwell 1909). Prairie chickens appar- ently occurred in at least 7 and perhaps 9-11 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 counties in northeastern Colorado (Fig. 1) from 1897 to the mid-1930s (Evans and Gil- bert 1963, Christisen 1969, Van Sant and Braun 1990). This range is generally consid- ered the maximum historical range of greater prairie chickens in Colorado (Aldrich and Duvall 1955). Throughout the 1930s, prairie chicken popu- lations and distribution declined in Colorado. The hunting season was closed initially in 1929-32 and permanently in 1937. This rapid population decline prompted a study to esti- mate the total number of prairie chickens in the state. Swope (1953), using winter flock counts in Yuma County, estimated a total population of 2,835 prairie chickens in Colo- rado. He repeated this census in the spring by counting birds on booming grounds and reported a similar estimate of 2000 prairie chickens. Using anecdotal evidence, Swope (1953) concluded that prairie chicken num- bers had increased in Colorado between 1949 and 1952. However, he examined rela- tively few leks (n = 20) and assumed a male- biased sex ratio (1 male: 0.77 females) to estimate female numbers. It is possible that from 1949 to 1952 the trend of increasing prairie chicken numbers repre- 99 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 1. Changes in distribution of greater prairie chickens in Colorado from 1930 to 1984. 100 1930 WYOMING I NEBRASKA X s.?' X X P\. LARI )fu - BOU )< (),. JEFFE DOUGI.Ai KANS TEUE~ ELPASO ~ :.:;::::::_ FREMO ~ PUEBLO c~ 1963 WYOMING LARIME WELD KIT CARSON KANSAS CHEYENNE KIOWA sented recovery of the population after the dramatic decline during the 1930s. Aldrich and Duvall (1955) suggested that the 1955 range of prairie chickens was still large in Col- orado, relative to the "historical" range. Even though Aldrich and Duvall (1955) likely over- estimated Colorado prairie chicken habitat, their study, and surveys conducted by Swope 1955 WYOMING I NEBRASKA COL ORAD~ .J< l.ARIME WELD I - :::: BOUL ER ·::. - /'DAM ;:... .::::· DENVEA ~. JEFFE p,scJ[W'AHO .·. DOUGIJI ELBERT \c KANS TJ ELPASO ...... ~ '.:c=. FREMO ~ CRO~ )< PUEBLO 1984 WYOMING NEBRASKA COLORADO LOGAN LARIME WELD MORGAN KIT CARSON KANSAS UNCOLNI-------1 ELPASO CHEYEI*jE PUEBLO CRO KIOWA {1953), indicated that the state population of prairie chickens was well over 2,000 in the early 1950s. By 1963, the Colorado population of prairie chickens had reportedly declined to 700-800 (Evans 1964). Total population estimates for the 1963 census were extrapolated from ex- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ami nation of a small amount of Colorado's prairie chicken habitat (mostly the northern half of Yuma County). Also, the population estimate was based on the assumptions of 1 DO% male lek attendance and detectability, and an equal sex ratio (booming ground counts rarely differentiated between males and females). Even so, the decline in both lek numbers (20 to 1 D) and the number of birds per lek (25 to 7), indicated the population likely decreased markedly between 1952 and 1963. In 1973, the population was still low, an estimated 600 birds, and the Colorado Wild- life Commission declared the prairie chicken an endangered species in Colorado (Graul 1975). The overall trend of declining popula- tions and increasingly fragmented distribution since the 1930s (Fig. 1) resulted in the Colo- rado Division of Wildlife increasing research and management efforts on prairie chickens. Recent Management and Reintroduction Programs Beginning in 1978, upland portions of the Tamarack State Wildlife Area, along the North Platte drainage in Logan county, have been managed for prairie chickens through reseed- ing native warm-season grasses and pre- scribed burning (Hoffman 1985). Although the Tamarack prairie once may have com- prised part of prairie chicken range as recently as 1963, sightings near this area prior to trans- planting were infrequent and no booming grounds were located. A reintroduction of prairie chickens from Yuma County to the Tamarack State Wildlife Area was conducted in late March and early April of 1984 when 36 (20 females, 16 males) were released. An ad- ditional 40 birds (25 females, 15 males) birds were released at this site in 1985 (Hoffman 1985). A supplemental release of 24 prairie chickens (13 females, 11 males) occurred in April 1990. All released birds were banded and several were radio-marked to document movements, nest success, and survival. Fol- lowing the transplants, about 40 booming grounds were located and in 1996-97 at least 18 booming grounds were active. This popu- lation of prairie chickens expanded its range from Sterling to Sedgwick south of the Platte Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look River with 1998 population estimates exceed- ing 300 to 400 birds. Additional transplants of prairie chickens in Colorado occurred during the early 1990s. Prairie chickens were trapped on booming grounds in Cowley County, Kansas, and trans- planted to the Well's Ranch in western Weld County in April 1991 (23 females, 27 males) and April 1992 (27 females, 23 males) (Beau- prez 1994). Additional birds (21 females, 20 males) were trapped in spring near Wray in Yuma County and released in the same gener- al area in April 1993. Three booming grounds were located in 1991 and 1992 following the release, with a total of 16 and 14 males identi- fied, respectively (Beauprez 1994). Despite the release of additional birds at this site in 1993, no additional booming grounds were located. Surveys conducted since 1994 found few birds suggesting that a population of prai- rie chickens did not become established at this site. Another transplant of prairie chickens was conducted in 1991-92 when birds trapped on booming grounds in Yuma County were released in Washington County (Beauprez 1994). Forty-three birds (23 females, 20 males) were released in April 1 991 and 41 birds (22 females, 19 males) were released in April 1992. Five booming grounds with 22 males were located following the 1991 re- lease and 6 booming grounds (30 total males) were located in 1992 (Beauprez 1994). At least 8 active booming grounds were located in 1996-97 and this transplant appeared suc- cessful. Population estimates in 1998 for this population were 1 DO to 200 birds. Current Population and Distribution Prairie chickens presently occur in Yuma, Phil- lips, Washington, Logan, Sedgwick, Morgan, and Weld counties (Fig. 2). The core popula- tion in Yuma, Washington, and Phillips coun- ties is currently estimated at 8,000 to 1 0,000 birds and is judged to be stable or increasing. The population resulting from the Tamarack transplant is estimated at 300 to 400 birds 101 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look and continues to expand its range. The more recent transplants have not markedly in- creased the overall populations in Colorado although the Washington County transplant appears successful. Prairie chicken abundance and distribution are closely tied to land-use practices, and the conversion of some grain fields to warm- season grasses under the Conservation Re- serve Program likely was partially responsible for the increasing populations and expanded range of the species in Colorado. While the stability of current farming and grazing pro- grams and practices cannot be predicted with certainty, it is likely that prairie chicken populations in Colorado will exist at current levels in the short-term. Figure 2. Current distribution of greater prairie chickens in Colorado. WELD MORGAN 102 NEBRASKA LOGAN WASHINGTON YUMA @ 199BRANGE 0 INTRODUCED POPULATIONS Harvest and Hunting Pressure KANSAS Prairie chickens have not been legally hunted in Colorado since 1936. Their increasing pop- ulations and expanded distribution has result- ed in recent efforts to change their status from state endangered (non-game) to a game species. While most hunters (88%) and non- hunters (71 %) would support limited hunting of this species if the Colorado Division of Wildlife determined populations were large enough to accommodate a harvest (Braun et al. 1994), most landowners having popula- tions of prairie chickens are not in favor of hunting at this time. In May 1998, the Wildlife Commission voted to remove the greater prai- rie chicken from the state list of threatened and endangered species and classify it as non- game wildlife. Until this species is reclassified as a game species, it may not be hunted in Colorado. Species Needs The history of prairie chickens has been closely tied to the agricultural practices of pioneer and present day farmers/ranchers (Beck 1956). Prairie chickens are almost en- tirely restricted to private lands in Colorado, and thus, their future is largely dependent upon private land management practices. Emphasis needs to be placed on the preser- vation and proper management of prairie chicken habitat in Colorado. Prairie chicken habitat in the state of Colorado is unique when compared with typical prairie chicken habitat in other parts of North America. For appropriate prairie chicken management in Colorado, additional research is needed on seasonal food habits and nutritional require- ments, roosting cover, breeding, nesting, and brood habitat. Additionally, special efforts need to be made to communicate habitat requirements of prai- rie chickens to private landowners. Generally, most landowners within prairie chicken range are interested in prairie chickens and view them with a source of pride and nostalgia. However, changes in land use practices are slow to take hold in difficult economic times and incentives may be needed to compensate private landowners and managers for imple- menting habitat management practices bene- ficial to prairie chickens. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Public Needs There is increasing demand from the public (naturalists, bird-watchers, and/or photogra- phers) to observe prairie chickens on boom- ing grounds during spring. The Wray Museum in Yuma County sponsors 3-4 weekend pub- lic tours (including evening programs, access to an observation blind on private land, and breakfast) each spring and always sells out in advance. This popular project has support from landowners in the area as well as busi- nesses in Wray. Research and Management Needs Understanding the ecology of prairie chickens in Colorado is critical for their management. Unfortunately, many basic questions about the prairie chicken's biology remain unan- swered. Additional information on sex ratios, causes of mortality, factors affecting nest suc- cess, population fluctuations, dispersal, migra- tion, and seasonal movements is needed to properly monitor populations and manage this species. At the heart of prairie chicken management is the necessity for information on seasonal habitat requirements. Specifically, factors that limit both the range and population density of prairie chickens in Colorado require further study. Some habitats presently unoccupied by prairie chickens could potentially support chicken populations. Procedures for improv- ing and/or restoring habitats for prairie chick- ens need to be evaluated and recommenda- tions made available to wildlife managers and private landowners. Management decisions are often based on population and/or density estimates, em- phasizing the need for better techniques to estimate numbers of prairie chickens. A stan- dardized and statistically valid census or pop- ulation monitoring procedure should be im- plemented. Additionally, accurate information on sex ratios, lek attendance by males and females, movement between leks, movement between leks and nests, and metapopulation Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look characteristics is essential for monitoring pop- ulation levels. Recommendations Emphasis needs to be placed on research so management efforts are productive. Ideally, adaptive management strategies should be implemented, thereby building a foundation of data that will aid in understanding prairie chicken ecology. This approach was tried with some success when prairie chickens were transplanted to the Tamarack State Wildlife Area, and later to Weld and Washington counties. Education of private landowners should be an important consideration in management programs for prairie chickens. Effective man- agement strategies by landowners to benefit both their economic interests and wildlife should be encouraged. Access to leks should be managed to meet demands of watch able wildlife programs while minimizing distur- bance of prairie chickens during the breeding season. Summary Prairie chickens apparently were not indige- nous to Colorado but expanded into the northeastern corner of the state following settlement and conversion of some native grasslands to small grain agriculture in the late 1890s. Both distribution and populations of prairie chickens in Colorado peaked prior to the "Dust Bowl" days of the 1930s. Popula- tions remained low into the 1960s and 1970s and resulted in the Colorado Division of Wild- life classifying this species as state endan- ·gered. Habitat and population management practices including burning of rangelands, seeding of native warm-season grasses, resto- ration of grasslands under the Conservation Reserve Program, and a series of transplants, resulted in increases in both distribution and populations of prairie chickens in Colorado. Current prairie chicken populations are vari- ously estimated to be between 8,000 and 103 I The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 104 10,000 birds and this species is no longer considered as a state threatened or endan- gered species. Acknowledgments Colorado Division of Wildlife personnel sup- plied much of the information on population estimates and distribution, and participated in transplant projects. We appreciate the contri- butions of G. Beauprez, R. Hoffman, G. Miller, F. Pusateri, and W. Snyder. Funding was sup- plied by the Colorado Division of Wildlife through Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project W-167-R. Literature Cited Aldrich, j.W., and A.J. Duvall. 1955. Distribu- tion of American gallinaceous game birds. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service Circular 34. Beauprez, G.M. 1994. Movements, reproduc- tive success, and habitat use by introduced greater prairie chickens in northeastern Colo- rado. Thesis, University of Northern Colorado, Greeley, Colorado, USA. Beck, j.V. 1957. The greater prairie chicken in history. Nebraska Bird Review 25:8-12. Braun, C.E., K.M. Giesen, R.W. Hoffman, T.E. Remington, and W.O. Snyder. 1994. Upland bird management analysis guide, 1994-1998. Colorado Division Wildlife Report 19. Christisen, D.M. 1969. National status and management of the greater prairie chicken. Transactions of the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference 34:207- 217. Cooke, W.W. 1897. The birds of Colorado. Colorado Agricultural College Bulletin 37. ----· 1898. Further notes on the birds of Colorado. An appendix to Bulletin 3 7. Colo- rado Agricultural College Bulletin 44. ----· 1900. The birds of Colorado. A second appendix to Bulletin 37. Colorado Agricultural College Bulletin 56. Technical Series 5:179-239. Evans, K.E., and D.L. Gilbert. 1963. Grouse of the grasslands: the greater prairie chicken in Colorado. Colorado Outdoors 12:15-18. Evans, K.E. 1964. Inventory of greater prairie chickens. Pages 343-367 in Colorado Divi- sion of Wildlife, Federal Aid Report W-37-R- 17. Graul, W. 1975. Grassland boomers. Colo- rado Outdoors 24:24-28. Hersey, L.j., and R.B. Rockwell. 1909. An an- notated list of the birds of the Barr Lake Dis- trict, Adams County, Colorado. Condor 11:109-122. Hoffman, R.W. 1985. Greater prairie chicken transplant. Colorado Division of Wildlife Fed- eral Aid Report N-1-R. Horak, G.J. 1985. Kansas prairie chickens. Kan- sas Fish and Game Commission Wildlife Bulle- tin 3. Schroeder, M.A., and L.A. Robb. 1993. Great- er prairie chicken. In, The Birds of North Amer- ica, Number 36, A. Poole, P. Stettenheim, and F. Gill, editors. Philadelphia: the Academy of Natural Sciences; Washington, D.C: American Ornithologists' Union. Schrager, A.W. 1944. The prairie chicken and sharp-tailed grouse in early Wisconsin. Trans- actions of Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters. 35:1-59. Sclater, W.L. 1912. A history of the birds of Colorado. Witherby, London. Swope, H.M. 1953. Surveys to determine the population status of the prairie chicken. job Completion Report, Colorado Department of Game and Fish, Project W-37-R-6. Van Sant, B.F., and C.E. Braun. 1990. Distribu- tion and status of greater prairie chickens in Colorado. Prairie Naturalist 22:225-230. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in Oklahoma Russell E. Horton, Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation, Norman Donald H. Wolfe, George M. Sutton Avian Research Center, Bartlesville, Oklahoma Historical Review Greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupi- do pinnatus), hereafter referred to as "prairie chickens", formerly ranged across at least the eastern two-thirds of Oklahoma, except in the eastern hardwood forested areas of extreme eastern Oklahoma. By 1941, the range had contracted drastically, approaching a distribu- tion not much larger than the present occu- pied range (Duck and Fletcher, 1944). jacobs (1959) believed that plenty of suitable tallgrass prairie habitat existed in many areas of southern Oklahoma, and that transloca- tions from Osage County (north central Ok- lahoma) to 4 sites in 3 southern Oklahoma counties were possible and might restore prairie chickens to some of their former range. A total of 314 birds was translocated between 1955 and 1959 (Jacobs, 1959). Although reproduction occurred in the areas of these releases, the translocated populations eventu- ally disappeared. Martin (1980) estimated that the occupied range of greater prairie chickens in Oklahoma was reduced 42% from 4,065 square miles (1 0,530 km2) in 1943 to 2,355 square miles (6,1 00 km2) in 1979. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 Current Distribution The greater prairie chicken occurs in north central and portions of northeastern Oklaho- ma. The two largest contiguous tracts occu- pied by prairie chickens are an area in north- ern Osage County, which extends into the extreme northeast corner of Kay County. This area also encompasses the more than 37,000 acre (14,974 ha) Tallgrass Prairie Preserve (TGPP), owned and managed by The Nature Conservancy (TNC). A second area occupied by the greater prairie chicken is the northern portion of Nowata and Craig counties, and also includes the extreme northeastern corner of Washington County. Isolated flocks are known to occur in central Noble County (extends slightly into northwest Pawnee County), Ottawa County northwest of the town of Miami, and in the 3-county area at the confluence of Rogers, Wagoner and Mayes counties. Population Trends The population trend since 1979 has been steadily declining with a marked decline be- ginning in 1990 (Fig. 1 ). The population now 105 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure I. Greater prairie chicken Population Density Index (number of cocks/booming ground X number of booming grounds/square mile) in Oklahoma. 106 appears stable, but at a very low level. The long-term outlook for prairie chickens in Okla- homa is stability, with hopes for a steady (al- though likely quite slow) increase. Land man- agement practices on private land within the core range of prairie chickens will likely deter- mine the actual population trend. Possible Limiting Factors One possible limiting factor to prairie chick- ens in Oklahoma appears to be related to a shift from cow-calf operations to intensive early season grazing on an extremely large scale. Immediately before native, warm- season grasses break dormancy and begin to grow, large tracts of prairie rangeland are burned and then heavily stocked with yearling steers and heifers for the early part ofthe growing season. Annual burning of extensive acreage immediately prior to nesting, and intensive early growing season grazing over expansive areas might limit the amount of suitable cover for optimal nesting habitat during the earliest part of the nesting season. Another possible management problem is small mammalian nest predators (skunks, rae- coons and opossums). In some areas, herbi- cides used to eliminate or reduce annual forbs may be a potential problem, especially when used annually and in combination with spring burning. The extent and effects of this prac- tice in Oklahoma are unknown. A final management problem, and one that certainly merits attention, is the increasingly fragmented nature of the tallgrass prairie land- scape. Many areas which once were vast ex- panses of native prairie have been fragment- ed to the point that population isolation is common. Extinction of these fragmented pop- ulations is occurring quite rapidly, and soon only the core areas along the northern bound- ary of Oklahoma will be occupied by prairie chickens. The amount of surface limestone and sandstone and the rolling terrain of much of Osage County, combined with the high suitability of the tallgrass prairie for cattle op- erations may help to preserve large, contigu- ous tracts of prairie chicken habitat. Habitat Acquisition The Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Con- servation (ODWC) owns 480 acres (194 ha) in Osage County which was purchased specif- ically for prairie chicken hunting. Portions of this tract were planted to small grains (primari- ly milo [Sorghum spp.]) to attract birds during the fall hunting season. This practice was stopped in 1996. These lands are currently being allowed to revert back to native prairie vegetation, and will be managed with burn- ing, and limited grazing and/or haying in fu- .ture years. The extreme west edge of the Western Wall Unit of the Osage Wildlife Management Area, purchased from The Nature Conservancy, comprises suitable, occupied prairie chicken habitat. This portion of the WMA adjoins TNC's Tallgrass Prairie Preserve. Approximate- ly 90% of this WMA is comprised of timber along Rock Creek, and is therefore not man- aged for prairie chickens. The Nature Conservancy, a private conserva- tion organization, has purchased over 3 7,000 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station acres (14,974 ha) in north central Osage County- the Tallgrass Prairie Preserve. Bison have been reintroduced as the primary large herbivore and number about 600 animals. Future plans are to allow the herd to expand to a total of about 2,000 head. The entire preserve is managed with prescribed fire and grazing as primary management tools, in hopes of restoring the area to historic land use as nearly as possible. While the TGPP is not managed specifically for prairie chickens, they are an integral part of the tallgrass prairie ecosystem, and therefore, any management practices aimed at restoring and maintaining the vigor of the tall grass ecosystem should also benefit prairie chickens. It is unknown whether The Nature Conservan- cy would be interested in or have the oppor- tunity to purchase additional land to increase the size of the TGPP. There is a need to ac- quire additional land for prairie chickens in Oklahoma, although the political climate is not conducive for such purchases at this time. Any lands purchased by the state would likely be managed (at least initially) for preservation of prairie chickens. Hopefully, management efforts would be successful and prairie chick- ens would recover to levels that could sup- port some hunting (Appendix A, Adaptive Harvest Management Strategy). Probably the best way to assure adequate habitat is available for prairie chickens would be to seek voluntary cooperation from large landowners in areas contiguous with the Tallgrass Prairie Preserve, and in other areas of high prairie chicken densities. Management Specific management practices for prairie chickens in Oklahoma on state (ODWC) lands have been limited to food patches. These patches were planted more to attract birds for hunters than provide a winter food source, although providing supplemental win- ter food was certainly considered and was an intrinsic benefit of these plantings. The Nature Conservancy's Tallgrass Prairie Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Preserve is managed as a functional tallgrass prairie ecosystem. Specific management prac- tices include grazing by both bison and cattle (with an increasing emphasis towards bison), and prescribed fire. Prescribed fire and managed grazing are, without question, the 2 practices which have the most merit in Oklahoma. However, there may be ways that prescribed fire and grazing can be managed differently that would pro- vide more benefit for prairie chickens (e.g. leaving scattered sections unburned or imple- menting suitable rotational grazing systems). Research Since 1997, The George M. Sutton Avian Research Center (GMSARC) has been con- ducting research on habitat use, survivorship, mortality factors, and nesting success of prai- rie chickens through radio-telemetry. Addi- tionally, a total of 26 nests was found and monitored during a multi-species, tallgrass prairie birds study between 1992 and 1996. GMSARC personnel also hope to monitor broods of successful hens to determine habi- tat use and measure brood-rearing success in various management regimes. Some concern has been expressed about the role of retrovi- ruses in Oklahoma prairie-chicken popula- tions. Retroviruses were present in 2 of 1 7 birds tested in spring 1998. All birds captured in the future will be tested so that the level and effect of these retroviruses can be better ascertained. While current research information is valuable in properly managing prairie chickens, much of the published research has dealt with large populations of birds occupying large contigu- ous tracts of suitable habitat (Jones 1963a,b). Habitat fragmentation and population isola- tion have become increasingly common in Oklahoma. In addition, annual large-scale spring burning and early intensive cattle graz- ing now dominate the landscape in the heart of prairie-chicken range in Oklahoma. The effects of these phenomena on prairie chick- ens need to be evaluated and relevant man- agement recommendations put forth. 107 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 108 Hunting and Harvest Pressure Greater prairie chickens were hunted in Okla- homa during the fall of 1997 (18-19 October; bag limit: 1 bird/day; season limit: 2 birds). At the August 1997 meeting of the Oklahoma Wildlife Commission, the prairie chicken sea- son was closed, effective beginning with the 1998 season. The Commission approved an Adaptive Harvest Management Strategy whereby the season would re-open if certain population parameters indicated recovery of prairie chickens to population levels at which hunting would be warranted (Appendix A). The earliest that the season could possibly re- open would be in the fall of 2002. Although the final harvest estimate for 1997 is not yet available pending the results of the 1997 Game Harvest Survey, the total estimat- ed harvest is likely less than 200 birds (includ- ing lesser prairie chickens [Tympanuchus pal- lidicinctus]). If prairie chickens are hunted in the future, the approved Adaptive Harvest Management Strategy will be utilized as a safeguard to ensure against over harvest. Habitat Management Recommendations PASTURE MANAGEMENT • Grazing should be light to moderate, espe- cially within 1f2 mile (0.8 km) of known booming grounds, to ensure adequate, high quality nesting cover. • Spot treatment with heavy (season-long) grazing should be utilized to promote growth of native annual forbs for food and brood-rearing cover. • Hay meadows should be cut between 1 July and 15 July, and native grass should never be cut more than once per season. • Minimize herbicide use, using spot treat- ment only where necessary andjor spray small areas on a 2- to 3-year rotation. • Convert non-native pasture to a mixture of warm-season native grasses, making sure to include a mixture of native forbs and legumes. CONTROLLED BURNING • Complete all burning a month prior to nest initiation. • Rotate pastures (2-3 years) and burn in a mosaic pattern. • Keep burn units small (~640 acres [259 ha]) where possible. SUPPLEMENTAL FOODS • Native annual forbs and legumes are pre- ferred. • If supplemental plantings are desirable, plant small 10-15 acre (4-6 ha) patches, 1 or 2 per square mile (259 ha). Plots should be oblong (rather than square), planted along topographic contours, and adjacent to high quality winter j escape cover. Literature Cited Duck, J.G., and J.B. Fletcher. 1944. A survey of the game and fur-bearing animals of Oklaho- ma. Oklahoma Game and Fish Department Bulletin 3. Jacobs, K.F. 1959. Restoration of the greater prairie chicken. Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation, Norman, Oklahoma, USA. Jones, R.E. 1963a. A comparative study of the habitats of the lesser and greater prairie chicken in Oklahoma. Dissertation, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA. ____ . 1963b. Identification and analysis of lesser and greater prairie chicken habitat. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look journal of Wildlife Management 27:757-778. Martin, S.A. 1980. Current status and ap- proaches to monitoring populations and habi- tats of greater prairie chickens in Oklahoma. Thesis, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA Appendix A. Adaptive Harvest Management Strategy for Prairie Chickens In Oklahoma. JULY 1997 ADAPTIVE HARVEST MANAGEMENT STRATEGY FOR PRAIRIE CHICKENS IN OKLAHOMA It is proposed that the hunting season for both the lesser prairie chicken and greater prairie chicken be closed in Oklahoma. Populations of both species have shown a gradual but continuous long-term decline, but over the past 6-8 years, this decline has accel- erated and become much more obvious. For this reason, the hunting season for both spe- cies was reduced from 9 days in mid-Novem- ber (daily bag limit 2, possession limit 4) to a 2-day season in late October (daily bag limit 1, possession limit 2). Populations have con- tinued to decline, and although the Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation does not consider the decline to be in any way caused by nor related to legal recreational hunting, the ODWC feels that hunting of ei- ther species should be curtailed until popula- tions recover, and is therefore recommending closing the hunting season for both species. This recommended closure should remain in effect only until populations have recovered to levels at which sustained hunting is war- ranted. The following are the conditions under which the season will be re-opened, and in- clude population-related season and bag limit frameworks. GREATER PRAIRIE CHICKEN A 2-day season will be opened in Craig, Kay, Noble, Nowata, Osage and Washington Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 counties when all of the following population parameters are met in at least 4 of these 6 counties: 1. Population indices in at least 4 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 2. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 5 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .25 booming grounds I square mile (259 ha), for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. The Population Density Index(# booming males X booming ground density) is 3.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. The season will be opened for 2 days only, the fourth weekend in October. The daily bag limit will be 1 greater prairie chicken, and the possession limit will be 2 greater prairie chickens. Shooting hours will be 1fz hour before legal sunrise to legal sunset. A 4-day season will be opened in Craig, Kay, Noble, Nowata, Osage and Washington counties when all of the following criteria are met in at least 5 of the above counties: 109 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 110 1. The 2-day season described above has been opened in each of the 3 previous years, 2. Population indices in at least 5 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 7 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .30 booming grounds I square mile (259), for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 5. The Population Density Index(# booming males X booming ground density) is 4.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. Season dates will be the second Thursday before Thanksgiving through the following Sunday (4 days). Daily bag limit will be 2 greater prairie chickens, and possession limit is 4 greater prairie chickens. Legal shooting hours will be daylight to dark. A 9-day season will be opened in Craig, Kay, Noble, Nowata, Osage and Washington coun- ties when all of the following criteria are met in at least 5 of the above counties: 1. The 4-day season described above has been opened in each of the 3 previous years, 2. Population indices in at least 5 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 8 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .35 booming grounds I square mile (259 ha), for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 5. The Population Density Index(# booming males X booming ground density) is 5.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. Season dates will be the second Thursday before Thanksgiving through the Sunday prior to Thanksgiving (9 days). Daily bag limit will be 2 greater prairie chickens, and possession limit will be 4 greater prairie chickens. Legal shooting hours will be daylight to dark. Hunting season for greater prairie chickens will comprise the following 4 levels: • Closed Season • 2-day October Season • 4-day November Season • 9-day November Season Hunting season for greater prairie chickens will be opened at the most liberal level al- lowed under the above-described framework. LESSER PRAIRIE CHICKEN A 2-day season will be opened in Beaver, Ellis, Harper, Texas and Woodward counties when all of the following population parameters are met in at least 4 of these 5 counties: 1. Population indices in at least 4 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 2. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 6 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .25 booming grounds I square mile (259 ha), for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. The Population Density Index (# booming males X booming ground density) is 3.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. The season will be opened for 2 days only, the fourth weekend in October. The daily bag Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station limit will be 1 lesser prairie chicken, and the possession limit will be 2 lesser prairie chick- ens. Shooting hours will be 1/z hour before legal sunrise to legal sunset. A 4-day season will be opened in Beaver, Ellis, Harper, Texas and Woodward Counties when all of the following criteria are met in at least 4 of the above counties: 1. The 2-day season described above has been opened in each of the 3 previous years, 2. Population indices in at least 4 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 7 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .30 booming grounds I square mile (259 ha), for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 5. The Population Density Index(# booming males X booming ground density) is 4.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. Season dates will be the second Thursday before Thanksgiving through the following Sunday (4 days). Daily bag limit will be 2 less- er prairie chickens, and possession limit is 4 lesser prairie chickens. Legal shooting hours will be daylight to dark. A 9-day season will be opened in Beaver, Ellis, Harper, Texas and Woodward Counties when all of the following criteria are met in at least Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 4 of the above counties: 1. The 4-day season described above has been opened in each of the 3 previous years, 2. Population indices in at least 4 of the above counties indicate an increasing pop- ulation in 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 3. The average number of booming males I active booming ground is 8 or more for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 4. Average booming ground densities in the above counties, as determined by current survey methods, are at least .35 Booming grounds I square mile, for 4 or more of 5 successive years, and 5. The Population Density Index(# booming males X booming ground density) is 5.0 or higher for 4 or more of 5 successive years. Season dates will be the second Thursday before Thanksgiving through the Sunday prior to Thanksgiving (9 days). Daily bag limit will be 2 lesser prairie chickens, and possession limit will be 4 lesser prairie chickens. Legal shooting hours will be daylight to dark. Hunting season for lesser prairie chickens will comprise the following 4 levels: • Closed Season • 2-day October Season • 4-day November Season • 9-day November Season Hunting season for lesser prairie chickens will be opened at the most liberal level allowed under the above-described framework 111 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 112 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken In Kansas Roger D. Applegate, Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks, Emporia Gerald}. Horak, Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks, Emporia Historical Review1 Historically there were 3 species of prairie grouse in Kansas, the plains sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus jamesii), lesser prairie chicken (T. pallidicinctus), and greater prairie chicken (T. cupido pinnatus). The greater prairie chicken was, and still is, the most common prairie grouse species in Kansas. Beginning with settlement, land-use changes from grassland to cropland have in- fluenced prairie chicken populations and range. Greater prairie chicken populations initially increased, but later dwindled as land conversion continued. The Flint Hills of east- central Kansas now remain their stronghold, with smaller populations to the east and west. Historical records of prairie chickens in Kan- sas are rare. The accounts of early explorers mention little of the bird, which may indicate that they did not occur in substantial num- bers. Pike did not mention the prairie chicken in his account of travels across Kansas in the autumn of 1806 (Coues 1895). While observ- ing prairie chickens twice in Missouri, Tixier never mentioned seeing them during his trav- 1 Taken largely from Horak (1985) Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 els in 1840 to an Osage Indian Village proba- bly located in southeast Kansas (McDermott 1940). Even more significant was the fact that part of his party survived for 2 days on upland sandpipers (Bartramia longicauda) during their stay on the prairie. Had prairie chickens been available, they no doubt would have also been used as food. Territorial and state laws governing the har- vest and use of prairie chickens in Kansas probably present the most complete records available (Wood 1964). These laws, though initially unscientific, reveal a general concern for the population. In 1861, the last Territorial Legislature impos- ed the first hunting season for prairie chickens in Kansas (2 November to 31 March). No limits or methods of taking birds were stated, however, Leavenworth County landowners were allowed to take the birds year-round on their own land. This could indicate a greater abundance of birds or favoritism toward the landowner in extreme northeastern Kansas. The season never actually occurred because, in the same year, the formation of the first Kansas State Legislature resulted in game law changes. The new legislature apparently gave county governments authority over seasons. 113 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 114 As a result, the season opened on 2 Septem- ber rather than 2 November, statewide. The law provided that the season could be closed in any county if a minimum of 20 citizens of that county petitioned for closure. There is no evidence that any county exercised this op-· tion (Wood 1964}. The law remained unchanged until 1865, when the legislature removed state protection of the prairie chicken, but left open the option to counties to close hunting in their own jur- isdictions. Again, there is no record of any counties doing so. No governmental body provided enforcement of the laws affecting prairie chickens (Wood 1964}. With further settlement of Kansas in the late 1860s and 1870s, agricultural activity increased and the prairie chicken population responded. Farming made range expansion possible due to new winter food supplies. Early farming efforts seemingly provided ex- cellent habitat. Koch (1863} indicated that prairie chicken numbers increased within 3 years after settlement. In an ornithological survey in 1872, J.A. Allen noted that the prairie chicken was rare, but was advancing westward every year. Prairie chickens were first seen in the vicinity of Fort Hays around 1870 and were apparently fast becoming common (Goss 1891 ). During the late 1800s, new settlements were being established in western Kansas, and the accompanying agriculture helped move the prairie chicken west. Cooke (1900} reported that prairie chickens first nested in Colorado in approximately 1899. Kansas laws were liberalized during the 1870s suggesting increased prairie chicken numbers. Nets and traps were illegal in 1868, but by 1876, landowners could use them to catch birds on their own property. In 1877, prairie chickens could be taken by anyone, anyplace, by any means, but commercial shipment of any game animal out of the state was illegal (Wood 1964}. The decline of prairie chicken populations in Kansas was noted as early as 1891, when Goss (1891) reported that birds were rapidly decreasing in numbers, and that, unless the law protecting them was strictly enforced, especially relative to trapping, prairie chickens would soon be exterminated. During periods of extreme cold and snow cover, hunger over- came fear and chickens were easily trapped. In 1912, Dyche noted that prairie chickens were previously found in great numbers, espe- cially in eastern Kansas, but as of that date they were restricted mainly to counties in the western part of the state (Bunker 1913}. Bun- ker noted that, while prairie chickens were fairly common in western Kansas, they were no longer so abundant in some areas. At some point, agriculture provided an opti- mum balance of food and cover for prairie chickens, but they rapidly disappeared once this balance was exceeded. The decline was probably accelerated by subsistence and market hunting and natural population fluc- tuations. There is no question that the major long-term impact resulted from expansion of cultivation and the subsequent loss of prairie habitat. Unlike most tallgrass prairie regions, the Flint Hills of Kansas escaped heavy cultiva- tion and consequently maintained good prai- rie chicken populations during the agricultural revolution. In the early 1900s, public concern for the welfare of prairie chicken populations grew and many Kansas county commissions closed their counties to hunting. From 1903 through 1905, 20 Kansas counties closed their sea- sons. All of these were in the western half of the state, with 17 in the southwest. In 1907, Butler County government made prairie chick- en hunting illegal for 3 years. The statewide daily bag limit of 15 was imposed in 1905 and was lowered to 12 in 1911 (Wood 1964}. Despite all efforts, prairie chicken numbers continued to decline, suggesting that hunting was not solely responsible. There was no prairie chicken season in Kansas from 1913 through 1916. By 1922, prairie chicken pop- ulations had stabilized in the eastern portions of Kansas and were found wherever con- ditions were favorable. This included the extreme eastern counties, where they were nearly extirpated 10 years earlier (Clapp 1922}. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look During the 1920s, more regulations were es- Table 1. Greater prairie chicken hunting seasons in Kan-tablished, and market hunting stopped. Sea- son limits of 20 birds and shooting hours of sas, 1957-96. one-half hour before sunrise to sunset were Season Daily Number of first established in 1921. In addition, only 11 hunting days were allowed from 1921 length bag Possession counties through 1926. The Kansas Forestry, Fish and Year (Days) limit limit open Game Commission was established in 1926, further increasing the ability of the state to 1957 2 2 4 19 impose and enforce game laws. The commis- 1958 2 2 4 19 sian imposed a statewide closed season on 1959 3 2 4 27 prairie chickens in 1927 in hopes of protect- 1960 3 2 4 28 ing lesser prairie chickens in the southwestern 1961 3 2 4 28 portion of Kansas (Wood 1964). 1962 5 2 4 29 1963 3 2 4 29 During the early 1930s, populations of prairie 1964 5 2 4 29 chickens fluctuated greatly due to drought 1965 3 2 4 29 conditions (Schwilling 1955, Baker 1953). 1966 9 2 4 29 From 1931 through 1935, the season was 1967 9 2 6 29 only 2 days long. The severe drought during 1968 7 2 6 29 the late 1930s may have reduced the hatch- 1969 11 2 6 51 ing rate of prairie chickens (Stempel and Rod- 1970 4 2 4 51 gers 1961 ). Prairie chicken hunting seasons 1971 4 2 6 51 in Kansas were closed from 1936 through 1972 18 2 6 51 1940 during the height of the drought (Wood 1973 30 2 6 51 1964). It is likely that changes in agriculture 1974 28 2 6 59 and overgrazing that accompanied the 1975 9 2 4 statewide drought all but eliminated prairie chickens 1976 30 2 6 statewide from northwest Kansas and drastically re- 1977 37 2 6 41 duced populations elsewhere (Baker 1953). 1978 44 2 6 51 1979 59 2 6 statewide From 1941-43, short hunting seasons were 1980 61 2 6 statewide opened in certain areas of the state. Six south- 1981 101 2 6 statewide east counties (Woodson, Allen, Anderson, 1982 88 2 6 statewide Linn, Bourbon, and Crawford) were open to 1983 89 2 6 statewide hunting in 1941. Greenwood, Franklin, and 1984 90 2 6 statewide Wilson were added in 1942 and 1943, while 1985 91 2 6 statewide Linn County remained closed (Wood 1964). 1986 92 2 6 104 1987 86 2 6 104 The season was closed again in 1944 and 1988 88 2 6 104 remained closed through 1950. Hunters were 1989 23,891 2 6 statewide allowed to take 2 birds during 1-day seasons 1990 30,90 2 6 statewide (25 October) in 1951 and 1952. The only . 1991 23,91 2 6 statewide areas open to hunting in the state were coun- 1992 31,86 2 6 66,statewide 1 ties in or near the Flint Hills (Wood 1964). 1993 31,87 2 6 66,statewide 1994 31,88 2 6 66,statewide The season was again closed from 1953 until 1995 31,89 2 6 66,statewide 1956. In 1956, an attempt to reopen the prai- 1996 31,90 2 6 66,statewide rie chicken season failed due to fears that hunting coupled with drought conditions, 1 Starting in 1989, and in subsequent years, there has been an would be detrimental to the birds. A season "early" walk-up hunting season in addition to the "regular'' fall sea- was established in 1957 and every year since son. The first numeral reflects the length and open area of the (Table 1) (Wood 1964). early season, and the second numeral is for the regular season. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 115 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 116 Other Greater Prairie Chicken Range Figure 1. Distribution and survey regions for greater prairie chickens in Kansas. The shaded coun- ties represent lesser prairie chicken range. European agricultural influence was a early positive factor in the expansion of the prairie chicken in Kansas. Only after man amplified agricultural operations did the prairie chicken suffer. Intensified land use and changes in the prairie plant composition during the late 1800s started the downward trend. Though populations fluctuated widely during the first half of the 20th century, the numbers of the 1800s were never repeated. The drought years of the 1930s and 1950s drastically re- duced the numbers and range of Kansas prairie chickens. Since that time, Kansas prai- rie chickens have again gradually increased their range and populations with consider- able fluctuation. Greater prairie chickens are presently found throughout eastern and northern Kansas (Fig. 1 ). Most of southwestern and south- central Kansas is considered to be lesser prairie chicken range. It is possible that both greater and lesser prairie chickens occur in some areas of south-central Kansas, particularly Stafford and Barton Counties, as well as oth- er areas in western Kansas south of Interstate 70 and west of U.S. Highway 281. Censusing and Surveys BOOMING GROUNDS Booming ground or lek surveys are conduct- ed annually in spring from 20 March to 20 April along 28, 1 0-mile (16.1 km) routes es- tablished in typical greater prairie chicken habitat. Eleven booming ground survey routes have been conducted since 1963 (Horak 1985) with 17 additional routes add- ed in subsequent years. The listening component of the survey begins 40 minutes before sunrise. The observer stops at 1-mile (1.6 km) intervals along the route and listens for booming males for 3 minutes within a 1-mile (1.6 km) radius of the stop. Booming ground locations are marked on a route map. At the end of the listening component, the observer retraces the route, locates each booming ground and flushes birds for a total count (males plus females). For the purposes of this survey we define a booming ground as an area where 2 or more male prairie chickens are displaying. Only booming grounds located within the defined 12.9 mF (32.2 km2 ) area covered by Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station a route are considered in analyses. Indices are cal- culated for both booming grounds and prairie chick- ens/mF (2.59 km2 ). Data are pooled by regions (Fig. 1) and only prairie chicken densities will be discussed here. We have 34 years of booming ground survey data from the 4 regions (Fig. 1) and range-wide. All survey regions show peak greater prairie chicken numbers in the late 1960s and early 1980s with declines occurring thereafter (Fig. 2). Lowest densities occurred in the period 1990, 1994, and 1996, with a slight recovery in 1997. RURAL MAIL CARRIER SURVEY (RMCS) A Rural Mail Carrier Survey is conducted 4 times per year during the last full calendar week of july (1962- present), january (1963-present), April (1963- present), and during mid-October (1966-present). Standard prepaid post cards are distributed to the postmasters of all Kansas post offices having rural 16,------------------------------------. 14 ..!!! 12 E !.!:! 10 ltl :I C" ~ 8 1/) "C ffi 6 Western Cropland 2 1~-L--------19~7-o-------t~mw--------1~~--------2~~ Year 14·r---------~------~----------------~ 12 ..!!! 10 ·e CD :a 8 :I C" ~ 6 1/) "C ... 4 iii 2 Eastern Cropland 0~.~------~------~~------~------~ 1960 1970 tmw 1~ Year Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 2. Greater prairie chicken booming ground survey trends in Kansas, 1963-1996.Index =birds/ square mile (2.59 km2 ) and includes prairie chickens of both sexes. 14r------------------------------------. 12 ..!!! ·e 10 CD ... ltl :I C" 8 ~ 6 1/) "C ... iii 2 Blackjack 0~. ------~~------~------~------~ 1960 1970 tmw 1~ 2~ Year 16.------------------------------------. 14 E 12· CD ... ltl g. 10 1/) -1/) "C 8· ... iii 6· Flint Hills 1~r--------19~7-o-------1~mw--------1~~--------~2~ Year 16i;------------------------------------. 14 ..!!! ·e 12 ~ ltl g. 10· 1/) -~ 8 ... iii 6· Rangewide 1~t--------19~7-o-------1mw~-------1~~--------2~~ Year 117 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 3. Rural Mail Carrier Survey trends for greater prairie chickens in Kansas by region (Blackjack, Eastern Cropland, Flint Hills, and Western Cropland) and across the entire range, 1963-1994. Index= birds/100 miles (161 km) and includes prairie chickens of both sexes. 2.0,-----------------------------------------, Ill ~ .E 1.5 0 01.0 ,.... ...... Ill "C ... iii .5 0.0 1960 20~----------------------------------, Ill ~ .E 0 := 10 ...... Ill "C ... iii 1960 118 1970 1980 ..6. = Western Cropland e = Flint Hills 1990 2000 Ill ~ .E 0 0 ,.... ...... Ill "C ... ID routes. Carriers are asked to record the num- ber of miles driven during the survey week and the numbers of animals seen by species. An index of prairie chickens/1 00 miles (161 km) is calculated from these data. Data are pooled by regions (Fig. 1) and indices are means of each annual cycle of 4 surveys. We have 34 years of RMCS data, but this paper only includes data through 1994. The trends shown in the RMCS data are simi- lar to booming ground surveys except that there is more fluctuation in the numbers of birds/route (Fig. 3). Also evident from these data are increases in numbers in 1994 in all regions except the Flint Hills. 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0- .5· 0.0 .... •' . .. .. ... ... 1980 Year Rangewide 1990 ..6. = Blackjack e = Eastern Cropland 200C 1960 1970 1990 2000 Harvest and Hunting Pressure Each year prior to the upland gamebird hunt- ing seasons, 5% of the previous year's general hunting license purchasers are contacted by mail and asked to maintain a record of their hunting activity on a survey card. At the close of the upland bird hunting seasons, each per- son in the sample is mailed a questionnaire which they are asked to fill out detailing their hunting activity for that year and return the card to the Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP). Each non-respondent is sent a second mailing with the same question- naire card. Generally about 4% of those con· Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look tacted return usable data which equates to -2% of the current year's license buyers. One Table 2. Estimates of greater prairie reason for a low response rate is that a gener- chicken harvests during Kansas hunting al license is required in order to purchase big seasons, 1957-96. game permits; some purchasers of a license may have only hunted big game species. lndi- Early Regular ces calculated include percent of respondents Year season season Total hunting a species, average bag/day, days hunted/season, and total season bag/hunter. 1957 24,000 These data are expanded using known total 1958 75,000 hunting license sales to estimate total hunters 1959 91,000 and total statewide harvest of each species 1960 43,000 (Landwehr 1982). Harvest estimates for great- 1961 38,000 er prairie chickens are available for a 39-year period, 1957-1996 (Table 2). 1962 37,000 1963 38,000 Overall, estimated harvests have remained 1964 39,000 stable based on linear regression (Fig. 4). 1965 42,000 However, because the estimated harvest for 1966 67,000 any given year will be auto-correlated with 1967 42,000 the previous year's estimates, time-series anal- 1968 45,000 yses are necessary to accurately model trends 1969 46,000 (Ostrom 1978). Since time-series analyses will 1970 19,000 be presented in a future paper, we present 1971 32,000 these data to show generalized trends. 1972 36,000 1973 13,000 1974 18,000 Species Needs 1975 16,000 1976 26,000 Continued changes in land use have influ- 1977 39,000 enced both the distribution and abundance of prairie chickens in Kansas. The extent of 1978 51,000 these changes on population density and 1979 88,000 distribution are unknown. 1980 51,000 1981 80,000 KDWP is conducting research , under con- 1982 109,000 tract with Kansas State University, to address 1983 59,000 effects of observer variability on booming 1984 41,000 ground counts. In addition, an effort is being 1985 54,000 made to assess effects of route-specific land 1986 64,000 use change on booming ground survey re- 1987 47,000 suits. Models will be developed to correct 1988 52,000 future surveys for such variables as starting 1989 6,000 47,000 53,000 time and duration of count. 1990 13,000 42,000 55,000 1991 15,000 44,000 59,000 1992 4,000 26,000 30,000 Management Needs 1993 10,000 42,000 52,000 A shift from season-long (May-October) steer 1994 11,000 18,000 29,000 operations to early intensive (Launchbaugh 1995 4,000 19,000 23,000 et al. 1983) grazing systems in recent years 1996 5,000 11,000 16,000 has had an unquantified impact on prairie Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 119 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 4. Linear regression (r 2= 0.0001, P= 0.973) trends of greater prairie chicken harvest estimates in Kansas, 1957-1996. 120 1200001...-------------------- 0+-------------~------------------~ 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Year chicken populations. Early intensive grazing involves stocking of steers at -2 times the normal rate of 3.4 acres/steer (1.4 ha/steer) in early May. Cattle are then removed in mid- july, instead of early October, and shipped to feedlots for finishing. There has also been an increase in annual burning of entire pastures instead of less thor- ough burning as in the past. Since burning is conducted in March and April, this means that any residual vegetation produced after mid-july under the early intensive system is burned before prairie chicken nesting or dur- ing egg laying. Nesting cover, particularly residual vegetation, is essential for prairie chicken nesting habitat (Westemeier 1972, Buhnerkempe et al. 1984). Several general guidelines have been pre- pared for enhancing greater prairie chicken populations in Kansas (Applegate and Horak 1998). These are: 1. Maintain a grassland/cropland intersper- sion of 75:25 on the landscape. 2. Maintain large and moderately grazed pastures to provide a diversity of grassland types. 3. Controlled burning every 3 or 4 years to maintain pastures to improve cattle forage, retard woody vegetation encroachment, remove excess residual vegetation, and maintain plant vigor. 4. Booming grounds (-1 0% of the pasture area) should be overgrazed to provide vegetation -2 in. (Scm) in height. 5. Nesting habitat (15% of pasture area) should be maintained by light grazing at a height of -15 in. (-38 em). 6. Brood habitat and winter loafing and roosting habitat (75% of pasture area) should be maintained in medium to tall vegetation. 7. Grain fields (minimum of 15 acres [6 ha]) planted to soybeans, sorghum, winter wheat or corn will furnish winter food and fields for hunters to harvest prairie chickens. Public Needs KDWP is providing 2 prairie chicken viewing blinds in the Flint Hills. Blind space is reserved on a first-come, first-served basis. A report card is supplied to each group using the blinds to collect information of visitation rate and data on activities and number of prairie chickens present on the grounds. The primary purpose of these data is to document visitor use of the blinds and possible effects of public use on the birds. Blinds are located on private lands. Acknowledgments This paper is a contribution of Kansas Federal Aid to Wildlife Restoration Project W-39-R and its predecessors. Numerous KDWP personnel have contributed to prairie chicken research and management over the years. We especially thank former project leaders j. Norman, K. Sexson, R. Wells, K. Church, and current project assistant R. Rodgers, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station R. Westemeier, W.O. Svedarsky, and W. Jens- en provided helpful suggestions on the manu- script. A. Schleicher typed and edited portions of the manuscript. Literature Cited Applegate, R.D., and G.J. Horak. 1998. Great- er prairie chicken management. Kansas School Naturalist 45:1-15. Baker, M.F. 1953. Prairie chickens of Kansas. University of Kansas, Museum of Natural His- tory and Biological Survey Miscellaneous Pub- lication 5. Buhnerkempe, J.E., W.R. Edwards, D.R. Vance, and R.L. Westemeier. 1984. Effects of residual vegetation on prairie chicken nest placement and success. Wildlife Society Bulletin 12:392- 386. Bunker, C. D. 1913. The birds of Kansas. Kan- sas University Science Bulletin 7:137-158. Clapp, A. 1922. Sixth biennial report of the Fish and Came Warden. State Printing Office, Topeka, Kansas, USA. Cooke, W.W. 1900. Birds of Colorado, a sec- ond appendix to Bulletin 37. Bulletin of the State Agricultural Experiment Station 56, Tech- nical Series 5:179-235. Coues, E. 1895. The expeditions of Zebulon Montgomery Pike. Vol. 2. Harper, York, New York, USA. Goss, N.S. 1891. History of the birds of Kan- sas. Crane, Topeka, Kansas, USA. -f-. . The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Horak, G.J. 1985. Kansas prairie chickens. Kan- sas Fish and Game Commission Technical Bulletin 3. Koch, T. 1863. Beobachtungen uber das cupi- dohuhn, Tetrao cupido. Archiv fur Naturge- schichte 2:159-163. Landwehr, T.J. 1982. A comparison of trapping harvest estimates determined from trapper report cards and mail surveys, 1976-79. Minne- sota Wildlife Research Quarterly 42:25-47. Launchbaugh, J.L., C.E. Owensby, J.R. Brethour, and E.F. Smith. 1983. Intensive-early stocking studies in Kansas. Kansas State Univer- sity Agricultural Experiment Station Progress Report 441. McDermott, J.F. 1940. Tixier's travel on the Osage prairies. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman, Oklahoma, USA. Ostrom, C.W., Jr. 1978. Time series analysis: regression techniques. Sage, Beverly Hills, Cali- fornia, USA. Schwilling, M.D. 1955. Unpublished manu- script. Kansas Fish and Game Commission, Emporia, Kansas, USA. Stempel, M.E., and S. Rodgers, Jr. 1961. Histo- ry of prairie chickens in Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa State Academy of Science 68:314- 322. Westemeier, R.L. 1972. Prescribed burning in grassland management for prairie chickens in Illinois. Proceedings of the Tall Timbers Fire Ecology Conference 12:317-338. Wood, R.D. 1964. Chronology of Kansas hunt- ing and trapping laws and regulations. Unpub- lished report. Kansas Fish and Game Commis- sion, Pratt, Kansas, USA. -f-. . ~~- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 121 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 122 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of the Greater Prairie Chicken in Iowa Mel Moe, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Mount Ayr Historical Review At the time of European settlement in the mid- nineteenth century and until about 1900, greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) commonly nested throughout the state of Iowa. Numbers peaked about 1880 when most of Iowa was a mosaic of small grainfields, hayfields, pasture, and native prai- rie which provided ideal habitat conditions (Ehresman 1996). Prairie chickens were the most abundant gamebird on the Iowa prairies and hunting and trapping them was very important to set- tlers, both for food and market. Bags of 25 to 50 a day were common, and some hunters took up to 200 a day. By 1878, Iowa lawmak- ers were apparently concerned that prairie chickens were being over-harvested and passed a law limiting the daily bag to 25 birds per person. This is believed to be the first time that bag limits were used as a tool to regulate the harvest of game in the United States. Ad- ditional restrictions followed, and the last open season for prairie chickens in Iowa was held in 1915 (Stempel and Rodgers 1961 ). As agricultural land use intensified, popula- tions of prairie chickens started to decline. By the 1930s, most prairie chickens found in the northwestern part of the state were migrant winter flocks, with only a few nesting along the northern, northeastern, and southern bor- ders of the state. By the 1950s, the only Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 known nesting prairie chickens were in Appa- noose, Wayne, and Ringgold Counties in southern Iowa (Fig. 1 ). The last verified nest- ing prior to reintroduction attempts was in Appanoose County in 1952 (Stempel and Rodgers 1961 ). Reintroduction Projects FIRST ATTEMPT In the early 1980s, the Iowa Conservation Commission, now the Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IADNR), made an attempt to restore prairie chickens to west central Iowa. The IADNR negotiated with the Kansas Fish and Game Commission, now Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KSDWP), to trade wild turkeys for 1 00 prairie chickens. The release site was in the loess hills east of Onawa (Site 1, Fig. 2), an area of steep to moderately rolling bluffs and hills bordering the Missouri River valley with large expanses of grassland interspersed with brush and small crop fields. Fifty-three prairie chickens were released in 1980 and 48 in 1982. A few booming grounds were established, and 2 broods were reported, but most sightings were in the more agricultural Missouri River valley instead of the hills where birds were released. Apparently, prairie chickens pre- ferred the more level valley land to the hilly release area, but suitable grasslands were 123 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look lacking in the valley. Only occasional sightings have been reported in this region since 1984, suggesting that this reintroduction effort was probably a failure (Ron Munkel, IADNR, per- sonal communication). Figure I. Iowa counties known to have nesting prairie chickens, I950-53. ~ ; I~ - _1, ""'"-,, ~ l l ~", \_ J I I I r-·rl) ~~ \~/ I I I t \ ~ i·tr: i''"'':'•·:i:: ·•:•·•:·•:•·•: \•::'.::::•::::- LV> ..-/ ) ( Rmggold Wayne Appanoose Figure 2. Iowa prairie chicken release sites. I980-94. 2_ 2 ~ ~ 1\ \ L l 1 1 \& I I I I - {. ~ l r-- 1 I 5&. I J I I ( 3 Aa 4 2&:.. Release site Total released Years of release 1. Loess Hills 101 1980, '82 2. Ringgold Area 263 1987, '88, '89, '92 3. Mount Ayr Unit 39 1992 4. Kellerton 134 1992, '93, '94 5. Orient 113 1993, '94 124 ~~~------~-----------· .. ------ SECOND ATTEMPT In 1987, a second reintroduction program was initiated by the IADNR on the Ringgold Wildlife Area located 2 miles (3.2 km) north of the Missouri border in Ringgold County in south central Iowa (Site 2, Fig. 2). The IADNR considered this site to be the best potential prairie chicken habitat in Iowa. The immediate vicinity was one of the last strongholds of prairie chickens in southern Iowa and north- ern Missouri (Christisen 1985, Stempel and Rodgers 1961 ). The surrounding portions of Ringgold County and adjacent Harrison Coun- ty, Missouri are cattle country, with 60% or more of the land in permanent grass. Chris- tisen (1985) concluded that the demise of prairie chickens in this area was due to poor quality grasslands resulting from heavy utiliza- tion by livestock. Recent years had brought some positive changes in the grasslands of the area, and it was hoped that these changes would once again provide suitable habitat for prairie chickens. One major change was the inten- sive restoration of around 500 acres (200 ha) of prairie on the Ringgold Wildlife Area. Other changes were better pasture manage- ment by some area farmers, and the Conser- vation Reserve Program (CRP) which con- verted thousands of acres of cropland into a diversity of mostly undisturbed grasslands for at least 1 0 years. The birds for this reintroduction were also obtained from Kansas. Birds for the first 3 years of this effort were obtained through a 3-way trade in which IADNR supplied the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MIDNR) with wild turkeys while the MIDNR negotiated with the KSDWP to allow a Mich- igan crew to trap prairie chickens in Kansas for translocation to Iowa. Prairie chickens were captured in the spring with funnel traps set on booming grounds in the Flint Hills region of Kansas. Every few days captured birds were transported to Iowa and released the next morning utilizing a soft re- lease box and artificiallek technique which had been successfully used in Kansas to rein- troduce sharp-tailed grouse (Rodgers 1983). Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station A total of 254 prairie chickens were translo- cated to the Ringgold Wildlife Area from Kan- sas during the years 1987, 1988, and 1989. By the spring of 1988, booming grounds had been established at the original release site and a site 9.4 miles (15 km) south in Missouri. The Missouri site, located on the Dunn Ranch, is a cattle ranch operated by Forrest and Mau- ry Meadows of Bethany, Missouri. In addition to several hundred acres of cool-season pas- ture, the ranch includes about 1235 acres (500 ha) of well-managed native prairie pas- ture. The entire ranch has a very open land- scape. Before the disappearance of prairie chickens from this location in the 1960s, the ranch had a major booming ground. The booming ground established in 1988 was on the same site as the historic lek, and visible leg bands verified that birds were from the Iowa releases (Maury Meadows, personal communication). No prairie chickens were released in 1990 or 1991. This was a period of poor reproductive conditions for gallinaceous birds in the area, but brood sightings were made each year. By 1991, prairie chickens appeared to be firmly established on the Dunn Ranch, but only 1 booming ground of 6 males could be located in Iowa that year. The success of the reintro- duction of prairie chickens on the Dunn Ranch has been the bright spot of the project thus far. Based on this success, the IADNR continued the program with more Kansas birds. An agreement with KSDWP allowed IADNR crews to trap and translocate 100 prairie chickens per year. Instead of releasing all of the birds at 1 site, it was decided to re- lease significant numbers on large grassland tracts in the region and smaller numbers at the original Ringgold Wildlife Area. Birds were translocated to 2 new sites in 1992; the Mount Ayr site located 17.5 miles (28 km) northwest and the Kellerton site, 15 miles (24 km) northeast of the Ringgold Wild- life Area. In 1993, the Mount Ayr site was dropped, and the Orient site, located 56 miles (90 km) northwest of the Ringgold Wildlife Area was added. All of the sites contained high quality grasslands and open landscapes. Land use at all 3 sites was mostly a mixture of pasture, hay, and CRP. A total of 295 prairie Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look chickens were released in a 3-year period using gentle releases onto artificial or actual leks. Since 1987, a total of 549 prairie chick- ens were released at 4 sites in southern Iowa (Fig. 2). MOVEMENTS FOLLOWING RELEASE All of the translocated prairie chickens were banded and 14 birds were equipped with radio collars to obtain movement information (Fig. 3). Noteworthy is the apparent ability of prairie chickens to find distant booming grounds. Birds from all release sites visited the vicinity of the Kellerton release site. This in- Figure 3. Last known radio locations or band returns of prairie chickens that were more than 6.25 miles (10 km)from their original release site. Adair ~4 Adams Taylor Iowa Ringgol Missouri Release Sites: 1- Ringgold WMA 2- Kellerton 3- Mt. Ayr 4- Orient Madison 5 5- Dunn Ranch (not a release site) Clarke Decatur 20 KM (approx.) 125 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look eluded 1 radioed bird released at Orient that traveled at least 50 miles (80 km) to reach the Kellerton site. MISSOURI REINTRODUCTIONS The Missouri Department of Conservation (MDC) has been involved in a prairie chicken reintroduction effort in north central Missouri since 1993. They have released birds at 8 sites located 37.5-62.5 miles (60-1 00 km) southeast of the Ringgold Wildlife Area, and 6.3-25 miles (1 0-40 km) south of the Iowa border (Larry Mechlin, MDC, personal com- munication). Prairie chickens were sight- ed immediately south of the Iowa border in the spring of 1998 and it is probable that adja- cent areas in Iowa have prairie chickens as a direct result of Missouri's stocking efforts. Figure 4. Known prairie chicken locations, summer 1997-spring 1988, in relation to release sites. Adair Madison • 0* Adams Union Taylor Ringgold o o*o • to *0 * eo • - Release Site * - Booming ground, 1998 Clark Decatur ot * * 20 KM (approx.) o - Broods or fall/ winter observations, 1997 126 Results of Reintroductions CENSUSING Attempts are made to locate leks and count booming males each spring by IADNR per- sonnel and volunteers. Because of the large area of potential habitat and the limited manpower available for censusing, the num- ber of booming males observed is considered minimal. It is highly probable that a number of booming grounds have not been located. MDC personnel make similar counts on and around the Dunn Ranch, where the birds are part of the same regional population. Iowa- In the spring of 1995, 1 year fol- lowing the last Iowa release, 40 male prai- rie chickens were observed on 7 booming grounds. Nesting conditions were only fair that spring, and in 1996 the numbers dropped to 26 males on 6 booming grounds. Regionally, in 1996, upland bird nesting conditions were the poorest in recent memory. Consequently, 1997 counts reflected these conditions with only 17 males recorded on 4 booming grounds. Upland bird nesting conditions improved in 1997 and 42 males were observed on 8 booming grounds in the spring of 1998. Missouri-Trends were similar at the Dunn Ranch in Missouri. Counts dropped from 35 males in 1995, to 22 in 1996 and 23 in 1997, but rebounded to 46 in 1998 (Bill Lenhart, MDC, personal communication). Sightings and known booming grounds for the winter of 1997-98 and the spring of 1998 are presented in Figure 4. Iowa sites are indi- cated as well as those in Missouri believed to be associated with the Iowa releases. Discussion The prairie chicken reintroduction efforts initi- ated in Iowa in 1987 and in Missouri in 1993 have resulted in a small, but somewhat stable population of prairie chickens across a wide area of southern Iowa and northern Missouri. Large amounts of habitat in this area still lack Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station prairie chickens and additional stocking would help fill in the gaps and augment existing local populations. Proposed stockings in Iowa in- clude releasing additional hens onto all known booming grounds, and establishing new release sites in suitable habitat. Pasture and hay are still primary land uses in this region and, coupled with a recent high CRP sign-up, should assure adequate grass- land habitat for the next 1 0 years. A positive aspect of the recent CRP guidelines was the emphasis on establishing cover beneficial to wildlife instead of grass monocultures. The Wildlife Habitat Incentives Program (WHIP) of the USDA also targets improvement of prairie chicken habitat in south central Iowa and should benefit prairie chicken populations. Intensive management of large blocks of grassland by public agencies will help ensure adequate habitat into the future. To help pro- vide this habitat for prairie chickens and other grassland birds, Iowa has initiated the Keller- ton Bird Conservation Area (KBCA). This is a proposed 10,300 acres (4,170 ha) area that presently consists of 70% grassland, 25% cropland, and 5% woodland, and had at least 3 booming grounds in 1998. The KBCA pro- posal calls for public acquisition of at least 2,050 acres (830 ha) of the area and working with landowners to improve habitat on at least 2,470 acres (1,000 ha) utilizing the CRP and WHIP program lands. This program has been given a high priority through the Part- ners in Flight-Midwest Steering Committee, and funding for initial acquisition has been provided by the IADNR, the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation, and numerous pri- vate donations including funds from Pheas- ants Forever and the Iowa Audubon Society. Lands acquired will be managed by the IAD- NR. The IADNR has recently acquired more property on the Ringgold Wildlife Area, bring- ing the total size to 1,853 acres (750 ha) of which 741 acres (300 ha) is managed as grasslands with open landscapes. Though no booming grounds have been located on this area in recent years, broods have been sight- ed nearly every summer. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look The MDC and The Nature Conservancy have each acquired several hundred acres of grass- land between the Ringgold Wildlife Area and the Dunn Ranch, and this land will be man- aged for grassland species (Bill Lenhart, MDC, personal communication). The aggressively managed public tracts sur- rounded by large areas of less intensively managed private grasslands should assure prairie chicken habitat into the future. Acknowledgments The Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project FW-43-D and the IADNR provided funding for this project. The cooperative effort of the MIDNR and the KSDWP, as well as numerous farmers and ranchers in Iowa and Kansas made this project possible. A special thanks to participating personnel of the IADNR and KSDWP, especially the technicians, whose hard work over 1 0 years got the job done. Thanks also, to the Adair County Conserva- tion Board and numerous volunteers. Literature Cited Christisen, D. M. 1985. The greater prairie chicken and Missouri's land-use patterns. Missouri Department of Conservation Terres- trial Series 15. Ehresman, B. L. 1996. Greater prairie chicken. Pages 130 -131 in L. S. jackson, C.A. Thomp- son, and j. A. Dinsmore, editors. The Iowa Breeding Bird Atlas. University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, Iowa, USA. Rodgers, R. 1983. Evaluation of the re-estab- lishment potential of sharp-tailed grouse in western Kansas. Kansas Fish and Game Com- mission Federal Aid Project W-23-R-20, Study No. 18, Job Q-1. Stempel, M. E., and S. Rodgers, Jr. 1961. His- tory of prairie chickens in Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science 68:314-322. 127 The Greater Prairie Ch~ken. ;·r-~~-A~N~a~tio:n:a~IL=o~ok ______ _ 128 ·ment Station ta Agricultural Expen Minneso _ The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of Greater Prairie Chickens in Missouri 1 Larry M. Mechlin, Missouri Department of Conservation, Columbia Richard W. Cannon, Missouri Department of Conservation, Columbia Donald M. Christisen, Missouri Department of Conservation, Columbia Historical Review Before the 20th century, prairie chickens probably occurred in every county of Miss- ouri with native prairie. Schroeder's (1981) analysis of land-survey records indicated 26.7% (18,474 square miles (48,032 km2]) of the state was originally native prairie (Fig. 1 ). Others believed approximately 40% was prai- rie (Bennitt 1939, Christisen 1973). Differenc- es in these estimates were reconciled by in- cluding small, scattered prairies. Surveyors did not include "barrens," the grassy Ozark tracts, as prairies. "Glades," very small, usually steep Ozark hillside forest openings, were excluded as were some prairies with trees in draws, scattered small groves, and thickets (Schroed- er 1981 ). Apparently, periodic wildfires kept Missouri's native prairies from being lost to tree and shrub invaders (Christisen 1967). Prairie chickens probably occurred wherever prairie existed in contiguous tracts of a few 1 A draft of this paper was originally developed by Richard W. Cannon and Donald M. Christisen in March of 1985. That draft is archived with Donald Christisen's papers in the West- em Historical Manuscript Collection, 23 Ellis Library, Univer- sity of MO., Columbia. Larry Mechlin updated that draft to reflect current research findings and change over the past 13 years in the population status and management strategies for prairie chickens. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 thousand acres, intermingled with less than 10% woodland. Prairie chickens not only occupied the great prairies of northern and western Missouri, but also the smaller grass- lands of the Ozarks, according to historians. Prairie chickens were reported in Gasconade, Iron, Perry, and St. Francois counties in the eastern Ozarks and in the central Ozark coun- ties of Howell, Reynolds, Ripley and Shannon (Leopold 1931 ). Early records indicated 14 of 24 Ozark counties had prairie chickens (Ben- nitt and Nagel 193 7). Prairie chickens have been observed in Camden, Miller and Taney counties, at one time or another, from 1975 to 1985 and in Maries County earlier. It is of interest that Schroeder ( 1981) stated "prairies occupied 38 square miles (99 km 2) or 61% of St. Louis City and 86 square miles (224 km 2) or 17% of St. Louis County" before settlement. Undoubtedly, this metropolitan area on the banks of the Mississippi River was once occupied by prairie chickens along with its mammalian associate, the bison. Only remnants of the presettlement prairie remained when the first formal survey of the prairie chicken range was completed (Bennitt and Nagel 193 7). The authors considered all of north Missouri, the Western Prairie, and 129 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 130 Figure 1. Pre settlement prairie in Missouri. the Ozark Border as range, roughly 40,21 5 square miles (1 04,559 km2), recognizing that only 27,031 square miles (70,281 km2) were occupied. Bennitt (1939) expressed "little doubt that present agricultural trends in Mis- souri are increasing and improving the prairie chicken range and are likely to continue to do so." He also believed most of the loss of range occurred before 1900. A more exhaustive field survey in the early 1940s resulted in a prairie chicken range map of the state on a county basis (Fig. 2 , Schwartz 1945). This map was based largely on soil types, vegetation, and topography, and was refined by field interviews in counties where birds were reported. Time did not per- mit delineation of prairie chicken range by field surveys in a few instances, but observa- • Prairie tions of birds were plotted on range maps. This survey represented the most accurate delineation of prairie chicken range for the state until 1983 (Cannon and Christisen 1984b). Figure 3 includes the most recent range update utilizing information from the 1993 range wide survey and annual surveys through 1997. Schwartz's (1945) 2,500 square mile (6,500 km2) range accounted for only 13.5% of the most conservative esti- mate of what once was prairie chicken range, the presettlement prairie. Approximately 88% of the occupied prairie chicken range comprised 8 soil types; 18,759 square miles (48,773 km2) of these soils were unoccupied by prairie chickens, but were considered potential range (Table 1, Schwartz 1 945). Over half the prairie chicken range Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 2. Missouri prairie chicken range in 1940 and associated soil types. segments were in parcels of 2.8 to 18.7 square miles (7.3 to 48.6 km2) and represent- ed a total of 270 square miles {702 km2) of range. Overall, the size of range segments varied from 2.8 to 383.1 square miles (7.3 to 996.1 km2) (Table 2, Schwartz 1945). The Schwartz map was considered the basic range of the prairie chicken in Missouri for nearly 40 years. By the mid-1950s, prairie chickens had disappeared from most of the range north of the Missouri River (Christisen 1969). It was estimated that only 900 square miles (2,340 km2) of range remained in south Missouri, in addition to approximately 200 square miles (520 km2) in north Missouri. A lek survey of south Missouri in 1983 indicat- ed a breeding range of 632 square miles Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 (1,643 km2), comprising 64 segments (Can- non and Christisen 1984b). Size of breeding range segments varied from 3 to 77 square miles (200 km2). The 1998 5-year range up- date should provide us with new estimates, but probably no more than 400-500 square miles (1 ,080 to 1300 km2) of range are cur- rently occupied by resident birds. Early historians cite many stories of settlers proclaiming the great abundance of prairie chickens, along with accounts of market hunt- ers taking thousands of birds (Britton 1929, McKinley 1960). Bennitt {1939) speculated that a population of one million would have meant an average density of only 36 birds per square mile (2.6 km2). Based on the most con- servative estimates of prairie habitat and bird density (5 to 1 0 birds per square mile [2.6 131 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 132 Figure 3. Missouri prairie chicken range in 1997. iMr,OONAU;- .i L ..... km2]), the spring breeding population of prai- rie chickens was 92,370 to 184,740 birds in a land of few people. Kirsch (1974) writes of a prairie chicken management goal of 1 00 cocks per square mile (2.6 km2), implying a realistic expectation. When optimum habitat for this bird existed in Missouri, this standard of density may have occurred naturally. Ap- parently, hundreds of thousands, perhaps even millions of prairie grouse were in Mis- souri. The peak population likely occurred at the time when 25 to 30% of the prairie was in till crops- possibly in the 1860s, certainly not much later. Prairie chickens were consid- ered abundant until the Civil War, but after- wards gradually disappeared from most of western Missouri (Britton 1929). The State Game and Fish Warden's Annual ... Booming grounds from reintroductions Report of 1907 showed an estimate of 12,500 birds based on a 3-county survey sample by Chief Warden, J.H. Rodes. During the 1929- 30 winter, Leopold (1931) estimated 8,647 birds in 33 counties with a density of 8.1 birds per square mile (2.6 km2). Another estimate of 10,000 birds was released by the State Game and Fish Warden in 1932. Bennitt and Nagel (1937) estimated 5,110 birds in the resident fall population of 1934 and a breeding popu- lation of about half that number. The popula- tion was estimated by Bennitt (1939) at 6,630 birds in the spring of 1938 and 13,000 in the spring of 1940 (Bennitt 1940). The Schwartz (1945) field study, utilizing farmer interviews and a lek census sampling of the range in 1941-44, set the number of prairie chickens at well above 13,000. Christisen (1970) esti- mated a population of 7,000 prairie chickens Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 1. Missouri prairie chicken range according to soil types, 1942. 1 Soil type Putnam silt loam Grundy-like Shelby loam Summit silt loam Oswego silt loam Cherokee silt loam Lebanon silt loam Wabash & Grundy silt loam Total 1 Adapted from Schwartz (1945). Square miles in Missouri 3,258 504 4,608 1,744 3,362 1,555 1,905 4,025 20,961 * Occupied by prairie chickens Square % miles 12 396.0 39 195.3 13 617.8 7 129.8 8 276.5 30 467.9 2 38.1 2 80.5 10.5 2,201.9 Prairie chickens per square mile 3.2 3.9 6.6 4.9 6.4 3.4 2.6 6.8 5.4 Square miles unoccupied 2,862.0 308.7 3,990.2 1,614.2 3,085.5 1,087.1 1,866.9 3,944.5 18,759.1 *Miscellaneous portions of other soils comprise balance of 2,500 square miles of range. for south Missouri in 1965 with another 500 in north Missouri. Schwartz (1945) estimated the prairie chicken population of Missouri's 2,500 square miles (6,500 km2 ) of remaining range to be 13,992 (adjusted) in 1942, 12,413 in 1943 and 9,250 in 1944. To afford a comparison with most recent estimates, sex ratios listed by Schwartz were used to reduce his population to cocks; 8,135 in 1942; 8,008 in 1943; and 6,801 in 1944. The estimated population of cocks in 1982 for 900 square miles (2,340 km 2 ) of range was 5,657, and a few cocks (<1 00) in north Missouri (Christisen 1982). It appears that despite a loss of about 56% (1,400 square miles [3.640 km2]) of range, the num- ber of cocks declined no more than 30%. Today (1998), the population of resident birds is estimated at 1,000 birds. Nearly the entire population resides in southwest Missouri and is represented by routes run in that region. Survey results indicate that population has been in decline for the last 28 years (Fig. 4). In the early 1940s, the largest and most densely populated prairie chicken ranges Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 Table 2. Size classes of Missouri prairie chicken range. 1 Range size in square miles 2.8-18.7 22.5-55.5 72.7-84.4 173.0-383.1 Number of ranges 26 16 5 4 Percent of total range 50.9 31.3 9.6 7.8 1 Adapted from Schwartz (1945). Square miles occupied 270.1 595.0 390.4 946.4 were in north Missouri in an area that extend- ed from the Iowa line south through Putnum, Sullivan and into Linn counties (Schwartz 1945). This population went from an already declining population of 3,100 birds in 1941 to near zero by the mid-1950s. A combination of 133 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 4. Missouri prairie chicken trends south of the Missouri River. 134 2.4 2.2 2 10 1.8 .s:. 0 1.6 0 ::s "' 1.4 Gl t 1.2 (ll 1'- o:t C\1 ..... "' 0.8 , .... i:D 0.6 0.4 0.2 1945 1950 1960 factors made the decline in north Missouri so dramatic. Habitat destruction certainly played a role with the intensification of agriculture following World War II. Attempts were made to reintroduce populations in Macon (1965, 1966 ), Chariton ( 19 71, 19 73) and Harrison (1973) counties, but they were not successful. These releases involved small numbers of birds and were conducted without the benefit of telemetry for evaluation. In recent years, grassland habitat has improv- ed greatly in the north Missouri historic prairie chicken range including Sullivan, Putnam, Harrison, and Mercer counties. Many cultivat- ed fields from the 1980s have been returned to pastures and haylands, alongside a sub- stantial increase in acreage of rested grass- lands resulting from the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP). Sullivan and Harrison were among the counties with Missouri's highest CRP enrollment. Habitat improvement, avail- ability of 11-gm necklace transmitters (McKee et al. 1997) to aid with evaluation, and recent successes by Iowa with reintroductions that resulted in the reoccupation of a historic booming ground in Harrison County, Missou- ri, provided the support needed to attempt reintroductions again in Missouri. 1970 1980 1990 1997 Year Recent Translocations One hundred birds, trapped in Kansas, were released in Sullivan County in April of 1993 and 1994. Some birds were highly mobile in 1993 with 2 hens nesting 31 and 21 miles (49.7 and 33.6 km) from their release site. In 1994, 2 hens nested approximately 25 miles (40 km) while 4 others nested 15 miles (24 km) from their respective release sites. In the spring of 1995, 4 booming grounds in Sullivan County had 10, 12, 16, and 20 males display- ing on them regularly. Additional releases were made in April of 1996 and 1997 with birds trapped in Nebraska. One hundred birds were released each of these years at several release sites in Mercer, Putnam and Sullivan counties. Reports of flocks of birds are being investigated during the 5-year range-wide survey this spring and we are hopeful more new booming grounds will be located. Census Procedures The lek census sampling of about 18% of the prairie chicken range initiated by Schwartz has been conducted annually since 1945, with some modifications in 1961. The loss of Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station birds from most of north Missouri prompted census discontinuation on some routes, as well as changes in the configuration of other routes for south Missouri. Since 1975, the lek census has been expanded to include public prairies (Toney 1981 ). Only wildlife biologists and managers con- ducted the lek census after 1955, and birds on each lek were sexed after 1961. Tradition- ally, with untrained personnel, the census had been conducted during the third week of April, when most birds on the lek sites were males. Beginning in 1962, the census period was set earlier and expanded from late March to mid-April. The earlier population figures from 1946-62 were converted to cock popu- lations, but estimates beginning in 1962 prob- ably are more reliable (Table 3). For a repre- sentation of long-term population trends in south Missouri, where sexes were not always determined and where annually run survey routes experienced some change in length, all birds seen are included and displayed on a per area basis in Figure 4. Harvest The season on prairie chickens has been closed since 1907 (Bennitt and Nagel1937) and has remained closed to the present. The Species Management Plan for the Greater Prai- rie Chicken (Cannon and Christisen 1984a) included a final objective to determine the feasibility of a limited harvest. Since the state- wide population has continued to decline, this objective was not included in the current spe- cies management plan (Mechlin 1991) and will most likely not be included in the revision of the plan to occur in 1998-99. If regional populations develop to the point where they could support harvest, donor populations of prairie chickens will be considered for translo- cation to unoccupied habitat. Public Needs The prairie chicken enjoys a wide range of support from Missouri's citizens for several reasons. Since the prairie chicken was once Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look an upland game bird in the state, and contin- ues to be hunted in neighboring Kansas and Nebraska, it is of interest to upland bird hunt- ers and bird dog enthusiasts. It is also of inter- est to the public because historically, during the white settlement period, chickens were often noted due to their abundance, their role as a food item, and their interesting spring displays. Their past influence on Native Ameri- can dance attracts further support. Among the more environmentally aware it serves as a symbol of the diminished prairie community within the state. Since 1966, the Missouri Prairie Foundation (MPF) has pro- moted prairie preservation through awareness and land acquisition. The MPF has long used the prairie chicken as a natural symbol of a movement to preserve what little prairie re- mains. The 1990 Crossroads Conference, or- ganized by the MPF, focused further attention to the current perilous status of prairie chick- en and the prairie community overall. They are currently involved in the formation of a coalition of public and private agencies to address habitat problems for all grassland birds using the prairie chicken as a focal point. The prairie chicken is currently rated as endangered in Missouri making it of primary interest to many. The interesting and colorful breeding displays of the prairie chicken create more support for the bird than any other factor among the pub- lic. The problem has been handling the de- mand without jeopardizing the resource. The Missouri Department of Conservation sta- tioned seasonal blinds at a lek site on Taber- ville Prairie (Toney 1981 ), St. Clair County, for use by the public. Without supervision, how- ever, within several years the harassment to the birds was sufficient to cause the booming ground to be vacated. Currently, after some words of caution, interested parties are sent to sites where they can view booming grounds from their vehicles along the road- side. Viewing opportunities exist at Prairie State Park, where staff is on-site, and at a pri- vately run bed and breakfast establishment. The current species management plan (Mech- lin 1991) calls for the development of more viewing opportunities, but this will be contin- 135 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Table 3. Estimated Missouri cock prairie chicken population by year and soil type. %of range Males per Summit Grundy-like Putnam censused mi.2 range (129.8 mi.2) (195.3 mi.2) (396.0 mi.2) South Missouri Oswego Cherokee Shelby State Year (900 mi.2) (276.5 mi.2) (467.9 mi.2) (617.8 mi.2) (2,500 mi.2) 1945 3,748 4.16 1,641 656 912 325 2,078 418 6,941 1946 19.0* 3,338 3.71 1,237 799 1,042 307 668 338 5,860 1947 15.9* 3,186 3.54 1,262 683 907 229 695 415 5,955 1948 7.3* 2,741 3.05 639 998 958 262 770 250 4,770 1949 10.6* 3,222 3.58 891 1,088 1,298 138 429 161 4,974 1950 8.7* 3,158 3.51 755 919 1,638 0 523 216 5,661 1951 10.2* 2,586 2.87 633 928 1 ,211 152 837 127 4,949 1952 11.8* 3,120 3.47 849 779 1,451 87 657 303 5,160 1953 12.1* 2,978 3.31 800 751 1,488 114 305 233 5,374 1954 12.9* 1,891 2.10 375 178 1,607 17 20 186 3,095 1955 21.2 1,778 1.98 401 465 1,123 1956 14.2* 2,311 2.57 543 150 1,890 64 78 3,624 1957 20.2 3,127 3.47 698 178 2,875 1958 13.1* 2,195 2.44 495 430 1,612 0 16 3,412 1959 20.5 3,039 3.38 673 509 2,291 1960 20.5 3,998 4.44 762 180 3,742 1961 19.8 3,754 4.17 686 261 3,444 1962 21.6 4,530 5.03 868 334 3,779 1963 24.5 3,748 4.16 573 419 3,474 1964 24.5 4,457 4.95 776 276 3,995 1965 21.5 3,591 3.99 754 275 2,807 1966 18.8 5,150 5.72 1,777 297 3,006 1967 18.8 5,920 6.58 1,352 216 338 1968 18.8 5,315 5.91 1,376 311 3,685 1969 18.8 4,837 5.37 1,389 239 3,234 1970 18.8 5,310 5.90 1,403 176 3,819 1971 18.8 4,216 4.68 1,266 3,018 1972 18.8 4,173 4.64 1,216 86 2,924 1973 18.8 4,949 5.50 1,335 90 3,620 1974 18.8 3,462 3.85 1,107 108 2,252 1975 18.8 4,099 4.55 1,207 189 2,720 1976 18.8 3,897 4.33 1,312 176 2,380 1977 18.8 4,248 4.72 1,485 122 2,614 1978 18.8 4,635 5.15 1,622 104 2,889 1979 18.8 4,827 5.36 1,749 99 2,942 1980 10.1 6,453 7.17 2,660 2,472 1981 18.3 4,098 4.55 1,058 50 2,492 1982 14.3 5,657 6.29 1,431 3,258 • For the state Lebanon, a south Missouri soil type, included 38.1 mi.2 of prairie chicken range and had the following cock populations - 1945, 25; 1946, 144; 1947, 119. Wabash, a north Missouri soil type, included 80.5 mi.2 of prairie chicken range and had the following cock populations - 1945, 141; 1947, 98; 1949, 152. 136 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station _ .... ~~-- -"'~-- gent upon securing the labor and regulations to protect the integrity of the leks being ob- served. Past disturbance problems have been from overzealous photographers and from viewers moving out of blinds to investigate prairie wildflowers near booming grounds. Species Needs The major limitation for prairie chickens, rec- ognized since 1937, has been one of habitat deficiency, specifically the quantity and quali- ty of permanent grass. Any food deficiencies have been local and short-term. Christisen's (1985) land-use study of former and current prairie chicken range document- ed not only the shortage of permanent grass in relation to grain crops but also the lack of diversity in the kinds of forage crops grown. The survey revealed that an extensive portion of the range in north Missouri (Shelby soils, Table 3) had an ideal ratio of permanent grass to crops, yet supported no breeding popula- tions of prairie chickens. Christisen (1985) reported 60% of the Shelby range in pasture. Apparently, the necessary vegetative structure within grasslands was not present to provide quality nesting and brood rearing cover. This deficiency could be corrected with different management or grass species, but it would be difficult because economics dictate what crops are grown on private land. Better forage crop management is required to allow greater height of grass cover for nesting and roosting. Most of northern Missouri pas- tureland is in cool-season grasses. Those grass- es include orchard grass (Oactylis glomerata), timothy (Phleum pratense), and smooth bro- me (Bromus inermis) that when managed properly, especially in a mixture with a le- gume, can provide excellent nesting, brood- rearing and roosting habitat. Unfortunately, tall fescue (Festuca elatior) is the most com- mon cool-season grass and it seems to en- courage overuse and abuse by managers. This occurs for 2 reasons. Tall fescue is resil- ient to abuse, maintaining itself in stands even though continuously overgrazed and because of endophyte fungus problems that occurs in Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look more mature vegetation of this species. Cur- rently 60% of the Shelby range is in pasture. Kirsch (1974) concluded that annual grazing is undesirable for prairie chickens. However, in the tallgrass prairie region of Missouri, cat- tle grazing at some level is attractive to prairie chickens. "Light to moderately grazed prairie pasture was used more frequently than any other cover type for all activities except feed- ing" was reported by Drobney and Sparrowe (1977) after evaluating 7,160 observations of cocks in the Mora locality of Benton County, Missouri. When looking at 21 species of grass- land birds, Skinner et al. (1984) found grazing to be the most versatile management practice among grazing, fire, haying, and rest. When stocking rates were adjusted, all cover condi- tions could be provided. Another portion of the north Missouri range (Putnam-Mexico soils, Christisen (1985) has insufficient permanent grass cover to support anything better than a marginal population of prairie chickens. Owing to the soil fertility and the price advantage of grain over forage pro- duction, no change in this situation is likely. In addition, this highly productive, non-erosive land is not likely to qualify or be a good choice economically for farmers to enroll in the current CRP. Wheat could be a redeem- ing feature, compensating for the deficiency of permanent grass since it is used for nesting (Skinner 1974, jones 1988). The stubble, with a mix of annual weeds that emerge after the wheat matures, can provide quality brood and roosting cover. Unfortunately, the increase in double cropping of wheat with soybeans has become a common practice here and in southwest Missouri (Oswego-Dennis and Par- sons-Gerald soils) where the bulk of the pop- ulation now resides. Audrain County is the home for the few re- maining chickens existing on Putnam-Mexico soils. Approximately 6,000 acres (2,400 ha) in Audrain County of wheat were double cropped in 1996. Double cropping results in early harvest of the wheat, burning or tilling of the stubble and planting to beans, leaving little for prairie chickens. Single crop wheat fields that are usually tilled in the fall provide no benefits as roosting or escape cover (Skin- ner 1974, Christisen 1981a). 137 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 138 The southwest portion of the prairie chicken range has an adequate amount of permanent grass but lacks diversity because tall fescue, grown to the exclusion of other grasses, is the major forage crop. In the absence of other preferred grasses better suited structurally for nesting and roosting (Christisen and Krohn 1980), fescue can support a density of about 5 prairie chickens per square mile (2.6 km 2 ). A conversion to diverse native warm-season, or non-fescue diverse cool-season pastures and haylands, would greatly improve habitat for prairie chickens in this region. Higher prai- rie chicken population densities are related to diversity of grass species and presence of prairie grass over fescue (Christisen and Krohn 1980). Native prairie is still a dominant and beneficial component of south Missouri prairie chicken habitat because of the great variety of plants and diversity of cover heights it provides (Christisen 1981 b). Management Needs The most important management needs for prairie chicken populations within the state have remained constant through 2 species management plans beginning in 1983, and they undoubtably will be a major focus within the plan to be updated in 1998. The creation of grassland habitat through land acquisition and management, an aggressive private-lands program, and the reintroduction of birds to available habitat in north Missouri are our most important management needs. There is very little margin for error in the pres- ervation of prairie chickens in Missouri. The fragmented, but still extensive, breeding range mapped by Schwartz (1945) simply vanished in north Missouri within 10 years after his survey (Christisen 1981 b). The nearly com- plete extirpation of prairie chickens in north Missouri resulted from a dramatic and unex- pected change in crop and grassland man- agement (Christisen 1985). Today, in south Missouri, a similar disadvantage exists in pre- dicting the future of prairie chickens because cropping and grassland management practic- es are dictated by economics of the market- place. Land Acquisition The strategy for land acquisition has changed. Due both to an intensification of agriculture and to woody encroachment, the grassland landscape no longer exists. The acquisition of small, high quality scattered tracts of grass- land results in isolated pockets of habitat not large enough to be self-sustaining and too disconnected to maintain populations within a region. In 1991, the land acquisition strate- gy became one of creating core areas of grassland of at least 2 square miles (5.2 km 2 ) surrounded by additional scattered tracts of grassland. This strategy is supported by research findings from Burger (1988) and jones (1988) in their comparison of survival, movement, reproduction, and habitat use by prairie chickens inhabiting an isolated large block of native prairie with a population occu- pying a "scatter-pattern" (Hamerstrom et al. 195 7) of habitats. The melding of the 2 popular habitat acqui- sition strategies seemed to provide greater protection to the population. Within the large core, fragmentation and its negative affects should be reduced, birds required to move less to meet needs should experience re- duced exposure to predation, and fewer loss- es due to agricultural machinery. Scattered adjoining tracts could provide areas for expan- sion under good environmental conditions, opportunities for genetic mixing and protec- tion for the population against localized random events such as a major hailstorm. These population centers, made of core areas and associated smaller tracts, were to be cre- ated through acquisition and an aggressive private lands program. Though development of these areas has been painfully slow, indica- tions are that this habitat acquisition will be carried forward. Private Lands Programs The best remaining Missouri populations exist on scattered tracts of privately owned prairie. However, the future of these populations is in doubt as prairie loss persists due to continued row cropping. Approximately 75,000 acres Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station (30,000 ha) of native prairie remains, most of which occurs within the breeding range of the prairie chicken (Christisen 1973). Greater than 80% of the remaining flocks of prairie chickens in Missouri occur in areas with significant native prairie acreage. There- fore the restoration, if not the survival, of prairie chickens within the best portions of the remaining range hinges on the preser- vation and proper management of native prairie tracts. In addition, the establishment of diverse warm-season native or cool-season grasses, other than fescue, adjacent to these native tracts could provide additional habitat and reduce fragmentation. Because 97% of the prairie chicken breeding range is privately owned, there is a need to provide landowner services. A range-wide effort continues with private landowners. However, beginning in 1993, an aggressive 1 0-year program, "Partners for Prairie Wild- life," began which targeted a limited portion of the range. Specific cost share incentives were developed for 2 areas, each 40 square miles (1 04 km2) with a complement of public and private prairie tracts and some of the bet- ter chicken populations statewide. This experimental program addressed the problem that habitat improvement, resulting from range wide programs, are so diluted by wide spacing that they provide little for true grassland species such as prairie chickens. Partners for Prairie Wildlife addresses tree removal to reduce fragmentation and the establishment of permanent and temporary grasslands. It contains programs for fescue conversion and over-seeding of wheat. The greatest change to the approach of this private-lands initiative is that it is proactive. Adjacent lands that through a change in management could provide complementary habitat for prairie chickens are identified. The owners of those lands are then contacted to explore possible cooperative efforts bene- ficial to both parties. For example, the prac- tice of over-seeding lespedeza onto wheat stubble can provide brood-rearing habitat next to existing nesting habitat. Partners for Prairie Wildlife can provide seed and the land- owner can harvest forage or seed in the fall and both parties benefit. Miscellaneous Publication 99 1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Translocation in North Missouri Many CRP contracts from the original sign- ups are coming to a close and grasslands cre- ated by the program are being put back into cultivation. This is especially true in CRP fields less prone to erosion and/or very productive for crops. Many of these are found in the prai- rie chicken range of south central and south- west Missouri. However, in Missouri's most northern counties, such as Harrison and Sulli- van, CRP grasslands within the chicken range are being maintained. These counties were among the highest in the state for acreage put into CRP and, with the recent sign-up, the acreage has remained very high. The addition- al incentives to CRP landowners to manage these grasslands are expected to further in- crease the quality of these previously rested grasslands. Radio telemetry studies of birds relocated to Sullivan, Putnam and Mercer counties in north Missouri recorded nesting in hay fields and CRP grasslands mowed the previous year. Mowed CRP grasslands provid- ed similar vegetative structure to hay fields. Four stable booming grounds have been formed in Sullivan County from spring releas- es that took place between 1993 and 1997 and 1 in Harrison County from releases in southern Iowa in the late 1980s. Additional small grounds have been found and others are expected to exist. Additional releases over the next 5 years are needed to continue to build the population forming across northern Missouri and southern Iowa. Prairie chickens released and monitored have been highly mobile and adept at finding other birds. Birds from supplementary releases are expected to create additional leks and supplement others. Research Needs The prairie chicken restoration and manage- ment program in Missouri will be based on the following research activities: (1) monitor annual population trends and (2) identify and describe habitat elements required to support populations inhabiting altered, contemporary landscapes. 139 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 140 We will continue to monitor populations with annual lek surveys on designated routes and Missouri Department of Conservation Areas and conduct surveys of the entire range every 5 years. The investigation of habitat elements has been part of the research conducted by 3 recent Masters' degree studies and 1 Ph.D. study. Burger (1988) and Jones (1988) investi- gated differences in survival, movement, re- production, and habitat use by prairie chick- ens inhabiting an isolated block of native prairie with a population occupying a scatter pattern of habitats. McKee (1995) investigat- ed vegetative structure and found nest sites with litter cover >25% had a failure rate twice that of nests with <25% litter cover. Nest success declined substantially when woody cover >5% was present at the nests, when forb cover was .:5.5%, or when grass cover was .:5.25%. Winter (1998) investigated how factors on 3 scales (within patch, local scale, and landscape scale) affected density and nesting success of grassland-nesting birds in 13 frag- ments of native tallgrass prairie in southwest- ern Missouri. At this time, further investigation of the rela- tionship among habitat, habitat management techniques, and nest and brood predation are needed. This will require further identifica- tion of the complement of predators respon- sible for predation on nests with the use of photography, etc. and the development of new techniques to monitor brood mortality. Proactive private-lands programs need evalua- tion to provide guidance for future private- lands strategies. These long-term and expen- sive evaluation studies tend to be particularly difficult when dealing with small dwindling populations. Recommendations The remaining breeding range of the prairie chicken in Missouri is 4% of its original size. More than 80% of the remaining prairie chick- en populations are associated with Missouri's remaining 1% of native prairie. The breeding range is fragmented into 50-70 distinct seg- ments, most on privately owned land. If the past 28-year trend continues, Missouri's resi- dent prairie chicken population will be gone by the year 2009! To stop and reverse this deteriorating process, the establishment of key core areas through aggressive land acquisitions for grassland wild- life and proactive private-lands programs tar- geted to these same landscapes will be neces- sary. Government and private organizations within the state will need to complement each other's efforts. Where one fails another must succeed. The battle to secure habitat must be prioritized. Efforts have been spread too thin in the past for true grassland landscape spe- cies to benefit. Acknowledgments The authors are indebted to Debra Hardin for word processing and assistance with editing this manuscript, and to Craig Scroggins for graphic presentations. Literature Cited Bennitt, R.B. 1939. Some agriculture charac- teristics of the Missouri prairie chicken range. Proceedings of the Fourth North American Wildlife Conference 4:491-500. ____ . 1940. Letter to Arthur L. Clark, Conservation Commissioner. 19 February 1940. ____ _, and W.O. Nagel. 193 7. A survey of the resident game and furbearers of Mis- souri. University of Missouri Studies 12:44-51. Burger, L.W. 1988. Movements, home range, and survival of female greater prairie chickens in relation to habitat pattern. Thesis, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. Britton, W. 1929. Pioneer life in southwest Missouri. Smith-Grieves, Kansas City, Missouri, USA. Cannon, R.W., and D.M. Christisen. 1984a. Species management plan for the greater prai- rie chicken in Missouri. Wildlife Division, Mis- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station souri Department of Conservation, Jefferson- City, Missouri, USA. ____ and ____ . 1985b. Breed- ing range and population status of the greater prairie chicken in Missouri. Transactions of Missouri Academy of Science 18:33-39. Christensen, D.M. 1967. A vignette of Missou- ri's native prairie. Missouri History Revisited 61:166-186. _____ . 1969. National status and man- agement of the greater prairie chicken. Pro- ceedings of the Thirty-fourth North American Wildlife and Natural Resource Conference 34:207-217. _____ . 1970. Prairie chicken. Pages 79- 83 in W.O. Nagel, editor. Conservation con- trasts. Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City, Missouri, USA. _____ . 1973. Prairie preservation in Missouri. Pages 42-46 in L.C. Hulbert, editor. Proceedings of the Third Midwest Prairie Con- ference. _____ . 1981 a. Significance of native prairie to greater prairie chicken survival in Missouri. Pages 250-254 in R.L. Stuckey and K.J. Reese, editors. Prairie peninsula in the shadow of Transeau. Proceedings of the Sixth North American Prairie Conference. Ohio Biological Survey, Biology Notes 15. ____ . 1981 b. Stubble stands for wild- life. Missouri Conservationist 42:22-23. _____ ,. 1982. Lek census data. On file at Wildlife Research Office. Missouri Depart- ment of Conservation, Columbia, Missouri, USA. _____ . 1985. The greater prairie chicken and Missouri's land-use patterns. Missouri De- partment of Conservation Terrestrial Series 15. -----' and R.B. Krohn. 1980. Land use: a key to greater prairie chicken habitat in Mis- souri. Pages 55-58 in P.A. Vohs and F.L. Knopf, editors. Proceedings of the Prairie Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Crouse Symposium. Oklahoma State U niversi- ty, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA. Drobney, R.D., and R.D. Sparrowe. 1977. Land-use relationships and movements of greater prairie chickens in Missouri. Transac- tions of Missouri Academy Science 1 0 & 11:146-160. Hamerstrom, F.N., O.E. Mattson, and F. Ham- erstrom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken man- agement. Wisconsin Conservation Depart- ment Technical Bulletin 15. Jones, D.P. 1988. Breeding ecology and habi- tat use of prairie chickens. Thesis, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. Kirsch, L.M. 19 7 4. Habitat management con- siderations for prairie chickens. Wildlife Soci- ety Bulletin 2:124-129. Leopold, A. 1931. Report on a game survey of north central states. Sporting Arms and Ammu- nition Manufacturers Institute, Madison, Wis- consin, USA. McKee, G. 1995. Ecology of greater prairie chickens in relation to habitat characteristics in southwest Missouri. Thesis, University of Mis- souri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. McKee, G., M.R. Ryan, and L.M. Mechlin. 1997. Predicting greater prairie chicken nest success from vegetation and landscape char- acteristics. journal of Wildlife Management 62:314-321. McKinley, D. 1960. A chronology and bibliog- raphy of wildlife in Missouri. University of Mis- souri Bulletin. 61 :13. Library Service 26:128. Columbia, Missouri, USA. Mechlin, L.M. 1991. Species management plan for the greater prairie chicken in Missouri. Wildlife Division, Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City, Missouri, USA. Schroeder, W.A. 1981. Presettlement prairie of Missouri. Serial 2:37. Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City, Missouri, USA. 141 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 142 Schwartz, C.W. 1945~ The ecology of the prai- rie chicken in Missouri. University of Missouri Studies. Columbia, Missouri, USA. Skinner, R.M. 1974. Grassland use patterns and prairie bird populations in Missouri. The- sis, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missou- ri, USA. Skinner, R M., T.M. Basket, and M.D. Blenden. 1984. Bird habitat on Missouri prairies. Mis- souri Department of Conservation Terrestrial Series 14. Toney, T. E. 1981. Public prairies of Missouri. Missouri Department of Conservation, Jeffer- son City, Missouri, USA. Winter, M. 1988. Effect of habitat fragmenta- tion on grassland-nesting birds in southwestern Missouri. Dissertation, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Status and Management of Greater Prairie Chickens in Illinois Ronald L. Westemeier, Illinois Natural History Survey, Effingham Scott A. Simpson, Jllinois Department of Natural Resources, Newton Terry L. Esker, Illinois Department of Natural Resources, Newton At the first meeting (1973) of the group that became the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Soci- ety, the current Illinois program for greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido pinna- tus) had been underway for about a decade (Sanderson and Edwards 1966, Sanderson et al. 1973, Westemeier 1973). At that time, research, land acquisition, and habitat man- agement were vigorously pursued. Results were positive and the outlook for Illinois prai- rie chickens was highly optimistic. Newly de- veloped sanctuary grasslands were being used at densities beyond expectations, nest- ing success was high, and an increase of over 400% occurred between the mid-1960s and 1973 on the primary study area in jasper County (Sanderson et al. 1973, Westemeier 1973). Thus, it appeared that sufficient infor- mation was available to preserve a population of prairie chickens. This was not the case. In 1973, nest predation greatly increased on sanctuaries, and prairie chicken numbers plummeted (Westemeier 1985a). Most un- managed Illinois populations were extirpated as land use intensified. Also, beginning in the 1970s, but especially significant by the mid- 1980s, was the increase of pheasants (Pha- sianus colchicus) on the jasper County sanctu- aries. Interactions between pheasants and Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 prairie chickens became a serious threat to the survival of the prairie chickens (Vance and Westemeier 1979, Westemeier and Edwards 1987, Westemeier 1988, Westemeier et al. 1998b). Control of nest predators and pheas- ants by sanctuary managers was eventually successful and land acquisition nearly dou- bled sanctuary grasslands by the mid-1990s in jasper County (Westemeier 1997). However, by the late 1980s and early 1990s, it became evident that small population size, isolation, fitness loss, and genetic deficiencies were significant factors in the continuing decline of Illinois prairie chickens (Weste- meier et al. 1 991, 1998a; Bouzat et al. 1998a,b). This revelation led Illinois Depart- ment of Natural Resources (IDNR) managers to develop and execute an action plan for translocating prairie chickens from large populations from other states for demograph- ic and genetic enhancement of the remnant Illinois populations. The quest to understand the role of many factors that influence prairie chicken numbers and how best to follow up with remedial ac- tion is an ongoing one. Key questions still needing answers include how many individu- als are needed to comprise a viable popula- 143 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look tion and what is the quantity and varied struc- tures of grassland needed to support such a population (Westemeier and Gough 1999). The purpose here is to present an overview of the current status of Illinois prairie chick- ens, some results of prairie chicken transloca- tions, and the main challenges still confronting efforts to have wild prairie chickens in our state. Some management concepts presented by Sanderson et al. (1973) and Westemeier (1973, 1985a) have changed and are modi- fied herein. Study Areas The primary study areas in Jasper and Marion counties include the sanctuary grasslands (Fig. 1) and surrounding landscapes of inten- sively farmed private land. In 1993 for exam- ple, land use types on the central core (2,560 acres [ 1,03 6 ha]) of the Bogota Study Area in jasper County was comprised of 35% soy- beans (Glycine max), 20% corn (Zea mays), 8% wheat (Triticum aestivum), and 30% grass- land. Most grassland cover types were on sanctuaries. The few grasslands on private land near sanctuaries have included fescue pastures, wheat stubble/legumes, and weedy grassjforbs. Tall fescue (Festuca elatior var. arundinacea) is an undesirable invasive grass, and private fescue pastures were, and still are, typically too overgrazed to provide quality nesting or brooding habitat. In the 1960s-70s, fall-seeded wheat was often overseeded the following winter with forage legumes. Wheat harvest occurred in late june at which time the resulting "stubble clover" afforded food and cover at least for broods 3-6 weeks of age. The stubble clover was either hayed in late summer and/or left undis- turbed to be plowed down for soil enrichment the following spring, often before nesting prai- rie chickens could complete incubation. Currently, wheat stubble is often seeded to soybeans with no-till drills, for a "double crop" in the same year. Weedy grass/forb mixtures (usually Federal set-aside acres) were also mowed in midsummer, often disrupting use by prairie-chicken broods. Yet, the weedy grass/forb type, now rare on private land, may have been an important factor for brood sur- vival during the critical first few weeks after hatching. Figure 1. Sanctuaries of managed grassland in the Prairie Ridge State Natural Areas of Jasper and Marion coun- ties, Illinois, USA. 144 N I • •I 1.6 km ~~-------------------------- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station In 1998, Illinois sanctuaries totaled 2,396 acres (970 ha) with an approximate 50:50 ownership by the Illinois Department of Natu- ral Resources (IDNR) and the Illinois Chapter of The Nature Conservancy (TN C). The Prairie Chicken Foundation of Illinois was the initial key player in sanctuary acquisition, but this group disbanded in 1973 after transferring paid-for land to the State of Illinois and re- maining liabilities and assets to the TNC (Sanderson et al. 1973}. The Illinois Natural History Survey (INHS} was responsible for managing TNC sanctuaries from 1965 to 1985, and all sanctuaries from 1973 to 1985; IDNR-Division of Natural Heritage has man- aged all sanctuaries since 1985. In 1997, a broadened ecosystem-based management approach was formulated to emphasize spe- cies of special concern, especially state en- dangered and threatened species (Simpson and Esker 1997}. This change included renam- ing the prairie chicken sanctuary areas in jas- per and Marion counties collectively as "Prai- rie Ridge State Natural Area" (PRSNA). Virtually all non-wooded sanctuary lands were in cropland at the time of acquisition. These were promptly seeded to introduced cool- season grasses such as redtop (Agrostis stolonifera), timothy (Phleum pratense), or smooth brome (Bromus inermis) and domestic legumes or native warm-season grasses. One exception was a 40-acre (16 ha) tract contain- ing about 30 acres (12 ha) of native prairie vegetation. Among these grassland types, smooth brome was highly preferred as nest cover, even for prairie chickens translocated from Minnesota and Kansas prairies to Illinois (Westemeier 1985a, Westemeier et al. 1994}. In Minnesota, Svedarsky (1988} found a simi- lar preference for brome by prairie chickens on an area with a mix of native and non-na- tive cover types. Grassland management in Illinois has included grass seed harvests, rotary mowing (without seed harvests) at both high and low levels, late haying, prescribed burning, disking for brood habitat, leaving stands undisturbed, and some light-to-moderate grazing. Most soil types supporting Illinois prairie chickens were derived from prairie vegetation on level-to- gently rolling terrain between wooded stream Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look corridors. Woodlots totaling about 160 acres (65 ha) remain on 5 sanctuaries. Methods BOOMING GROUND SURVEYS Ellis (1964} used questionnaire cards distribut- ed to vocational agriculture students in 47 high school districts over 20 southern Illinois counties to determine relative abundance and distribution of prairie chickens in fall 1962. Beginning in the spring of 1963, Ellis and col- leagues also conducted booming ground sur- veys on 1 0 census areas in the occupied range which were surveyed until extirpation occurred. Surveys eventually involved 23 areas in 1 0 southern counties (Westemeier 1985a}. Booming ground surveys generally followed the Hamerstrom (1973} methodology, em- phasizing counts during the peak of hen visi- tation. Peak visitation by hens occurs during the first 2 weeks of April in Illinois. At least 3 usable counts for each booming ground were obtained during this period to determine the number of regularly present males. Listening stop routes were run during calm (<1 0 mph (16 kmph ]), rainless mornings by stopping at 1-mile (1.6 km) intervals for ?.1 min to ensure detection of all grounds. Volunteers in obser- vation blinds on or near booming grounds often supplemented numerical data from standard surveys. In addition, booming grounds were checked for activity at least monthly during fall and winter. TRANSLOCAT/ONS OF NONRESIDENT PRAIRIE CHICKENS The translocations of greater prairie chickens during 7 years included 2 summer releases (August of 1992, 1993} and 5 spring releases (April of 1994-98}. These were cooperative efforts with colleagues in Minnesota, Kansas, and Nebraska. Trapping methods followed those developed by Toepfer et al. (1988}, as well as unpublished methods by Toepfer for summer trapping. All birds were leg banded. 145 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 146 Holding and shipping boxes were designed with individual compartments, buffered with cardboard to minimize injuries to birds. Trans- portation of prairie chickens to Illinois was via air-conditioned vehicles or aircraft. The aver- age time from capture to release was 30 hours. Most birds were released at daybreak, as close to active booming grounds as possi- ble. Radiotelemetry was used with all 27 of the Minnesota birds and 29 of those from Kansas (Rubin 1994, Westemeier et al. 1994, 1995). Booming grounds were monitored before and after April releases to obtain a rough estimation of the number of males that integrated into the populations in jasper and Marion counties. Results & Discussion ABUNDANCE, DISTRIBUTION, DENSITIES, AND DECIMATING FACTORS In contrast to the legendary abundance of prairie chickens throughout the state in about 1860 (Forbes 1912, Yeatter 1943, Westemei- er 1985a,b), Illinois prairie chickens reached their lowest point in the spring of 1994 with an estimated 46 Illinois birds in jasper and Marion counties combined. Ralph Yeatter (1943, 1963) started his booming ground surveys on about 4 mF (1 0.4 km2), near Hunt City in jasper County in 1936, recording a peak of 131 booming males in 1939. These had declined to 4 by 1963. Extirpation of prai- rie chickens at Hunt City occurred by 1969 (Vance 1976). Ellis' (1964) questionnaire results revealed 1 79 reported flocks estimated at 2,000 prairie chickens distributed over 16 counties in 1962. These dwindled to the 2 sanctuary popula- tions by 1984; a 1 00% loss of unmanaged populations in about 2 decades. A small rem- nant (1-7 males) reappeared in Clay County, between the 2 sanctuary populations for a decade only to disappear by 1994. Two encouraging population highs were not- ed during the past 3.5 decades of managing remnant Illinois prairie chickens; one in jasper County and the other in Marion County. In jasper County, counts averaged about 40 booming males during the mid-1960s during a surge of land acquisition, seeding, growth, and management of sanctuary grasslands. Counts then steadily increased, beginning in 1968, reaching 206 and 205 males in 1972 and 1973, respectively (Westemeier 1985a). This occurred with only 660 acres (267 ha) of sanctuary grassland availal:Jie to the birds by spring 1972. In Marion County, counts averaged 43 booming males during the 1970s, where sanctuaries were developing more slowly than those in jasper County. Increases in Marion County during 1979-81 brought the count to 116 males in spring 1982 with only 450 acres (182 ha) of sanctu- ary grassland. Redtop and timothy were the primary sanctuary grass species, and grass seed harvesting was the main form of man- agement that fostered both population highs (Westemeier 1985a,b). During 19-year periods, breeding densities averaged 94 and 83 males/mi2 (36 and 32 males/km2) of managed grassland in jasper and Marion counties, respectively. Hence, for nearly 2 decades 1 00 malesjmi2 (39 males/ km2) of managed grassland was apparently a realistic density goal for Illinois. This density goal was proposed for prairie chickens by Kirsch (1974). Expressing breeding density to include both grassland and surrounding crop- land as Yeatter (1943) did for about 4 mF (1 0.4 km2), yields similar mean density esti- mates of about 20 males/mi2 (7.7 males/km2) for both the Hunt City and Bogota study ar- eas (Westemeier, unpublished data). Two sanctuary systems, each with 1,500 acres (607 ha), well-situated, properly managed, and well-used by prairie chickens, appeared to be at least minimum goals with which to achieve preservation of the species. Unfortunately, minimum land acquisition goals were not attained, other factors inter- ceded, and the favorable population respons- es did not continue into the current decade. By the spring of 1994, the count of prairie chickens on booming grounds had declined to 5-6 Illinois males and 2 translocated Min- nesota males in jasper County. This brink of extirpation occurred despite a new record of Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Figure 2. Estimated number of prairie chicken cocks in spring, before (1990-91), during (1992-96), and after (1997-98) releases of translocated birds from Minnesota (15 hens, August 1992; 8 cocks, 4 hens, August 1993), Kansas (a total of94 cocks, 100 hens, April1994 and 1995), Nebraska (25 cocks, 25 hens, April1996), Bogota Study Area, Jasper County, Illinois, USA. Open bars represent cock numbers observed during the early part (late March-early April) of booming seasons just pri- or to each April release. Shaded bars represent estimated cock numbers observed early to mid April after each April release. The difference in numbers before and after each of the 3 spring releases was believed to roughly represent the number of translocated cocks integrated into the breeding population. 100 JASPER COUNTY ~NO RELEASE 80 D BEFORE RELEASE ~ • AFTER RELEASE z t2 a.. 250 males. BENEFITS TO OTHER GRASSLAND SPECIES Species other than prairie chickens, especially those endangered and threatened, on or near sanctuary grasslands in Illinois, have not been overlooked. A holistic approach may be espe- cially important for promoting needed im- provements and increased habitat protection and development at PRSNA of jasper and Marion counties. Reports on grassland- dependent species (other than prairie chick- ens and pheasants) using Illinois sanctuaries include those by Buhnerkempe (1979), West- emeier and Buhnerkempe {1983), Westemei- er (1985a), Buhnerkempe and Westemeier (1984a,b; 1988), Westemeier (1986, 1989, 1991, 1994), Westemeier et al. (1989, 1997), Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Simpson and Esker (1997), Walk et al. (1998), Walk (1998a,b), and Herkert et al. (1999). Current management for the PRSNA empha- sizes 36 species of special concern (31 birds, 2 reptiles, and 3 plants) which occur at this site. These include 17 state-endangered species, 8 state-threatened species, 6 watch- listed species, and 5 additional area-sensitive species (Simpson and Esker 1997). In short, the PRSNA has become "home to the most significant grassland bird populations in the state" (Walk et al. 1998:22). For example, the area hosts the state's largest breeding population of northern harriers (Circus cya- neus) and short-eared owls (Asia flammeus) (Simpson and Esker 1997) and the largest wintering populations of these raptors in the Midwest (Walk et al. 1998). Further, as Walk (1998a:1 0) noted, the PRSNA "has not been fully appreciated for its grassland bird density and diversity." Thus, greater concern for bio- diversity and an ecosystem approach to grass- land management for prairie chickens seems warranted. Management Implications Despite past successes, minimum viable pop- ulations (MVPs) of prairie chickens have not been maintained in either jasper or Marion counties of Illinois. To attain MVPs, more managed grasslands with plant structures suit- able to meet the year-round needs of prairie chickens must become a reality. The 2 scatter- patterns of grasslands may require 4,000 acres (1 ,620 ha) of habitat protection and development in each county (Simpson and Esker 1997). This level of management allows for (1) tracts that may never be well utilized by prairie chickens, (2) providing adequate brood cover for prairie chickens, (3) greater consideration for other endangered and threatened species, and (4) restoration of Southern Till Plain prairies. Ongoing, or at least periodic, nest studies and/or genetic evaluations will likely be need- ed to assess fitness and genetic variation in prairie chickens. If new research reveals another decline in fitness and more genetic 149 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 150 deficiencies, translocations of prairie chickens from large populations may again be needed. Recent responses by prairie chickens and by the array of other grassland and wetland species are encouraging, at least in the short term. For the long term, however, more suitable grasslands are urgently needed for increased biodiversity, grassland species in particular. Acknowledgments In the initial translocations of prairie chickens (1992-93), we are grateful for the support of the Minnesota Department of Natural Re- sources, the Minnesota Prairie Chicken Soci- ety, The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the North Dakota Game and Fish Department, and the North Dakota Chapter of The Wildlife Society. J.E. Toepfer played an integral role in initial and follow-up efforts. R. Koerken- meier directed most of the trapping efforts. Much support came from R.D. Applegate and his colleagues in the Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks in 1994, 1995, 1997, and 1998, as well as from W.L. Vodehnal and colleagues of the Nebraska Game and Parks Commission in 1996. We thank S. Gough, R.W. Jansen, and P.W. Brown for reviews of the manuscript. T.E. Rice did the figure graphics. This study was funded by the Illinois Natural History Survey and the Divi- sion of Natural Heritage, both within the Illi- nois Department of Natural Resources. Coop- erators also included The Nature Conservancy, the Illinois Nature Preserves Commission, the Illinois Endangered Species Protection Board, and the I DNR Division of Wildlife Resources. Literature Cited Bouzat, J.L., H.A. Lewin, and K.N. Paige. 1998a. The ghost of genetic diversity past: historical DNA analysis of the greater prairie chicken. The American Naturalist 152:1-6. -----' H.H. Cheng, H.A. Lewin, R.L. Westemeier, J.D. Brawn, and K.N. Paige. 1998b. Genetic evaluation of a demographic bottleneck in the greater prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido). Conservation Biology 12:836-843. Buhnerkempe, J.E. 1979. Habitat utilization and partitioning within a community of nesting grassland birds. Thesis, Eastern Illinois Univer- sity, Charleston,lllinois, USA. ____ _, and R.L. Westemeier. 1984a. Nest-sites of Turkey vultures in buildings in southeastern Illinois. Wilson Bulletin 96:495-496. ----' and ____ ,. 1984b. North- ern harrier nests on a prairie chicken sanctu- ary in Jasper County. Illinois Audubon Bulletin 208:28-29. ____ _, and . 1988. Breeding biology and habitat of upland sandpipers on prairie chicken sanctuaries in Illinois. Transac- tions of the Illinois Academy of Science 81:153-162. Ellis, R.J. 1964. Responses of prairie chickens to habitat manipulation. P-R Job Completion Report W-66-R-3, Illinois. Forbes, S.A. 1912. The native animal resourc- es of the state. Transactions of the Illinois State Academy of Science 5:3 7-48. Hamerstrom, F.N., and F. Hamerstrom. 1973. The prairie chicken in Wisconsin: highlights of a 22-year study of counts, behavior, move- ments, turnover, and habitat. Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Technical Bulletin 64. ____ _, O.E. Mattson, and F. Hamer- strom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken man- agement. Wisconsin Conservation Depart- ment Technical Bulletin 15. Herkert, J.R., S.A. Simpson, R.L. Westemeier, T.L. Esker, and J.W. Walk. 1999. Response of northern harriers and short-eared owls to grassland management in Illinois. journal of Wildlife Management 63:517-523. Kirsch, L.M. 1974. Habitat management con- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station siderations for prairie chickens. Wildlife Soci- ety Bulletin 2:124-129. Rubin, C.S. 1994. Survival, movements, and habitat use of female greater prairie chickens translocated from Minnesota to Illinois. Thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois, USA. Sanderson, G.C., and W.R. Edwards. 1966. Efforts to prevent the extinction of the prairie chicken in Illinois. Transactions of the Illinois State Academy of Science 59:326-333. ____ _, R.L. Westemeier, and W.R. Ed- wards. 1973. Acquisition and management of prairie chicken sanctuaries in Illinois. Pages 59-79 in W.D. Svedarsky and T. Wolfe, edi- tors. The Prairie Chicken in Minnesota. Univer- sity of Minnesota, Crookston, Minnesota, USA. Simpson, S.A., and T.E. Esker. 1997. Prairie Ridge State Natural Area habitat plan. Illinois Department of Natural Resources- Division of Natural Heritage, Springfield, Illinois, USA. Svedarsky, W.O. 1988. Reproductive ecology of female greater prairie chickens in Minne- sota. Pages 193-239 in A.T. Bergerud and M.W. Gratson, editors. Adaptive strategies and population ecology of northern grouse. Wildlife Management Institute and University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. Toepfer, J.E., J.A. Newell, and j. Monarch. 1988. A method for trapping prairie grouse hens on display grounds. Pages 21-23 in A.j. Bjugstad, Technical Coordinator. Prairie chick- ens on the Sheyenne National Grasslands. U.S. Forest Service General Technical Report RM-159. ____ _, R.L. Eng, and R.K. Anderson. 1990. Translocating prairie grouse- What have we learned? Transactions of North Ameri- can Wildlife and Natural Resources Confer- ence 55:569-579. Vance, D.R. 1976. Changes in land use and wildlife populations in southeastern Illinois. Wildlife Society Bulletin 4:11-15. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Vance, D.R., and R.L. Westemeier. 1979. In- teractions of pheasants and prairie chickens in Illinois. Wildlife Society Bulletin 7:221-225. Walk, J.W. 1998a. Birds of Prairie Ridge State Natural Area. Meadowlark 7:8-11. _____ . 1998b. Winter roost sites of northern harriers and short-eared owls on Illinois grasslands. journal of Rap tor Research 32:116-119. ____ _, E.L. Kershner, and R.E. Warner. 1998. Songs of the grassland. The Illinois Steward 7:20-24. Westemeier, R.L. 1973. Prescribed burning in grassland management for prairie chickens in Illinois. Proceedings of the Tall Timbers Fire Ecology Conference 12:317-338. ____ . 1985a. Management plan for native prairie chickens in Illinois. Illinois Natu- ral History Survey, Effingham, Illinois, USA. _____ . 1985b. The history of prairie chickens and their management in Illinois. Pages 17-27 in R.W. McCiuggage, editor. Selected papers in Illinois history 1983. Fourth Annual Illinois History Symposium of the Illi- nois State Historical Society, Springfield, Illi- nois, USA. _____ . 1986. Endangered prairie chick- ens and some species interactions. Illinois Natural History Survey Reports 262:1-2. ____ . 1988. An evaluation of methods for controlling pheasants on Illinois prairie chicken sanctuaries. Pages 267-288 in D.L. Hallett, W.R. Edwards, and G.V. Burger, edi- tors. Pheasants: symptoms of wildlife problems on agricultural lands. North Central Section, The Wildlife Society, Bloomington, Indiana, USA. _____ . 1989. Upland sandpipers on Illinois prairie chicken sanctuaries. Illinois Nat- ural History Survey Reports 284:1-2. _____ . 1991. New residents on sanctu- aries. Illinois Natural History Survey Reports 306:1. 151 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 152 ____ . 1994. More than prairie chick- ens. Illinois Natural History Survey Reports 325:6-7. _____ ,. 1997. Grassland for prairie chick- ens: how much is enough? Jllinois Natural History Survey Reports 343:1,8. ____ , and j.E. Buhnerkempe. 1983. Responses of nesting wildlife to prairie grass management on prairie chicken sanctuaries in Illinois. Proceedings of the North American Prairie Conference 8:39-46. ____ _, and W.R. Edwards. 1987. Prairie chickens:survival in the Midwest. Pages 119- 131 in H. Kallman, C.P. Agee, W.R. Goforth, and J.P. Linduska, editors. Restoring America's wildlife. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Wash- ington, DC, USA. ------' T.E. Esker, and S.A. Simpson. 1989. An unsuccessful clutch of northern bob- whites with hatched pheasant eggs. Wilson Bulletin 101 :640-642. ____ , S.A. Simpson, and D.A. Cooper. 1991. Successful exchange of prairie chickens eggs between nests in two remnant popula- tions. Wilson Bulletin 103:717-720. ------' C.S. Rubin, R.E. Warner, T.L. Es- ker, S.A. Simpson, and j.E. Toepfer. 1994. Sur- vival, movements, habitat use, and reproduc- tion of greater prairie chickens translocated from Minnesota to Jllinois: Phase I. (Progress Report) Illinois Natural History Survey, Effing- ham, Illinois, USA. ------' R.W. jansen, and S.A. Simpson. 1995. Nest and brood habitats used by trans- located greater prairie chickens in Illinois (Ab- stract). Page 17 in j. Kobriger, compiler. Pro- ceedings of 21st Prairie Crouse Technical Council meeting, Medora, North Dakota, USA. ____ _, S.A. Simpson, and j.W. Walk. 1997. Nesting and brooding by king rails in upland cool-season grasses in a southern Illi- nois sanctuary. Meadowlark 6:12-13. ------' J.D. Brawn, S.A. Simpson, T.L. Esker, R.W. jansen, j.W. Walk, E.L. Kershner, j.L. Bouzat, and K.N. Paige. 1998a. Tracking the long-term decline and recovery of an iso- lated population. Science 282:1695-1698. ------' j.E. Buhnerkempe, W.R. Edwards, J.D. Brawn, and S.A. Simpson. 1998b. Parasit- ism of greater prairie chicken nests by ring- necked pheasants. journal of Wildlife Manage- ment 62:854-863. ___ ___, and S. Gough. 1999. National outlook and conservation needs for greater prairie chickens. Pages 169-187 in Svedarsky, W.O., R.H.Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minne- sota Agricultural Experiment Station Miscella- neous Publication 99-1999, University of Min- nesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Yeatter, R.E. 1943. The prairie chicken in Jlli- nois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 22. ____ . 1963. Population responses of prairie chickens to land-use changes in Illinois. journal of Wildlife Management 27:739-757. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look The Attwater's Prairie Chicken A Lesson in Conservation Biology Research - Nova J. Silvy, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences, Texas A&M University, College Station Clifton P. Griffin, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences, Texas A&M University, College Station Mitchell A. Lockwood, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences, Texas A&M University, College Station Michael E. Morrow, Attwater Prairie Chicken National Wildlife Refuge, Eagle Lake Markus J. Peterson, Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Austin Introduction In 1967, when the Attwater's prairie chicken (APC; Tympanuchus cupido attwateri) was listed as endangered by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), approximately 1,070 individuals resided in 14 counties (Lehmann 1968; Aransas, Austin, Brazoria, Calhoun, Chambers, Colorado, Fort Bend, Galveston, Goliad, Harris, Jefferson, Refugio, Wharton, and Victoria). Its original range extended from the Nueces River in Texas to Abbeyville, Loui- siana, and peak numbers were estimated at between 300,000 and 1 million individuals on 5.5 million acres (2.4 million ha) (Lehmann 1941, 1965). Numbers of APC declined to 8,700 individu- als on 450,158 acres (182,250 ha) by 1937 (Lehmann 1941 ), 4,200 individuals by 1950 (Jennings 1950), 1,335 individuals by 1963 (Lehmann and Mauermann 1963), and 1,070 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 on 234,082 acres (94,770 ha) by 1967 (Leh- mann 1968). In 1980, when the last status update was published (Lawrence and Silvy 1980), the population had increased to 1,584 individuals on 297,413 acres (120,41 0 ha). The distribution of APC in 1 980 had de- creased to 10 Texas counties: Aransas, Austin, Brazoria, Colorado, Fort Bend, Galveston, Goliad, Harr-is, Refugio, and Victoria. Law- rence and Silvy (1980) predicted the APC population would remain relatively stable dur- ing the 1980s, given no catastrophic events; 'then a long-term downward trend was pre- dicted if additional lands were not managed to benefit the APC. In 1980, less then 9,880 acres ( 4,000 ha) were managed for the APC on the Attwater Prairie Chicken National Wildlife Refuge (APCNWR) and the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR). In an effort to save the APC from extinction, many government agencies (Texas and Feder- 153 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 154 al) and non-profit organizations have worked together to help the APC. Past and current efforts (published and non-published) by these agencies and organizations have and are con- tributing greatly to save the APC from extinc- tion. This paper chronicles only conservation research efforts by the senior author and his students to help in this effort to prevent the extinction of the APC. The authors recognize that conservation biology includes more areas than research, however, only research at Tex- as A&M University (TAMU) will be dealt with in this paper. This paper also updates the sta- tus of the APC since 1980 and discusses the bird's future. Current Status The APC had a spring 1998 population of 56 individuals inhabiting the coastal prairies of Texas (FWS, unpublished data). This estimate represents a 96% decrease from the 1980 estimate of 1,584 birds. Estimates between 1980 and 1998 ranged from a high of 1,620 birds in 1984 to a low of 42 birds in 1996 (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, unpublished data). As predicted by Lawrence and Silvy (1980), the population remained relatively stable for nearly 8 years then declined more than 53% from 1988 to 1989. Lawrence and Silvy (1980) estimated the APC occupied 297,413 acres (120,41 0 ha) in 1980. In 1998, 3 populations of APC occu- pied about 17,784 acres (7,200 ha) of this former range. Although occupied range has decreased by at least 94% from that used in 1980, there are still sizeable areas that appear to offer all the requisites to support APC. However, populations have gone extinct in these areas. Many of these areas are now isolated from remaining APC populations and repopulating them would require reintroduc- tion. Less than 145,730 acres (59,000 ha) of occupied and potential prairie chicken habitat remain in 1998. This estimate is less than 49% of the habitat used by APC in 1980. In spring 1998, the largest population of APC was in Galveston County where 18 males were seen on display grounds on one ranch of about 1,729 acres (700 ha). This is down from the 96 birds and 6694 acres (2,71 0 ha) of estimated habitat in 1980. Urban-industrial development led to this decline. The pop- ulation in Galveston County peaked at 110 individuals in 1981 and continued to decline to 16 individuals in 1996. In july 1996, 19 captive-reared birds were released into the Galveston population. Additional birds were released in late summer 1997. Following release of captive-reared birds (19 in 1996 and 18 in 1997), the population has gradually increased to an estimated 36 individuals in spring 1998. The population in Galveston County came under the control of the Texas Chapter of The Nature Conservancy (TN C) through a donation by Amoco Oil Company in 1995. In 1980, Refugio County held the largest pop- ulation of APC. In spring 1998, only 6 males were sighted in Refugio County. The birds were located on a single display ground in an 8,000-acre (3,200-ha) pasture. This is a 94% reduction from the 7,904 acres (49,540 ha) occupied in 1980 (Lawrence and Silvy 1980). The estimated 12 individuals for 1998 is a 98% reduction from the number of birds (726) found in Refugio County during 1980. The population in Refugio County peaked in 1984 with an estimated 838 birds and is cur- rently at an all time low. The third population of APC (8 individuals) is found on the APCNWR in Colorado County. The APCNWR was supplemented with 13 male APC in 1995, 50 birds of both sexes in 1996, and 33 birds of both sexes in 1997. In 1980, there were 186 chickens using 37,396 acres (15,140 ha) of habitat in Colorado County. In 1998, all 8 remaining birds were located on the 7904-acre (3,200-ha) APCN- WR. Little, if any, potential habitat remains elsewhere in Colorado County. The Colorado County population peaked at 320 birds in 1983. Continuous with the Colorado County popu- lation in 1980 was the Austin County popula- tion of 326 chickens on 38,507 acres (15,590 ha). Birds in Austin County declined after 1980 and were last seen in 1995. During the past 18 years, populations of APC have gone Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station extinct in Aransas, Austin, Brazoria, Fort Bend, Goliad, Harris and Victoria counties. Birds were no longer found in Aransas or Fort Bend counties after 1991, in Goliad County after 1993, and Victoria County after 1992. In 1982, the remaining 20 individuals in Brazoria County were lost when hurricane Alicia hit this area (Silvy and Morrow 1988}. This poten- tial habitat in Brazoria County remains and is now part of the Brazoria National Wildlife Refuge (BNWR) . Research HABITAT STUDIES Research on the APC began during fall1974 when the FWS requested assistance in deter- mining why numbers of APC on the ANWR were decreasing. Refuge personnel were particularly interested in determining which vegetation types were most used by the APC so they could both better manage public lands and use these data when evaluating potential land purchases. Because the APC on ANWR was considered a "spill-over" pop- ulation from the much larger population in adjoining Refugio County, research was initi- ated in Refugio County where all APC oc- curred on private lands. Ranchers in Refugio County encouraged research conducted on their properties. Trapping and radio-telemetry tagging of APC started in January 1975 in Refugio County. Horkel (1979} determined cover and space requirements for APC in Refugio County. He noted that of 8 major vegetation types recog- nized, the birds were located 76% of the time in 1 vegetation type (clumped midgrass) and all APC nests were located within 2 types even though they comprised only 52% of the area. It was then apparent that future land purchases should include these 2 vegetation types (clumped and unclumped midgrass). It appeared that APC used these types because they had a mean annual vegetation height below 22 inches (55 em) and an annual mean visual obstruction (Robel et al. 1970} of 2.5 dm or less (Cogar et al. 1977}. Cogar (1980} determined that food was not limiting in all 5 Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look of the 8 vegetation types the APC used and they fed mostly on forbs, with insects being important in summer . Horkel and Silvy (1980} compared the behav- ior of APC to that of the greater prairie chick- en (GPC; T. c. pinnatus) and found the breed- ing hierarchy of APC leks were unstable. The apparent breakdown of territories was related to extreme linearity of the leks (roads and oil pipelines being used as leks). They proposed the increased number of leks caused by oil development and the instability of linear leks might lead to less "fit" males breeding, there- by degrading the genetic fitness of the popu- lations. Lutz (1979} determined that oil devel- opment positively affected food availability due to the mowing of oil pipeline rights-of- way. Lutz and Silvy (1980} studied artificial nests and found few differences in the vegeta- tive cover at nests disturbed or undisturbed by predators. Predation on artificial nests ap- peared to be area specific and was influenced by vegetation at the nest site. Lawrence and Silvy (1987} evaluated the ef- fectiveness of a 1979 transplant of APC from Galveston County to Victoria County. Twenty- five (12 males and 13 females) birds were radio-tagged when released. Only 1 bird sur- vived >1 year and no hens produced young. Reasons for the transplant failure included translocating adults only, inappropriate release habitat, and drought. Horkel et al. ( 1981) looked at rights-of-way as potential habitat for APC and noted APC used mowed rights-of-way as feeding sites. Lawrence (1982} found that controlling small mammal- ian predators increased nesting success by about 50%, but that limiting the raptorial prey base caused raptors to increase predation on older APC, thereby negating the benefits of the increased nesting success . Morrow (1986}, also using radio telemetry, collected data on habitat use, movement, and survival of APC on the APCNWR. He estimat- ed annual adult survival at between 1 0.8 and 35.5%. Nesting success averaged 35% during his 3-year study. Survival of broods was 34% for 8 weeks post hatching. Annual range size for females and males averaged 1470 and 889 acres (595 and 360 ha), respectively. 155 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 156 Morrow (1986) found that APC selected sec- ond-year and older burns on loamy grasslands during winter. During spring, males and non- reproductive females also selected for these range types. Additionally, grassland cover with an obstruction of vision value in the 2-dm range was important during the critical winter and nesting periods. Eighty-five percent of nests were found in third-year or older burns. Broods of young birds used grassland typified by second-year and older burns on loamy and sandy areas. After mid-june, broods used more open coarse sand and first- year burn areas. DiMare (1991) observed APC at 3 leks of different shape (circular, intermediate, and linear) in Refugio County and compared re- productive success of dominant males on these grounds. The number of males regularly attending each lek did not differ across leks and years. More males were involved in copu- lation at the circular lek than either the inter- mediate or linear leks. Mating success was higher at the linear lek than either the inter- mediate and circular leks. There was no evi- dence females were delayed or prevented from mating on linear leks. DiMare (1991) also noted that total frequency of a booming call and frequency of the third note alone could be used to separate males that copulat- ed from most males that did not copulate. It appears that calls of males that mated differed from those of non-mating males. Further re- search is needed to determine if females are keying on such males. GENETIC STUDIES Ellsworth (1991) and Ellsworth et al. (1994) examined the prairie grouse complex (Tympa- nuchus) which occurs throughout the Central Plains of North America to assay patterns of extranuclear and nuclear gene variation among these species. The phylogenetic distri- bution of mitochondrial DNA haplotypes and the pattern of allozymic variation in prairie grouse were neither geographically parti- tioned nor taxonomically constrained. Mito- chondrial DNA variation was characterized by limited differentiation from a predominant haplotype common to all taxa. This suggests -------- ~~ ~---~~-~- a recent speciation (<1 00,000 years before present) with the prairie grouse complex. Thus, considerable morphological divergence in prairie grouse, perhaps accentuated by behavioral isolating mechanisms, appears to have progressed with relatively little accompa- nying extranuclear or nuclear gene differentia- tion among species. Despite the absence of interspecific genetic differentiation, there was indication of subdivision among conspecific populations. The propensity for allozymic dif- ferentiation among prairie grouse populations relative to other avian species may reflect components of prairie grouse reproductive behavior, social organization, and contempo- rary alterations of prairie grouse habitat. Ellsworth et al. (1995) used mitochondrial DNA to generate a phylogeny for North American tetraonides. Using the northern bobwhite (Colinus virginianus) as an out group, the molecular phylogeny partitioned species into 3 primary groups: (1) GPC, lesser prairie chicken (T. pallidicinctus), and sharp- tailed grouse (T. phasianel/us); (2) willow ptar- migan (Lagopus lagopus), white-tailed ptarmi- gan (L leucurus), rock ptarmigan (L mutus), and blue grouse (Oendragapus obscurus); and, (3) ruffed grouse (Bonasa umbel/us), spruce grouse (0. canadensis), and sage grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus). Hence prairie grouse were genetically distinct from other grouse species. Willow and rock ptarmi- gans were more closely related to each other than either was to the white-tailed ptarmigan. The spruce grouse grouped with the ruffed grouse, whereas the blue grouse was allied with the ptarmigans. Thus, the genus Den- dragapus as currently constructed is polyphyl- . etic (spruce grouse and blue grouse have had separate evolutionary histories). The mor- phological similarities between the 2 species may be attributable to convergent adaptation to coniferous forest. Osterndorff (1995) used high molecular weight genomic DNA isolated from chorioal- lantoic membranes of hatched APC eggshells and successfully obtained DNA fingerprints. Results indicated chorioallantoic membranes could provide a non-invasive means of geneti- cally sampling the endangered APC and other avian species. Osterndorff (1995) also used Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station DNA fingerprints to assess genetic variability of captive and natural populations of APC. Levels of genetic variability in the 3 remaining natural populations were compared to one population of greater prairie chickens from Kansas. At least 2 of the 3 remaining APC populations have suffered a reduction in ge- netic variability, presumably as a result of pro- longed small size. LIMITING FACTORS As predicted by Lawrence and Silvy (1980), habitat loss has gradually reduced APC num- bers. However, the dramatic decrease in num- bers observed during the last 18 years cannot be attributed solely to habitat loss. Reduced environmental quality, infectious agents, in- breeding, and environmental stochasticity might have contributed to this rapid decline. Horkel et al. (1978) looked at the influence of environmental parameters on APC nesting success in Refugio County and found nests located in fragmented habitats were de- stroyed by predators more than were nests in non-fragmented habitats. Lutz et al. (1994), also working in Refugio County, noted that initial nest success ranged between 19 and 64% annually. Renesting success varied from 0-51% and did not occur in 2 of 5 years. Hen survival averaged 36% during spring. They hypothesized that observed declines in abun- dance were caused by low female survival during nesting and limited renesting. Peterson (1994) evaluated numerous factors that might limit numbers of APC throughout their range. The accepted hypotheses (Leh- mann 1941) that greater than normal spring (March-june) or May precipitation led to de- creased APC breeding numbers the following spring, while drought during this period led to increased numbers, were not supported by the data (Peterson and Silvy 1994). However, reproductive success could account for breed- ing numbers the following spring . To delineate which reproductive stages were most limiting to APC numbers, Peterson and Silvy (1996) tested the hypotheses that APC reproductive productivity (as measured by Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look summer number of juveniles per adult), clutch size, egg hatchability, nesting success, brood survival, and chick survivorship were less than those of GPC. The APC ratio of juveniles per adult, nesting success, and number of chicks per brood prior to brood breakup were signifi- cantly less than those typically seen for the GPC. Insufficient data were available to com- pare brood survival. Peterson et al. (1998a) used a computerized model that explicitly represented prairie chicken clutch size, egg hatchability, nesting success, brood survival, survivorship of chicks within successful broods, and juvenile and adult survival to evaluate parameters Peterson and Silvy (1996) found might limit APC reproductive productivity. When long-term nesting success, brood survival, and the number of chicks per brood prior to brood breakup were individ- ually increased, values for each parameter had to be substantially greater than typically seen in GPC populations before the decline in APC numbers was reversed (Peterson et al. 1998a). When these 3 variables were in- creased simultaneously, approximately 90% of the difference between APC and GPC val- ues had to be closed before the decline in number was reversed . Peterson (1996) analyzed the geographic in- cidence of prairie grouse helminthic endopar- asitism and predicted APC populations should maintain parasite diversity similar to GPC populations surveyed in Illinois, Kansas, and Missouri. Additionally, he predicted that APC might be expected to harbor parasites not previously identified in prairie grouse. When these hypotheses were tested, Peterson et al. (1998b) identified Dispharynx nasuta and Tri- chostrongylus cramae in 1 of 3 and 8 of 9 suit- able APC samples, respectively. Although 0. nasuta had been observed in GPC parasite surveys in Kansas and Missouri, T. cramae had not previously been documented for prairie grouse. Additionally, samples from 4 of 2 7 adult males were serologically positive for Pasteurella multocida antibody, while anti- bodies for 8 other infectious agents were not detected (n = 19). No hemoparasites were observed (n = 24 samples, Peterson 1994). Purvis (1995) compared infectious agents found in sympatric geese, northern bobwhite, 157 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 158 and APC populations. Geese harbored 3 ces- todes, 7 nematodes, and 3 trematodes (Purvis et al. 1997). Northern bobwhite harbored 1 cestode, 4 nematodes including T. cramae (Purvis et al. 1998), and numerous unidenti- fied lice and mite species (Purvis 1995). Geese appeared to harbor fewer parasites potentially harmful to APC than did northern bobwhite. However, geese, quail, and APC had positive antibodies for P. multocida and all 3 harbored nematodes of the genus Tricho- strongylus (Purvis et al. 1997, 1998; Peterson et al. 1998b). This finding could be of concern because T. tenuis has been shown to limit red grouse (Lagopus /agopus) populations in northern England and Scotland (Peterson et al. 1998a). CAPTIVE PROPAGATION In spring 1991, TAMU received wild-caught GPC from Kansas to develop captive tech- niques for future use with APC. Drake (1994) found that chicks generally died before they would adapt to commercial turkey starter. He solved this problem by feeding young prairie chickens wild-caught insects during their first 8 weeks of life, gradually converting them to commercial feeds after 4 weeks of age. He experimented with rearing chicks by: (1) hand-rearing GPC chicks in an indoor brood pen; (2) using a domestic bantam hen and letting her rear the chicks in an indoor brood pen; and (3) using domestic trainer chicks with GPC chicks to encourage them to eat chick starter sooner. All methods pro- duced similar results, however, both the do- mestic hen and trainer chicks competed with the prairie chickens for insects, so he conclud- ed that chicks reared by hand was the best method for rearing GPC. In January 1993, a Population and Habitat Viability Assessment for the APC was con- ducted (Seal 1994). Participants concluded the APC would face immediate extinction if captive propagation was not intensified. Fossil Rim Wildlife Center (FRWC) had established a captive flock of APC in 1992 and TAMU obtained eggs from wild nests in 1994 and successfully started a second captive APC flock. The Houston Zoo (HZ) established a third flock in 1994 and San Antonio Zoo (SAZ) a fourth flock in 1996. In July 1995, 13 excess males from FRWC and HZ were released on the APCNWR. Two birds survived to the breeding season and 1 survived to 1 year post-release. During sum- mer and fall 1996 and 1997, 120 captive- reared birds of both sexes were released on the APCNWR and on the TNC property in Galveston County. All released birds were monitored using radio-telemetry techniques (Lockwood 1998). About 40% of all birds survived to 1 January and both males and females were reproductively active during the spring breeding season. During fall 1994, the T AMU captive flock contracted reticuloendothiosis virus (REV), which is an immunosuppressive retrovirus (Drew et al.1998). Captive flocks had not pre- viously been tested for this infectious agent. The disease was discovered after testing a histological section of external lesions resem- bling avian pox. Although the avian-pox virus was isolated from these samples, REV also was discovered. REV now has been isolated from both APC and GPC at the TAMU facility, HZ, FRWC, TAMU-Kingsville (an APC holding facility), and a wild male from Refugio County was found positive for REV antibody. As a result, TAMU implemented a plan to eradi- cate the disease from the facility by isolating all positive APC in a quarantine room and euthanizing all positive GPC once the virus was isolated. Griffin (1998) found these meth- ods successful for controlling REV at the TAMU facility. Griffin (1998) developed methods of photo- period manipulation to produce laying peri- ods outside the normal laying periods for both APC and GPC. Using photoperiod manipula- tion, he was able to hybridize APC and GPC. He later successfully crossed hybrid hens to both male APC and GPC, producing second generation hybrids . When a pilot release of excess male APC de- termined that many of the released birds died from starvation, Griffin (1998) evaluated the effects of food and water deprivation on GPC. It appears that birds can obtain sufficient wa- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ter if vegetation is available, however, APC needed to go through a preconditioning peri- od at the breeding facility prior to shipment to release pens. In addition, food and water should be made available at the release pens to aid the birds in their transition to the wild. Research Relevance In the field of conservation biology, research in itself has little value unless it can be put to use. Research during the past 24 years by the senior author and his students has provided knowledge that has been incorporated into conservation efforts to save the APC from extinction. Research on APC habitat use and factors limiting APC populations have lead to more focused management efforts, including land acquisition . Understanding the phylogenetic relationship of APC with GPC and other tetraonides pro- vided information on possible inbreeding in the small APC populations. Hybridization may become important as a population manage- ment tool if on-going management efforts prove futile. The development of genetic tools to sex chicks, determine adult relationships, and determine female-offspring relationships from egg-shell membranes has helped captive breeding facilities better manage their flocks. Research must play an integral role in the development of new programs and tech- niques. The program for rearing APC in captiv- ity and subsequently releasing them into the wild is still in its infancy. We, along with other participants in the APC recovery program, have actively contributed to the captive rear- ing methods for APC chicks, preconditioning methods for chicks prior to release, and meth- ods to control disease spread within captive facilities have and will increase production of captive APC. Knowledge gained by following radio-equipped captive APC at release sites, has and will continue to provide insight into methods that will improve bird survival. Un- derstanding the physiological changes that released captive APC experience has led to better release methods and also has increased survival of these birds. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Knowledge is never complete and our re- search will continue in an effort to prevent extinction of the APC. Currently, research focuses on the determination of methods by which REV is transmitted within and between flocks of captive APC. New methods are always being tried in order to make captive breeding and reintroductions more efficient. Allowing hen APC to rear their own young offers some promise, however, there is a trade-off in chick survival (greater with hen- reared) and the number of eggs that can be obtained from a single hen (if allowed to rear her own young, only 1 clutch of eggs will be produced). Further research is needed on the use of photo stimulation to produce multiple breeding seasons during a single year . If APC populations are to become self suffi- cient, there needs to be a better understand- ing of why APC nest success and brood sur- vival are lower than those of GPC. Concurrent studies of APC and GPC (within the heart of the GPC range in Kansas) are needed to un- derstand these differences. It also would be of interest to compare the results of these 2 studies to areas where GPC are decreasing (e.g., on the periphery of their range in Kan- sas). Future research also is needed on the role of environmental stochasticity in the population dynamics of small isolated prairie chicken populations. Specifically, information is needed to maintain populations capable of withstanding the adverse effects of future environmental variability. Future Outlook Currently, the APC is probably the most en- dangered bird in the United States. A regres- sion of estimated numbers and time (1972- 92) indicated the APC would be extinct by the year 2000. Only through supplementation of the existing populations with captive-reared birds will the current populations survive be- yond the year 2000. All remaining wild birds were probably gone from APCNWR by 1998 as no wild males were seen in spring 1998. Supplementation (1996-97) led to increased numbers of APC on TNC lands. Supplementa- tion offers hope for these 2 populations. How- 159 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 160 ever, prospects for population supplementa- tion in Refugio County are not good as local ranchers currently view endangered species and private property rights as incompatible. We therefore predict the Refugio County pop- ulation will be extinct by the year 2000. How- ever, with extinction may come hope for APC in Refugio County. For once the original birds are gone, ranchers may be favorable to rees- tablish an "experimental population" on these areas. Under the Endangered Species Act, these populations do not carry the real or perceived private-lands rights problems asso- ciated with an endangered species. Future reintroductions, using captive-reared birds, into Brazoria County on BNWR lands, into Aransas County on ANWR lands, and in Matagorda County on The Nature Conser- vancy's Mad Island Preserve offer additional possibilities for reestablishment of small popu- lations. However, continued brush encroach- ment from adjoining lands may limit the potential of these areas. Efforts should begin now on these areas to maximize the habitat required by APC before future releases are made. It appears the near future of the APC is in the hands of the captive breeding programs (FRWC, TAMU, HZ, and SAZ). Continued supplementation will probably be needed to support current populations and reintroduc- tions. However, supplemental releases and reintroductions are limited to a few areas and at some point populations must become self- sustaining if our efforts are to be of value. If the cost of water used for rice farming con- tinues to rise, much of the rice farming will cease in Texas. With this will come the oppor- tunity to convert some of these areas back to native prairie and cattle production. Efforts are needed to encourage farmers to return these areas to native prairie. By sustaining the current populations of APC through contin- ued supplementation, we hope the time will come when these populations will naturally repopulate restored prairies. There are many "ifs" in the future for the APC, but there is hope so long as the APC is only down and not out. Even if conservation efforts to save the APC fail, lessons learned from the efforts should be helpful to others working on endan- gered species conservation biology. Acknowledgments First and foremost, we would like to acknowl- edge fellow graduate students (J. Horkel, V. Cogar, R. Lutz, J. Lawrence, D. Ellsworth, M. DiMare, D. Drake, E. Osterndorff, and J. Pur- vis) who have worked with the APC project, personnel (D. Brown, B. Brownlee, L. Linum, R. Jurries, and L. Schatz) of the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (APCNWR) for data. This research has been supported by the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, Texas A&M University System; Texas Parks and Wildlife Department; the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Ser- vice; and the Welder Wildlife Foundation. Literature Cited Cogar, V.F. 1980. Food habits of Attwater's prairie chicken in Refugio County, Texas. Dis- sertation, Texas A&M University, College Sta- tion, Texas, USA. Cogar, V.F., J.D. Horkel, and N.J. Silvy. 1977. Vegetation type preference of Attwater's prai- rie chicken in coastal prairie. Proceedings of Annual Conference Southeastern Association of Fish and Wild/life Agencies 31 :41-50 . DiMare, M.l. 1991. Effects of lek shape on reproductive behavior of Attwater's prairie chicken. Dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Drake, D. 1994. Captive propagation and brood behavior of greater prairie chickens. Thesis, Texas A&M University, College Sta- tion, Texas, USA. Drew, M.L., W.L. Wigle, D.L. Graham, C.P. Griffin, N.J. Silvy, A.M. Fadly, and R.L. Witter. 1998. Reticuloendotheliosis in captive greater and Attwater's prairie chickens. journal of Wildlife Diseases 34: 783-791. Ellsworth, D.L. 1991. Mitochondrial DNA and Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station nuclear gene diversity among white-tailed deer {Odocoileus virginianus) populations in the southeastern United States and within the North American prairie grouse {Tympanuchus) complex. Dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Ellsworth, D.L., R.L. Honeycutt, N.J. Silvy, K.D. Rittenhouse, and M.H. Smith. 1994. Mito- chondrial-DNA and nuclear-gene differentia- tion in North American prairie grouse {Genus Tympanuchus). Auk 111 :661-671. Ellsworth, D.L., R.L. Honeycutt, and N.J. Silvy. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships among North American grouse inferred from restric- tion endonuclease analysis of mitochondrial DNA. Condor 97:492-502. Griffin, C.P. 1998. Factors affecting captive prairie chicken production. Dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Horkel, J.D. 1979. Cover and space require- ments for Attwater's prairie chicken {Tympanu- chus cupido attwateri) in Refugio County, Texas. Dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Horkel, J.D., R.S. Lutz, and N.J. Silvy. 1978. The influence of environmental parameters on nesting success of upland game birds. Proceedings of Annual Conference Southeast- ern Association Fish and Wildlife Agencies 32:234-241. Horkel, J.D., R.S. Lutz, and N.J. Silvy. 1981. Rights-of-ways as habitat for endangered Att- water's prairie chickens. Symposium on Envi- ronmental Concerns of Rights-of-Ways Manage- ment 2 {Paper 65):1-6. Horkel, J.D., and N.J. Silvy. 1980. Evolutionary considerations in creating artificial leks for Attwater's prairie chicken. Pages 42-47 in P. A Vohs, Jr. and F. L. Knopf, editors. Proceed- ing of the Prairie Grouse Symposium, Oklaho- ma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA Jennings, W.S. 1950. Abundance, distribution, and present status of Attwater's prairie chick- en. Final Report, Texas Cooperative Wildlife Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look Unit, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA Lawrence, J.S. 1982. Effect of predator reduc- tion on the reproductive success of Attwater's prairie chicken. Thesis, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Lawrence, J.S., and N.J. Silvy. 1980. Status of the Attwater's prairie chicken-an update. Pages 29-33 in P. A Vohs, Jr. and F. L. Knopf, editors. Proceedings of the Prairie Crouse Sym- posium. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA Lawrence, J.S., and N.J. Silvy. 1987. Move- ment and mortality of transplanted Attwater's prairie chicken. journal of World Pheasant Association 12:57-65. Lehmann, V.W. 1941. Attwater's prairie chick- en: its life history and management. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service North American Fauna 57. Lehmann, V.W. 1965. Fire in the range of Attwater's prairie chicken. Proceedings of Tall Timbers Fire Ecology Conference 4:12 7-143. Lehmann, V.W. 1968. The Attwater's prairie chicken, current status and restoration opportunities. Transactions of North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference 33:398-407. Lehmann, V.W., and R.G. Mauermann. 1963. Status of Attwater's prairie chicken. journal of Wildlife Management 27:713-725. Lockwood, M.A. 1998. Survival, reproduction, and habitat use of captive-reared Attwater's prairie chicken. Thesis, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA Lutz, R.S. 1979. The response of Attwater's prairie chicken to petroleum development Thesis, Texas A&M University, College Sta- tion, Texas, USA Lutz, R.S., and N.J. Silvy. 1980. Predator re- sponse to artificial nests in Attwater's prairie chicken habitat. Pages 48-51 in P. A Vohs, Jr. and F. L. Knopf, editors. Proceedings of the Prairie Crouse Symposium. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA . 161 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 162 Lutz, R.S., j.S. Lawrence, and N.j. Silvy. 1994. Nesting ecology of Attwater's prairie chicken. journal of Wildlife Management 58:230-233. Morrow, M.E. 1986. Ecology of Attwater's prairie chicken in relation to land management practices on the Attwater Prairie Chicken Na- tional Refuge. Dissertation, Texas A&M Uni- versity, College Station, Texas, USA. Osterndorff, E.A. 1995. Conservation genetics of the endangered Attwater's prairie chicken. Thesis, Texas A&M University, College Sta- tion, Texas, USA. Peterson, M.j. 1994. Factors limiting popula- tion size of the endangered Attwater's prairie chicken. Dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA. Peterson, M.J. 1996. The endangered Attwa- ter's prairie chicken and an analysis of prairie grouse helminthic endoparasitism. Ecography 19:424-431. Peterson, M.j., and N.j. Silvy. 1994. Spring precipitation and fluctuations in Attwater's prairie chicken numbers: hypotheses revisited. journal of Wildlife Management 58:222-229. Peterson, M.j., and N.j. Silvy. 1996. Reproduc- tive stages limiting productivity of the endan- gered Attwater's prairie chicken. Conservation Biology 10:1264-1276. Peterson, M.j., W.E. Grant, and N.J. Silvy. 1998a. Simulation of reproductive stages limit- ing productivity of the endangered Attwater's prairie chicken. Ecological Modeling (in press). Peterson, M.j., J.R. Purvis, j.R. Lichtenfels, T.M. Craig, N.O. Dronen, Jr., and N.j. Silvy. 1998b. Serologic and parasitologic survey of the en- dangered Attwater's prairie chicken. journal of Wildlife Disease 34:13 7-144. Purvis, j.R. 1995. Implications of Canada, snow, and white-fronted geese and northern bobwhite as disease reservoirs for the Attwa- ter's prairie chicken. Thesis, Texas A&M Uni- versity, College Station, Texas, USA. Purvis, J.R., D.E. Gawlik, N.O. Dronen, and N.j. Silvy. 1997. Helminths of wintering geese in Texas. journal of Wildlife Disease 33:660-663. Purvis, j.R., M.j. Peterson, N.O. Dronen, j.R. Lichtenfels, and N.j. Silvy. 1998. Northern bobwhites as disease indicators for the endan- gered Attwater's prairie chicken. journal of Wildlife Disease 34:348-354. Robel, R.j., j.N. Briggs, A.D. Dayton, and L.C. Hulbert. 1970. Relationships between visual obstruction measurements and weight of grassland vegetation. journal of Range Man- agement 23:295-297. Seal, U.S. (editor). 1994. Attwater's prairie chicken (Tympanuchus cupido attwateri): population and habitat viability assessment. A collaborative workshop report. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Texas Wildlife and Parks Department, Texas A&M University, Fossil Rim Wildlife Center, and IUCN/SSC Captive Breeding Specialist Group. Glen Rose, Texas, USA. Silvy, N.j., and M.W. Morrow. 1988. Dimin- ishing prairies and their effects on the endan- gered Attwater's prairie chicken. Section 13.02, Pages 1-3, in A. Davis and G. Stanford, editors. Proceedings of Tenth North American Prairie Conference. Texas Women's Universi- ty, Denton, Texas, USA. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look History and Hunting the Greater Prairie Chicken: A Rich Tradition Ross H. Hier, Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, Crookston People tend to think of this grand gamebird as belonging to the era of black and white photographs but it doesn't need to be that way (Fig. 1 ). Prairie chicken hunting is directly bound to the color and grandeur of the bird and its amazing habitats. If you are a "chicken hunter," you're not obsessed with them only in the fall. Odds are it was their primeval courtship antics that drew you to them and their vast grassland kingdom in the first place. In most areas, this is a kingdom whose bound- aries seem defined only by the horizon your eyes could see, a kingdom so powerful it caused many humans to stare in disbelief for hours. Later, many scribbled down notes that eventually become sentences which eventual- ly become books describing their intimate thoughts on the land of the prairie chicken. Paul Gruchow, William Least Heat-Moon and Tom Huggler come to mind when thinking about some of the descriptions of "a prairie chicken's backyard." They can lead you to it, but it is much better when observed first- hand. As you explore it, you walk among bluestem, dropseed, and grama grasses, and blazingstars, purple coneflowers and sunflow- ers. Although it may not happen on your first hunt, or even your second, eventually you will fall into the grip of the grassland mystique and then immediately realize that every fallen bird is but the ultimate gift from an already giving landscape. As a Euro-descended man, I cannot claim bragging rights on being the first to hunt this Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 prairie grouse. Although many Plains Indians hunted them and honored them in story, song and dance; they cannot make such a claim either. The first hunters prairie chickens feared for thousands of years came in the form of feathered lightening bolts and fur-covered Figure 1. Home from the hunt in Crookston, Minnesota, 1907. Caption on back of old pho- to, "In Harry Stair's backyard and the pup that died in October." 163 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look wraiths. We know them as peregrine and prai- rie falcons and red fox, just to mention a few. In the relatively recent historical era, chickens expanded their range and increased in num- ber as settlers moved onto the plains and broke-out small cropfields within the sea of grass. As more cropland was created, chick- ens did well until the ideal ratio of grass to cropland was exceeded. Chickens were extremely important to pio- neer families (Fig 2.). Their abundance in the late nineteenth century kept many homestead families in fine red meat when other foods were scarce. Their exceptional populations also provided for phenomenal kills for com- mercial markets and sportsmen of that era. For a period of years in the late 1800s and early 1900s, prairie chicken numbers were so tremendous in a vast area of the Great Plains that they more or less created a "chicken hunting culture." This culture was epitomized by large gatherings of high society folks who had the dollars and time to attend wild bird dog trialing events, or individual outings ca- tered to hunting chickens. Many local train lines established special rates for prairie chick- en hunters, even providing fine quarters for their hunting dogs. Other private sector entre- preneurs created items specifically designed for the prairie grouse hunter, such as a horse- drawn wagon which came complete with gun racks, dog kennels and large ice-boxes. This era of "super-abundance" eventually end- ed as habitat loss, habitat succession, exces- sive market kills, weather, and other factors led to declining populations in many states. Concern by admirers for the pinnates' plight led to improved management, habitat acquisi- tion, and other work to secure and strengthen dwindling chicken populations. What follows, below, are some prairie chicken hunting notes from various states: Figure 2. Members of the Ousefamily near Rothsay, Minnesota in the early 1900s. 164 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ---------------------- ~ --~----~~ Iowa (Moe 1999) This state set the first daily bag limit on great- er prairie chickens at 25 birds/day. • 1880s = Peak numbers of chickens • 1915 =Restriction of 8 birds/day and a season from September to December • 1916 = Season closed (not reopened yet) Minnesota (Swanson 1940) The first market quotes for "pinnates" was in 1859. • 1870 = Duluth hotel managers ordered 1,200 chickens from the St. Paul markets • 1876 =Season opener for prairie chickens was 15 August • 1894 =Markets paid 30 cents/pair of chickens in August 1859; 70 cents/pair in September • By late 1800s = farmers lobbied for later season openers to allow chickens to con- sume crop insect pests • 1880s = Peak chicken numbers. The abun- dant prairie chicken was a major "tourist" attraction in much of western Minnesota where it was estimated that 1,000 hunters spent an average of 15 days and $60,000 annually • 1870s =chicken hunters and Northern Pacific Railroad doing business • 1899 = the Great Northern and Soo Line Railroads still held special chicken excur- sions with a 25-cent fee for dog care • From 1850 through the 1870s = daily bags were commonly 35-50 birds/hunter • Special "sporting wagons" were produced Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look by several companies from which to hunt chickens; they came complete with 4-6 dog kennels, ice chests, gun racks and ammunition holds • 1942 = Season closed (not yet reopened) Nebraska (Vodehnal 1999) By most accounts chickens were not abun- dant in much of Nebraska prior to the 1850s. • Early chicken populations bound to small farms at Indian village sites • 1863 = Homestead Act played a major role in the future of chickens in Nebraska • By late 1860s = settlers opened many small fields in the grassland sea and chick- en numbers exploded; birds became a staple in settlers' diets and the railroads brought market gunning • 1874 = 300,000 chickens were shipped to market from 30 eastern counties; birds brought $4/dozen • Late 1800s = Peak numbers of chickens • 1930s = Lowest numbers of chickens • Prairie grouse hunter numbers = 7,000+ in 1950s; 20,800 in 1973; 13,000+ in 1990s • 1950s to present= Prairie chicken popu- lations more closely managed and annual season held (typically with 2-3 bird/day bag limits) North Dakota (Johnson and Kane 1989) • Chickens came into North Dakota Territo- ry in the early 1880s, eventually residing in most of the state except the Badlands. • 1897 =In October, a hunting party from Massachusetts occupied a private train car at Dawson where they received the best 165 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look of everything during their 30-day chicken hunting trip at, a cost of $200/person • 1929-30 =Charles Wenz of New Rockford recalled that his family and many others survived those 2 drought/depression years by eating prairie chickens and jackrabbits; H.B. Spiller in Dickey County, said his fami- ly tired of eating prairie chickens but ate Figure 3. Chicken hunting on South Dakota grass. 166 them rather than butcher their domestic chickens • 1930s =Most hunters agreed: September was the best time to hunt for prairie chickens • 1938-42 =The only years there are harvest estimates for prairie chickens; hunters av- eraged 39,400 birds during those years • 1945 = Last season for prairie chickens (not reopened yet) Oklahoma (Horton and Wolfe 1999) In 1959, a license to hunt chickens was $2 plus a $1 permit; the season was 2 days with a bag of 2 birds/day. • Greater/lesser prairie chicken harvest= low of 671 in 1996; a high of 9,651 in 1982 • Chicken hunter numbers were highest in 1960s with 14,000 hunters • Season is now closed for both species of prairie chickens South Dakota (Fredrickson eta/. 1999) Most birds are thought to have "come in with the settlers" in 1870s. • 1870-1900 =Years of heaviest harvest (market/subsistence) • Prairie grouse harvest varied greatly; a low of 64,300 in 1977 and a high of 174,300 in 1979 • Annual average harvest of chickens falls to between 4,000-6,400 • Prairie grouse hunters numbers have held steady at 20,000-25,000 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station In the present era, one has to be overjoyed just to get the occasional chance at these grand gamebirds. In my opinion, chicken hunting is being in the "big-wide open/' walk- ing prairie landscapes so immense that even those with the greatest human egos will feel humbled. Chicken hunting is the chance to meet other prairie inhabitants; fellow crea- tures of the grassland sea such as pronghorns, mule deer, short-eared owls, peregrine falcons and prairie rattlesnakes. Chicken hunting is setting-up grouse camp in places where the Red Gods liberally paint the sky with unforget- table washes of reds and yellows. Chicken hunting is being with best friends and a hot meal after a long day of walking crisp, prairie air. Chicken hunting is that moment when miles of walking and good dogwork reward you with a bird or better yet, seeing excellent dogwork followed by a fine wingshot by your hunting partner (Fig. 3). Chicken hunting is sometimes saying goodbye to old canine friends and then starting anew with a young pup. Chicken hunting is the scent of gun pow- der in chilly, clean air and sometimes plump birds for supper. Chicken hunting is admira- tion and deep respect for your quarry. Chick- en hunting is a rest on a prairie knob with your best friends and maybe some weight in your gamebag. When I talk to the Red Gods, I often ask that there be more moments such as these for those of us who have a spiritual bond with the great pinnates and the grand places in which they live. Literature Cited Fredrickson, L., B. Crouch, and G.L. Heismey- er. 1999. Status and management of the ·f-· . The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look greater prairie chicken in South Dakota. Pages 75-80 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultur- al Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publica- tion 99-1999. University of Minnesota, St. Paul, USA. Horton, R., and D. Wolfe. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Oklahoma. Pages 105-111 in W.O. Svedar- sky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minne- sota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscella- neous Publication 99-1999. University of Min- nesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Johnson, M.D., and J. Knue. 1989. Feathers from the prairie. North Dakota Game and Fish Department, Bismarck, North Dakota, USA. Moe, M. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Iowa. Pages 123-127 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy. 1999. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Exper- iment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999. University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Swanson, E.B. 1940. The use and conservation of Minnesota game, 1850-1900. Dissertation, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minne- sota, USA. Vodehnal, W. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Nebraska. Pages 81-98 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: A national/oak. Agricultural Exper- iment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999. University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. . ·f-· .. · ~~- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 167 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 168 Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look National Outlook and Conservation Needs for Greater Prairie Chickens Ronald L. Westemeier, lflinois Natural History Survey, Effingham Sharron Gough, Missouri Department of Conservation, ElDorado Springs Past rangewide appraisals of the status, out- look, and needs of greater prairie chickens (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) include those by Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom ( 1961, 1963), Christisen (1969), Westemeier (1980, Westemeier and Edwards (1987), Gough (1990), and Schroeder and Robb (1993). Since then, changes in human pressures, farm legislation, habitat quality, and translocation techniques for greater prairie chickens have been steadily developing. As intensified land use causes habitat loss, wildlife declines are being registered on many fronts, with recent Breeding Bird Surveys indicating problems of particular concern for grassland species. Conversely, new farm bill legislation requires Conservation Reserve Program (CRP) lands to provide more benefits to wildlife, and offers incentives and cost sharing programs such as Wildlife Habitat Incentive Program (WHIP) and Environmental Quality Incentive Program (EQIP) for habitat development projects (Gough 1998). The various grassland restoration projects can play significant roles in providing habitat for grassland-dependent species. Another dynamic affecting the prairie chicken's status is improved prospects for success with trans- locations as documented in several states. All of these changes precipitate the need for new information. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 This paper updates and summarizes the sta- tus, outlook, and needs of greater prairie chickens in the 11 states where the species occurs. We include information on transloca- tions made for purposes of reintroduction, demographic and genetic enhancement, and public enjoyment. We emphasize manage- ment-oriented information because that is the most critical need of greater prairie chicken managers throughout the range. Methods Much of the information in this paper was provided by responses to a mailed question- naire originally developed by Christisen (1969) and modified by Westemeier (1980). In addition to general coverage of the 11 states with populations of greater prairie chickens, we sought information for selected preserves, refuges, ranches, and other grass- lands. Abundance estimates are based on spring booming ground surveys using cock counts, or fall populations using booming ground surveys plus age ratios from harvest data (e.g., Vodehnal 1999). Hunter reports are notoriously biased (Keith 1963). For the 4 states with hunting seasons, prairie chicken distributions were so extensive that estimates of abundance were at best, educated guesses. We used the most liberal estimates given for 169 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look each state. A 50:50 ratio of both sexes was assumed for spring counts of males, doubling the count to estimate abundance. The sex- ratio assumption may not be valid; hence, one may divide by 2 to determine the count of males. Our mention of 1 0-year cyclic tendencies of prairie chickens "is used with no connotation of strict regularity" (Keith 1963:118}. We also reviewed the most cur- rent literature available from each state for additional information. Results and Discussion ABUNDANCE & DISTRIBUTION OF UNHUNTED POPULATIONS Colorado- Current estimate of abundance (1997} is 10,000 prairie chickens (Giesen and Schroeder 1999}, which continues an increas- ing trend from 760 in the 1960s, 3,000-6,000 in 1983 (Van Sant and Braun 1990}; and 6,000-8,000 in 1989 (K. Giesen in Gough 1990} (Table 1 ). When the species was de- clared endangered in 1973, only 1 distinct Figure 1. Greater prairie chicken range in 1997 with larger black areas df!picting main ranges. Small dots and crosshatch- ing depict more localized populations. 170 breeding population was known in Colorado "and it occurred almost exclusively on private land" (Hoffman et al. 1992:197}. This informa- tion amends estimates reported by Evans (1963} in Christisen (1969:209, "7,600" birds) and by Schroeder and Robb (1993:20; "no change ... during the last 25 years"). Currently, the main range occurs in Yuma and Washington counties, but smaller populations exist in 5 other northeastern counties (Fig. 1) as a result of transplants. The Tamarack Area transplants were particularly successful, as at least 15 booming grounds were noted on or nearby the 4,714 acres (1 ,907 ha) of restored native grasses (Hoffman et al. 1992}. The outlook in Colorado is for stable to in- creasing numbers. The disjunct arrangement in the amount of "irrigated corn to rangeland in a configuration that allows greater prairie chickens to take advantage of both" is consid- ered the limiting factor (M. Schroeder, person- al communication). Illinois- The current spring estimates were 168 prairie chickens in 1997 and 256 in 1998, both of which indicate population increases up from near extirpation, when only 46 native birds were counted in spring 1994 (Weste- meier et al. 1999}. Genetic defiencies were evident in these Illinois remnants (Bouzat et al. 1998a,b) and their fitness, as based on declines in egg fertility and success, had also declined (Westemeier et al. 1991, 1998a}. Translocations totaling 518 birds from Minne- sota, Kansas, and Nebraska were made from August 1992 through April 1998 to demo- graphically and genetically enhance remnant populations. The range is mainly limited to parts of jasper and Marion counties (Fig. 1) with about 1,400 and 700 acres (567 and 283 ha), respectively, of intensively managed sanctuary grasslands, and very little CRP grassland. An exception was a confirmed boomer in 1997 and 1998 near Hunt City in northeastern jasper County where the late Ralph Yeatter conducted his studies in the 1930s (Yeatter 1943}. Other confirmations were in Effingham and White counties. New populations are possible from the translocations because CRP grasslands Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look exist considerably farther south of this range. The outlook is guardedly optimistic in Jasper County where new managed grasslands (Westemeier 1997), successful control of pheasants (Phasianus colchicus) (Westemeier 1988; Westemeier et al. 1998b) and nest predators, an enhanced gene pool, and appar- ent restoration of egg viability (Westemeier et al. 1998a) are positive factors -at least for the short term. Iowa- The current estimate (1997) was 100- 200 prairie chickens in contrast to virtually none between 1955-86. The most current translocations began in 1987 and ended in 1994 with a total of 549 birds released (Moe 1999). The confirmed range includes parts of Ringgold (mainly), Adair, and Decatur coun- ties (Fig. 1 ). Prairie chickens may be using parts of 4 other southwestern counties. The outlook is optimistic for the next 1 0 years because of a good CRP signup in those coun- ties and the prospects of increased grassland habitat that will result from the proposed Kel- lerton Bird Conservation Area. Success with prairie chickens in Ringgold County can be partially linked to a well-managed native prai- rie pasture of 1,200 acres (486 ha) in Missouri (McMillen 1998). Other tracts of CRP and managed grasslands in northwest Missouri have positively influenced Iowa's prairie chick- en restoration efforts (Moe 1999). Table 1. Most liberal estimates of abundance of greater prairie chickens in the United States, 1968-1997. State 1968a 1979b 1985C 1989d 1997 Unhunted populations Colorado 760 3,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 Illinois 300 230 300 68 168 Iowa 0 0 0 ? 200 Minnesota 5,000 2,000 1,600 2,000 1,868 Missouri 10,000 9,600 6,000 3,000 1,000 North Dakota 1,800 1,000 800 ? 300 Wisconsin 1,000 1,842 1,354 1,200 1,222 Hunted populations Kansas-total 750,000 200,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 178,000e Kansas-harvest 46,000 40,000 54,000 53,000 16,000 Nebraska-total 100,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 131 ,484f Nebraska-harvest 15,000 8,200 5,000 35,000 ? Oklahoma-total 130,000 80,000 ? 12,000 1,500 Oklahoma-harvest 14,000 8,000 5,000 ? <200 S. Dakota-total 80,000 40,000 ? ? 65,000 S. Dakota-harvest 10,000 5,233 4,000 ? 8,000 a Christisen 1969 (estimate for Colorado amended). b Westemeier 1980 . c Westemeier and Edwards 1987 (Colorado estimate for 1983 from VanSant and Braun 1990; Kansas estimate is for 1982). d Gough 1990. e Derived estimate - see text. ' Estimate for Sandhi/Is only. Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 171 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 172 Minnesota- Since 1974, Minnesota prairie chickens have shown 2 strong peaks in abun- dance, spaced 1 0 years apart, with the last high (1992) showing 3,826 birds (Wolfe 1997). The most current estimates are 1,868 (1997) and 2,924 (1998) prairie chickens (Wolfe 1999 ). Whether or not the peaks in numbers are statistically significant, they at least appear to be convincing evidence for a 1 0-year cycle. The occupied range includes parts of 11 northwestern and north central counties. The outlook is optimistic, owing to 80,972 acres (32,769 ha) of grassland habitat owned by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) (49%), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (39%), and The Na- ture Conservancy (TN C) (12%), all of which are managed at least in part for prairie chick- ens. Moreover, CRP grasslands within the prairie chicken range total 148,260 acres (60,000 ha), nearly twice that of the public grasslands (Svedarsky et al. 1997). Missouri- The 1997 estimate for resident prairie chickens is 1,000 birds (Mechlin 1999), a stark contrast to the 1 0,000 birds estimated in 1967 (Table 1; Christisen 1969). Worse, the trend over the past 28 years indicates they will be gone by 2009; the last 7 years suggest extirpation by 2002 (Mechlin 1999)! On a more hopeful note, birds associated with public prairies are not declining as rapid- ly as those depending solely on private land. Also, reintroduced populations in north Mis- souri have shown relative stability, with the 1997 survey reporting 22 males in Harrison County, 57 males in Sullivan County, and a new confirmed booming ground in Nod- away County. Missouri's chickens occur in 21 counties mostly in the southwest and westcentral part of the state (Fig. 1 ). Public grasslands with potential for chickens total about 21,000 acres (8,500 ha). Thus, although the current outlook is alarming, a series of years with good weather for reproduction could turn things around as occurred for continental waterfowl numbers. Improved weather for hatching and early brooding have resulted in more and bigger broods being reported on several Missouri prairies in 1997 and 1998. --------··----. Recent land acquisitions may have favorable impacts on local flocks. The Nature Conser- vancy (TNC) continues to expand its grass- land acreages in Missouri. The owners of Dunn Ranch, a 1,200-acre (486 ha) native prairie in Harrison County (northwest Missou- ri), are negotiating with TNC for sale of the ranch. Prairie chickens associated with Dunn Ranch are linked with releases of chickens in nearby Iowa. North Dakota -The current statewide esti- mate (1997) was 300 prairie chickens (Ko- briger 1999). The Sheyenne Grasslands in Ransom and Richland counties, because of their size (134,788 acres [54,548 ha]), 52% under Federal administration and 48% private land), should have the greatest potential for chickens. A "density of 16 male prairie chick- ens per square mile" (/259 ha) or about 1,600 males is a realistic goal for "1 00 square miles of potential prairie chicken habitat ... in the Sheyenne National Grasslands (Manske and Barker [1981] in Kobriger et al. 1988:4). How- ever, only 69 males were counted there in 1997 in contrast to 410 males in 1982 (Ko- briger 1999). Reintroductions resulted in 53 males (mini- mum count) on the Bry Area in Grand Forks County. Six males were found in Sargent County. A management objective for North Dakota was to establish 3 viable populations by 1995 on the Sheyenne, Grand Forks, and Englevale areas, with releases augmenting establishment efforts on the latter 2 areas. The Englevale release of 1993 appears unsuccess- ful. This failure, coupled with an overall down- ward trend in numbers, creates a poor out- look for North Dakota. Wisconsin -The 1997 estimate was 1,222 prairie chickens, based on a count of 611 males; and similar counts in 1998 (J. Keir, T. Meier, j. Toepfer, University of Wisconsin- Stevens Point, and others, personal communi- cation). Buena Vista Grasslands continued to be the stronghold with 324 males. Significant counts of males were reported for the Leola Grasslands (97), Paul Olsen Area ( 1 00), Mead (60), and the north range (30) areas as well. Survey numbers suggest 1 0-year cycles, simi- Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station lar to Minnesota's, with a strong peak of 550 males on Buena Vista in 1981-82 (Anderson and Toepfer 1999) that matched 1950-51 counts. Counts on Paul Olson (302 cocks) and Mead areas were also at peak levels in 1981 (or nearby years), bringing 1981's total to 1,121 cocks in the known range. Impor- tantly, the current range is likely interconnect- ed (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973: 28-29), including 6 counties and extending over 75 miles (120 km) in length (Fig. 1 ). The outlook is that the current level of man- agement on 16,000 acres (6,475 ha) will maintain prairie chickens in Wisconsin (Keir 1999). This is based on counts during the 1990s, which through 1998, have ranged be- tween 300-421 cocks on the most-intensively managed areas (Buena Vista and Leola com- bined). In contrast, counts on the same areas in the 1960s were as low as 132 cocks (1969) when drought, brush clearing on management lands, and intensive farming on private lands were factors (Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973). Should public policy dictate, expanded management could increase not only overall numbers, but long-term population security as well. Cranberry production, however, pre- sents a relatively new threat on Buena Vista Grasslands. ABUNDANCE & DISTRIBUTION OF HUNTED POPULATIONS Kansas- A current estimate of abundance was unavailable, but the statewide distribu- tion includes all but the southwestern coun- ties and half of the southcentral counties (Fig. 1 ). Populations in the occupied portion of the state are thought to be contiguous or nearly so (R. Applegate, personal communication). In 1989, the estimate of total birds ranged from 200,000 to as high as 1 million, with a hunter harvest of 53,000 greater prairie chick- ens (K. Church in Gough 1990). Dividing that harvest by a median estimate of total birds (53,000/600,000) yields a 9% harvest rate. If that harvest rate applies to the 1996 esti- mated harvest of 16,000 birds, prehunt pop- ulations would have totaled about 1 78,000 birds in 1996 (Table 1 ). The 1996 harvest was the second lowest on record, tying with that Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look reported in 1975. In contrast, the 1982 har- vest was estimated at 109,000 greater prairie chickens. Apart from a slight recovery in 1997, since 1982, the trend based on boom- ing ground surveys has been downward in all 4 regions, including the prime Flint Hills range (Applegate and Horak 1999). Annual burning, coupled with widespread, early intensive graz- ing, impacts nest success and probably brood- rearing success as well. With no significant areas under management for chickens, the outlook for Kansas is uncertain, at best. Nebraska -The main range of prairie chick- ens in Nebraska includes the eastern and southern periphery of the Sandhills where abundance was estimated at 131,484 in 1996 (Vodehnal 1999). The overall distribution is thought to include all of central Nebraska, overlapping the entire boundary with Kansas, the center of the boundary with South Dako- ta, and the northeast corner of Colorado (S. Taylor and W. Vodehnal, personal com- munication; Fig. 1 ). This distribution includes localized populations in fragmented habitat outside the Sandhills range. Based on boom- ing ground surveys between 1982-97, abun- dance appears to be relatively stable (Vodeh- nal 1999). Current numbers may be at least similar to 75,000-200,000 birds reported in 1979 (Westemeier 1980); and to 150,000- 200,000 reported in 1985 (W. Vodehnal in Westemeier and Edwards 1987) and 1989 (W. Vodehnal in Gough 1990). The annual harvest estimate in 1989 was 35,000 chick- ens, well above estimates of 15,000 and 8,200 in 1967 and 1977, respectively (Weste- meier 1980). Thus, the outlook is for relatively stable populations. On federal refuges in Nebraska, the most sig- nificant hunted population occurs on the Val- entine National Wildlife Refuge (NWR) where 269 males were counted on 33 booming grounds in 1997 (L. McDaniel, personal com- munication). From 1988 through 1994, counts at Valentine ranged from about 400 to more than 500 booming males, with a peak of 538 in 1991 (McDaniel 1989; Svedarsky and Van Amburg 1996). The recorded hunter harvest on Valentine NWR was 136 chickens in 1991, even though grassland management is not directed specifically toward prairie chickens. 173 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look (Sharptails [T. phasianellus] are the principal prairie grouse taken on Valentine Refuge.) Few if any prairie chickens occur on Fort Nio- brara and Crescent Lake NWRs. Oklahoma -A current estimate of prairie chicken abundance was 1 ,500, or about 1% of the 130,000-bird reported for 1968 (Table 1 ). Recent surveys indicate that greater prairie chickens occur in 11 northeastern counties (Horton and Wolfe 1999) (Fig. 1 ). Total abun- dance was estimated at 1 0,000-12,000 birds in 1989 with optimism that populations would remain steady (R. Horton in Gough 1990). However, the trend has been downward since 1979, and especially since 1990 (Hor- ton and Wolfe 1999). The 1997 hunter har- vest likely comprised less than 200 birds. Thus, the hunting season on prairie chickens will be closed for a minimum of 4 years begin- ning in fall 1998. Despite the grim trend in numbers, the outlook for greater prairie chick- ens in Oklahoma is stability, with hopes for a steady (although likely quite slow) increase. The Nature Conservancy's new Tallgrass Prai- rie Preserve in Osage County offers long-term promise for Oklahoma prairie chickens be- Figure 2. Estimates of population size of greater prairie chick- ens in 7 states without current hunting seasons including Colo- rado, Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and Wisconsin during 5 approximate years from 1969-97. U) C) a.. (!) 0 U) "0 c: m U) ::J 0 .1: I- 174 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Unhunted Populations LEGEND: cncn~t.~cn,.., ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (APPROX. YR-) co IL lA MN MO ND WI cause of its size (38,000 acres [15,378 ha]) and commitment to management. Current estimates (1991-97, except 1992) of prairie chicken numbers range from 58 males on 8 leks to 126 males on 15 leks (R. Hamilton, personal communication). Initial management on this large, unhunted tract included con- trolled burns of up to 6,000 acres (2,428 ha) and grazing with 300 bison on 5,000 acres (2,023 ha) (Ackerman 1993, Hamilton 1996). South Dakota- Total abundance for 1997 was estimated to be between 60,000 and 65,000 prairie chickens, with an estimated harvest of 8,000 birds (harvest rate equals 12-13%) (G. Heismeyer, personal communi- cation). While this harvest was not as high as that of 1967 ( 1 0,000; Christisen 1969), it dou- bled the 29-year annual harvest average of 4,000 birds (L. Fredrickson in Gough 1990). In 1996, Fredrickson et al. (1999) estimated the prairie chicken harvest at 10,900. The main range occurs in the south central coun- ties of Lyman, Brule, Buffalo, and Gregory, and in portions of 8 other counties. Localized populations occur in 14 additional counties (Fig. 1 ). CRP grasslands have increased prairie chicken abundance and distribution over the past 10-15 years. Many of the significant CRP contracts in southcentral South Dakota are reverting back to agriculture. However, these losses may be counteracted by increased CRP acres in eastern counties that may enable prairie chickens to continue expansion in that direction. The outlook is for declines in some areas and significant potential for expansions in others. Outlook Summary- Although greater prairie chickens are distributed over 11 states, their status varies greatly from state to state. Illinois populations are probably most endangered because of their small size, isolation, and relative lack of supporting grasslands. Pop- ulations in Iowa and North Dakota are similar in size to Illinois flocks (Fig. 2), but the birds and grasslands of Iowa are linked to those in Missouri; and possibly to those of Nebraska and Kansas (Fig. 1 ), giving these populations potential avenues of expansion. North Dakota prairie chickens and grasslands seem reason- ably close to Minnesota and possibly South Dakota flocks, but they probably are not Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station -~---- ----~ --------···----. ------ close enough for significant interchange. Un- like the situation in Illinois, some connectivity of populations seems a possible feature in these 4 states. Whether such connections are sufficient to provide demographic and genetic rescue remains questionable. Current downward trends in numbers appear most serious in Missouri, Oklahoma, North Dakota, and possibly even Kansas (Table 1, Figs. 2 and 3). Relative stability seems to exist in Nebraska, South Dakota (Fig. 3), Minnesota, and Wis- consin (Fig. 2), notwithstanding several strong peaks suggestive of cyclic tendencies during some of the years ending in 0, 1, or 2 in the latter 2 states. The steady upswing in Colo- rado (Fig. 2) portends a bright outlook for prairie chickens there, especially with a land- scape ratio of 84% rangeland {20% classed as "good quality") and 13% cropland, especially corn (Schroeder and Braun 1992). However, with most birds occurring on private land, Colorado prairie chickens could be in trouble if land-use patterns follow those of Kansas and Oklahoma. CONSERVATION NEEDS Minimum Viable Populations (MVP}- Esti- mates by conservation biologists of the num- ber of individuals of a species that constitutes a minimum viable population have ranged from 50-500, the latter allowing for evolution- ary processes to continue (Franklin 1980, Schaffer 1981, Simberloff 1982, Brussard 1985). Matings by closely related individuals lead to decreased heterozygosity, causing small populations to lose fitness and become less fecund and vigorous (Westemeier et al. 1998a). Geneticists studying fruit flies (Droso- phila melanogaster) calculate that 5,000- 10,000 or more individuals might be needed to ensure long-term species survival (Lande 1995). Alternatively, it can be speculated that prairie chickens are adapted for inbreeding because of their lek breeding system. Toepfer et al. (1990:575) reported historical evidence suggesting "that once prairie grouse fall below 100 cocks ... [200 total birds] ... they will eventually disappear without habitat Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look improvement or acquisition." Attwater's prai- rie chickens (T. c. attwateri) showed a steady upward trend (1973-87) from about 40-100 males on the Attwater's Prairie Chicken NWR, but when the decline in surrounding off-ref- uge numbers brought the total males to under 250, that population dropped to near extinc- tion (Morrow et al. 1996). Yet, prairie chick- ens on the Sheyenne Grasslands in North Dakota declined to extremely low numbers (3-9 cocks) in the 1960s and rebounded to 41 0 males by 1980 (Kobriger et al. 1988). Similarly, isolated prairie chickens in Audrain County, in eastern Missouri have persisted at low numbers for several decades (Christisen 1985), and continue to do so. Many existing isolated populations are likely doomed if >200 prairie chickens are indeed necessary for long-term viability. This would include most present reintroduced popula- tions and even those on large prairies like the Sheyenne Grasslands and Oklahoma's Tallgrass Prairie Preserve. Scenarios of heath hens (T. c. cupido) on Martha's Vineyard, AU- water's prairie chickens in Texas (Silvy et al. Figure 3. Estimates of population size of greater prairie chick- ens in 4 states with current hunting seasons including Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and South Dakota. Black portions of bars depict hunter harvest estimates and open bars depict estimates of population totals during 5 approximate years from 1969-97. 0 0 0 >< t/) (.) ll. (!) -0 .. Cl) .Q E ::::s z Hunted Populations D KS NE LEGEND: rlrrh-TOTAL. UJ.U.J-HARVEST I I I J l ocn~ncn,.._ ! E!!; (APPROX. VR.) 175 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 176 1999), greater prairie chickens in Illinois, and probably elsewhere, suggest failure if num- bers are not increased and maintained above the 1 00-cock lower limit suggested by Toepfer et al. (1990). In this regard, population sizes in Minnesota for 2.5 decades and Wisconsin for 5 decades are encouraging. These suggest that self-contained ("closed") populations with .2:250 (Wisconsin) to .2:500 males (Minnesota), even through possible cyclic lows (with similar numbers), may be adequate MVPs. So far, it does not appear that the numbers of chickens in either Minnesota or Wisconsin are too few to keep these populations viable. If adequate booming ground surveys can be continued, the Wisconsin data may provide the best insight into what a MVP for prairie chickens should be. The Wisconsin counts are not only longest term, they are of high quality, and they provide the lowest dosed-population size that appears to be maintaining reason- able long-term stability. The emerging value of these data underscores the critical importance of good spring counts. Habitat Needs -The literature is replete with conclusions emphasizing the need for ade- quate grassland suitable for successful nesting and brooding as the most critical rangewide need for greater prairie chickens (e.g., Hamer- strom et al. 1957, Kirsch 1974, Wisdom and Mills 1997). Also, all states emphasized the need for grassland habitat with suitable struc- tures to meet the needs of the species year- round. Kansas, for example, has vast native grasslands but annual burning of entire pas- tures (even entire landscapes horizon to hori- zon) and early intensive grazing does not provide residual vegetation for nesting prairie chickens (Applegate and Horak 1 999). The productivity of prairies under such intensive land use is in jeopardy, and the sustainability questionable even for livestock production. At the other extreme, vegetative litter (i.e., horizontally-oriented residual cover) exceed- ing 25% at nest sites may result in nests fail- ing at twice the rate of nests with <25% litter (McKee et al. 1998). Managers must seek a "happy medium" in litter cover for nesting prairie chickens. Moreover, too many pre- served prairies are being set aside as "muse- um specimens" with fall burning the only management approach. Such prairies some- times involve very large tracts (S. Clubine, personal communication). Another consideration is the juxtaposition of crop areas that provide concentrated feeding sites. Optimally, about 20-30% of the land- scape should be in crops (especially corn), to provide winter food, and balance year-round needs for prairie chickens. Too little corn, in concert with overgrazing and annual burning, may limit prairie chicken distribution in por- tions of all grasslands of the Great Plains. At the other extreme, Illinois has vast croplands but far too few suitable grassland acres. How much grassland is enough? The quantity of grassland needed depends on the densities of prairie chickens that realistically can be attained. Densities vary greatly throughout the species' range. For nearly 2 decades, a densi- ty of 100 males/square mile (39 males/km2) of managed grassland appeared to be realistic in Illinois (Westemeier 1980, 1997). Such a goal was proposed for prairie chickens by Kirsch (1974). Unfortunately, land acquisition goals were not attained in Illinois, other negative factors intervened, and high densities did not continue into the 1990s. Estimates derived by the Toepfer model (Toepfer et al. 1990) suggest a need for about 4,000 acres (1,619 ha) of suitable grassland to sustain a population containing 200-250 prairie chicken cocks. The estimate from this model was based on research in Minnesota and Wisconsin conducted on range acquired after European settlement, that is, not the spe- cies' original range (Hamerstrom and Hamer- strom 1963:884). Application of the same formula to Illinois data (using means for inter- booming ground distances and cock numbers per booming ground) suggests that only 1,500 acres (607 ha) may indeed be signifi- cant on Illinois' original prairie chicken range. This quantity of grassland is a minimum, that assumes managed grasslands are well situat- ed, properly managed, and well utilized by prairie chickens. Several other estimation approaches, suggest a need for several thou- sand acres (e.g., 4,000 acres [1,619 ha]; West- emeier, unpublished data). If management addresses other threatened and endangered Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station grassland species, 1,500 acres is far too little grassland (Simpson and Esker 1997). Intensive management of 13,000 acres (5,261 ha) on Wisconsin's Buena Vista and Leola Grasslands maintained 300-421 cocks during the 1990s (Anderson and Toepfer 1999, j. Keir, personal communication). This is well above Toepfer's minimum limit of 100 cocks (Toepfer et al. 1990), and an excellent density of 15-21 cocks/square mile (5.8-8.1 cocks/ km 2) of managed grassland. The density of 1 6 cocks/square mile (6.2 cocks/km2) (Manske and Barker [1981] in Kobriger 1988:4) seems equally feasible for the Sheyenne Grasslands in North Dakota. Thus, the area of suitable grasslands required to support a minimum viable population, assuming it is well-sited and used by prairie chickens, may range from a minimum of 1,500 acres (607 ha) in Illinois to 13,000 acres (5,261 ha) or more in the northern and western range, to support a minimum viable population. If the ratio of nesting and roosting cover to brooding cover should be 50:50, these area estimates may need to be doubled, as nesting and roosting cover often differs greatly from quality brood cover. Moreover, brood cover should be adjacent to nest cover and both should be within 1-2 miles (1.6-3.2 km) of booming grounds (Svedarsky and Van Amburg 1996). The above requisites for prairie chicken habi- tat must occur within "large areas of open country- wide horizons" (Hamerstrom et al. 195 7:11 ). High-rainfall states are struggling with the encroachment of trees and brush into existing grasslands. A Missouri Depart- ment of Conservation study estimated that Missouri gained 1 million acres (404,694 ha) of trees in a 1 7-year time span, most of which occurred along fencerows and draws. The new treelines have severely fragmented grass- land habitat, eliminating vistas and adding the type of habitat preferred by raccoons (Procy- on lotor) and other mammalian predators. Unfortunately, large areas of habitat do not necessarily guarantee preservation of prairie chickens. In Texas, Silvy et al. (1999) report extirpation of Attwater's prairie chickens Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look (APC) in sizeable areas that appear to offer all the requisites to support APC. Other deci- mating factors in Texas apparently include reduced environmental quality, infectious agents, inbreeding, and environmental sto- chasticity. Management Needs on Manageable Land- The importance of adequate booming ground surveys cannot be overemphasized. Without them "there is no way to biologically measure the effectivness of management actions" (Sve- darsky and VanAmburg 1996:93). Long-term survey efforts in Minnesota and Wisconsin are especially important because they may provide the best estimates of what the size of minimum viable populations should be for greater prairie chickens. Moreover, "booming grounds are an important reference point for management and an essential orientation and breeding center for prairie chickens" (Svedar- sky and VanAmburg 1996:94). Prairie chick- en managers should be keenly aware of the locations of all booming grounds on/near lands under their charge and strive for opti- mum habitats for nesting, brooding, and roosting within 1-2 miles (1.6-3.2 km) of the booming grounds (Hamerstrom 1957, Westemeier 1971, Hamerstrom and Hamer- strom 1973, J. Toepfer in Svedarsky and Van Amburg 1996). Management for booming grounds per se should not be "just a little hole in the weeds. It would be well to mow about 40 acres with the booming ground in the cen- ter" (Hamerstrom et al. 1957:48). In Illinois, sites 10 acres (4 ha) in size, mowed, burned, disked, or in soybean stubble, and available to the birds in early fall, have worked well for booming grounds. Management emphasis within close proximity of booming grounds is most pertinent and feasible when land control is attained by gov- ernmental or corporate agency ownership. A 4-year rotation of prescribed burning, late high mowing, late haying, or light grazing, and various rest-rotation schemes seems to be (or should be) standard approaches to grassland maintenance for prairie chickens. Rotations may be lengthened to 6 years on droughty sandy soils or on peat soils subject to peat fires. Visual obstruction readings (VOR, Robel et al. 1970) provide useful measurements of 177 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 178 grassland height and density for prairie chick- ens. The aim should be to have at least 50% of spring residual grasslands around key booming grounds measuring 700% VORs at 8 inches (2.0 dm) or slightly more for nest- ing and roosting. Fields intended for brood cover can be essentially bare at the beginning of the growing season, but they should pro- vide screening with VORs measuring 8-16 inches (2-4 dm), an abundance of grasshop- pers, and ease of movement for broods by hatching time. Current references with excellent prescrip- tions for habitat management for prairie chick- ens include Svedarsky and Van Amburg (1996), Toepfer in Svedarsky and Van Am- burg (1996), Svedarsky et al. (1997), and Mc- Kee et al. 1998). Recommendations by Rice and Carter ( 1982) for rest-rotation and winter grazing are especially appropriate for prairie chickens in South Dakota and the Great Plains in general. Other management needs may include tree and brush removal, control of invasive exotic plants (particularly tall fescue Festuca elatior var. arundinacea] in Missouri and Illinois, seri- cea lespedeza [Lespedeza cuneata]in Kansas, Oklahoma, and Missouri, and leafy spurge [Euphorbia esula L.] in North Dakota), nest predators, pheasants, and a myriad of other problems associated with maintaining quality grasslands. A laissez-faire management philos- ophy will not save prairie chickens. A Management Approach on Private Lands - Given the increasing opposition to govern- ment or agency ownership of land in Missou- ri, the Missouri Department of Conservation has developed a private land program called "Partners for Prairie Wildlife" (PPW). This project was developed to find out if grassland management practices could be promoted on private lands sufficient to improve the sur- vival outlook of prairie chickens and other grassland species. Two project areas were selected of about 40 square miles (1 04 km2) each. These were chosen based on the pres- ence of core habitat on public lands, a history of good cooperation with area landowners and related agencies, relatively healthy prairie chicken populations, and the presence of ample grassland resources on private lands. Objectives of the program were to: (1) En- hance grassland diversity and structure so that suitable nesting and brood-rearing habitat for prairie wildlife is distributed over 40% of target areas; (2) Reduce fragmentation of the prairie landscape by removing invasive trees from prairie soils that obscure vistas and contribute to reduced nesting success due to predation; and (3) Demonstrate to land- owners that forage production and habitat improvement for prairie wildlife can be com- patible. Ten practices (with incentives) were offered to landowners: 1. Convert fescue to native warm-season grasses ($55.00/acre). 2. Convert fescue to alternative cool-season grasses (not fescue) and legumes (herbi- cide only). 3. Control introduced cool-season grasses in native prairie (herbicide). 4-6. Overseed lespedeza into existing stands of cool-season grasses, planted warm- season grasses, or small grains ($12.00/ acre). 7. Rest prairie ($25.00/acre). 8. Implement rotation grazing ($4.00/acre). 9. Restore prairie wildlife habitat fragment- ed by tree invasion (MDC pays all costs associated with tree removal in areas where prairie species gain ?.20 acres of "open" grassland for nesting. 10. Fence replacement for fence damaged during removal of trees ($0.25/lineal foot). A recent progress summary tallied over 90 miles (144 km) of treelines removed. Tree removal was by far the most popular incen- tive because it often entailed fence replace- ment. It was also the most expensive. Howev- er, contracts required 10 years of tree-free maintenance. Tree removal opened up about 1,400 acres (567 ha), at a cost of $59,000. Spaced over the 1 0-year contract period the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ------------- cost is $4.20/acre (1 0.38/ha) /year. All prac- tices were used at least once by cooperators in Missouri's PPW program. It is expected that it will take several years before desired re- sponses are discernible. Tree removal enhances the open space for prairie wildlife and reduces predator dens and raptor perches. It is also part of various open space enhancement efforts in Illinois, Iowa, and Wisconsin. Other Management Approaches - Native warm-season grass (NWSG) plantings that are not managed do not make suitable nest- ing or brood-rearing habitat [for prairie chick- ens] in the tallgrass prairie regions where soil fertility and rainfall are high (S. Clubine, personal communication, Westemeier and Buhnerkempe 1983, Westemeier et al. 1995). Incorporating NWSG plantings into low-to- medium-grazing systems that leave 8-10 inches (20-25 em) of growth throughout the summer is a good management option. Over- seeding pasture with alfalfa, Korean lespedeza (Lespedeza stipulacea), and/or native forbs adds to their value for brood rearing. Haying NWSG only once in July, at about 4-6 inches (1 0-15 em), will keep stands vigorous and allow for ample regrowth for roosting, and perhaps for nesting the following spring. CRP tracts should be high-mowed 8-1 0 inches (20-25 em) in July and allowed to regrow to 18 inches (46 em) by frost, to provide opti- mum cover height for wintering and nesting (Gough 1997). Legumes or native forbs should be introduced as well to increase diversity of both structure and food sources. Both CRP and other grasslands should have periodic fire, taking care to rotate the burns to avoid eliminating nesting cover on more than 25-50% of the units (acreage) in any given year. Several hundred thousand acres of tall fescue on CRP land are being converted to cool- season grass/legume or native warm-season grass mixtures in Missouri (Ciubine 1998). Moreover, fescue conversion techniques are steadily improving. Similarly, there appears to be hope for control of leafy spurge on prai- ries, at least on the Turner ranch in Montana, using "combinations of chemicals, conserva- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look tive grazing [with bison], and fire" (Manning 1995:234) Research Needs- "What's enough? ... In other words, what's enough conservation?" is the "deceptively simple question" posed by Sawhill (1996:9). The question applies to mini- mum viable populations, the quantity of suit- able grassland needed, and the level of man- agement needed to support populations. These questions may override all others in importance in many areas of remaining prairie chicken range. Translocations of greater prairie chickens have been working quite well over the last decade or so. However, if MVPs are not attained, how frequently must translocations occur to maintain numbers, genetic diversity, and pop- ulation fitness? If "200 birds or 100 displaying cocks" and about 2,100 acres (850 ha) of suitable grasslands, or one third of a 6,300- acre (2,550 ha) open area are the critical mini- mums (Toepfer et al. 1990:575), we'd better know all that we can about what constitutes "suitable" grasslands for prairie chickens. How do such minimums vary throughout the bird's range? How do we allow for weather ex- tremes, cyclic lows in numbers, excessive predation, interactions with pheasants, and a myriad other variables? What should be the relative proportions of nest cover and brood- ing habitats on management tracts for prairie chickens? If "ecosystem management" is employed on lands originally acquired for prairie chickens, how will extensive tracts of undisturbed grass- land for Henslow's sparrows (Ammodramus henslowii) affect nest success for the chick- ens? Recent research findings by McKee et al. (1998) indicate a negative impact. The list of questions is endless and the task of obtaining answers will increase in complexity as human pressures increase. Research currently underway includes studies on habitat use, nesting, brood-rearing success, and dispersal. These are being conducted by the George M. Sutton Avian Research Center in Oklahoma (Horton and Wolfe 1999) and by John Toepfer (personal communication) of the Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pinnatus, 179 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 180 Ltd. and his students in Wisconsin, Minnesota, and North Dakota. Similar studies are needed in Nebraska, particularly to forecast pre-hunt population levels (Vodehnal 1999). Better harvest data are needed in South Dakota (J. Heismeyer, personal communication) and probably in Kansas and Nebraska. In Missouri, field work was completed in 1997 on a study evaluating area-size effects on grassland birds (Winter 1998). In Minnesota, a feasibility study on reintroducing prairie chickens at Lac Qui Parle Wildlife Management Area, and other studies are underway. In Kansas, research is underway by the Department of Wildlife and Parks, and by Kansas State Uni- versity, to evaluate effects of observer varia- bility on booming ground counts. Additional efforts are being made to assess effects of route-specific land use changes on lek survey results. Models will be developed to correct future surveys for variables such as starting time and duration of count (Applegate and Horak 1999). Many research needs previously outlined by Robel (1980) remain unanswered and these answers should be sought. Can there be too much research? This ques- tion was prompted by evidence that prairie chickens have been virtually evicted from the 8,616-acre (3,787-ha) Konza Prairie Research Natural Area in Kansas. According to R.j. Ro- bel, in a personal communication, various counts of booming cocks and booming grounds showed respective "declines of 63% and 38% between 1980 and 1990, even as research activity increased from 26-77 pro- jects. Populations of lekking birds in the sur- rounding grasslands remained stable during the 1 0-year period," but currently, "there are virtually no prairie chickens on Konza Prairie." Prairie chickens can be remarkably tolerant of human intrusions, but these observations sug- gest tolerance limits have been exceeded at Konza. Can we expect better consideration for prairie chickens on the new Tallgrass Prai- rie National Preserve ( 1 0,800 acres [ 4,3 71 ha]) in Kansas, under the partnership of the National Park Service and the National Park Trust? On The Nature Conservancy's Tallgrass Prairie Preserve (TGPP) in Oklahoma there are, or recently have been, 43 research projects. Counts of 58-126 male prairie chickens (R. Hamilton, personal communication) seem far too few for the entire preserve of 38,000 acres (15,378 ha). Will the "Konza scenario" be repeated at the TGPP? Who should be the judge of too much research? Human intrusions should be minimal during 4 critical stages of the breeding season. These include: (1) the early morning and late after- noon periods during the peak of hen visitation on booming grounds, (2) the midday period when hens are laying eggs, (3) during incuba- tion including morning and evening feeding periods (Westemeier et al. 1998c), and (4) the first 6 weeks of brooding (J. Toepfer, personal communication). These events typically in- clude at least April, May, june, and the first half of july, throughout the range of the great- er prairie chicken. Public Needs- Perhaps the key question to ask the public is "Do you care if the prairie chicken is in trouble?" One cogent response came from an individual who subsequently became one of the best friends to Wisconsin prairie chickens: "Hell, I didn't even know he was in trouble" (Salsini 1991 :17). Thus, a well- informed public is critical for public support. The bird will basically "sell itself" with its spec- tacular courtship ritual. Sitting in a blind on a booming ground in late March or April is one of the best ways to build public support for prairie chickens and associated grassland wild- life as well. To paraphrase Aida Leopold, "rele- gating prairie chickens to Kansas is like rele- gating happiness to heaven; one may never get there. It is better to keep the prairie chick- en that we have at home where they belong, .now and tomorrow." Public visitation can also garner valuable re- search partnerships (e.g., Hamerstrom and Hamerstrom 1973, Anderson and Toepfer 1999). However, such activities require care- ful supervision to avoid undue harassment during the critical breeding season. Supervi- sion requires man-hours at a busy time of year for grassland managers. With careful attention to instruction on viewing etiquette, public viewing can often be accommodated from a roadside for those who do not wish to sit in a cold cramped blind for 2 or 3 hours (or Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station ------------ ------------·----- . ---------.------ as long as it takes for all hens to leave on their own volition). Currently, about 900 persons view the courtship ritual of prairie chickens on Wisconsin's Buena Vista Marsh each April (Anderson and Toepfer 1999). Summary of Conservation Needs- Booming ground surveys covering 5 decades in Wis- consin and 2.5 decades in Minnesota offer reassurance that a metapopulation intercon- nected with subpopulations totaling about 250-1,000 booming males in Wisconsin, and between 500-2,000 males in Minnesota, may be sufficient to stave off genetic depau- peration. The declines of Attwater's prairie chicken in Texas (Morrow et al. 1996) and greater prairie chickens in Illinois also showed a need for metapopulations containing .:::.250 males. Unlike theoretical models, these are "real world" indications of what minimum viable populations might be for greater prairie chickens. The quantity of suitable grasslands needed to support an isolated minimum viable popula- tion of prairie chickens may range from 1,500 acres (607 ha) in Illinois to 13,000 acres (5,261 ha) or more in the northern and west- ern range. Much depends on the quality and intensity of management once land control is gained, and on the density limits of chickens in different geographies and habitats. Secur- ing habitat necessary to support minimum viable populations involves factors that vary widely across the greater prairie chicken range. States have varying degrees of support in terms of funding for land acquisition and land management. In the long run, funding, agency policy, and the ability to work with private landowners when public land acquisi- tion is not possible, may mean as much to the stability of prairie chicken populations as habitat management. As the climate changes, so also does manage- ment needs. In the higher-rainfall states, con- trol of brush and exotic plants is a necessity. Farther west, grazing economics is the more crucial factor. Wherever prairie chicken sur- vival is tied to private lands, it is also neces- sary to consider agriculture economics in conjunction with the development of manage- ment strategies that provide for both livestock Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look and grassland wildlife. Various government and private cost sharing programs can be of great help. Research is needed on many fronts. Procuring a broad base of public sup- port is fundamental to attracting monies, both private and public, for management and re- search purposes. Recommendations 1. Among the 11 states with greater prairie chicken populations, we recommend vig- orous programs that address both the needs of the birds and those of the pub- lic. Hunting at current regulatory levels appears warranted in 2 (Nebraska and South Dakota) of the 4 states that have enjoyed seasons in recent times. Some restrictions of hunting may be in order in Kansas. Season closure appears warrant- ed in Oklahoma. Among the 7 states with no hunting seasons in recent times, Colo- rado, Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota, and Wisconsin indicated that while pres- ervation was their basic present concern, their hope was for limited hunting in the future. Missouri and Illinois are currently focusing only on preservation. 2. Annual booming ground surveys are a basic ongoing need in all states. Count procedures should follow the Hamer- strom method (1973), but we should re- main open to refinements in survey meth- odology based on new research findings. 3. Strive for minimum viable populations with .:::100 males, but preferably >250 booming males that are sufficiently inter- connected for regular demographic and genetic exchange. Isolation of small popu- lations (<1 00 males) is probably occurring rangewide. There is wisdom in suggesting closure of hunting in range so affected. 4. Provide sufficient quantity and quality of grasslands suitable for successful nesting and brood rearing for at least minimum viable populations. Winter grains, particu- larly corn, are needed in close association with suitable roosting cover, especially in 181 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 182 the Great Plains and northern prairie chicken range. A grassland:cropland inter- spersion ratio of 75:25 on the landscape is generally ideal. 5. Maintain grasslands, particularly with the use of prescribed burning, light-to-moder- ate intensity rotational grazing, and/or high mowing on both public and private land. Frequency of rotations should not exceed every other year. Controlled burn- ing every 3 or 4 years is generally accept- ed, except on sand or peat soils where burn frequency may be lengthened to 5 or 6 years. 6. We agree with the recommendation by Svedarsky and VanAmburg (1996:94) for the Sheyenne National Grasslands, in having at least "30% of the habitat around key booming grounds with spring residual vegetation measuring 700% visu- al obstruction (VOR} at 2.0 dm" as a man- agement goal. Further, "juxtaposition of habitat components is important in land management planning for prairie chicken. Nesting cover should be within 1-2 miles (1.6-3.2 km)of booming grounds and optimum brood cover should be adjacent to optimum nest cover. Winter food plots should be close to roosting cover. The overriding concern is to minimize move- ments and exposure to predators." 7. Restore highly fragmented grasslands by removing tree lines from fences and draws. This is essential to provide open, wide horizons and to minimize hunting perches for avian predators and denning sites for mammalian predators. 8. Promote incentive programs such as Part- ners for Prairie Wildlife (Missouri), state wetland and prairie tax credits, Prairie Bank, and Reinvest-in-Minnesota. Contin- ue to promote wildlife incentives such as WHIP and EQUIP and improve wildlife benefits on Conservation Reserve Pro- gram grasslands with particular emphasis on grassland wildlife. 9. States like Illinois, or areas with small grassland tracts, may need intensive pred- ator control during nesting seasons to keep apparent nest success above 50%. Similarly, control of pheasants (cocks and hens) may be necessary to minimize ha- rassment of prairie chickens on booming grounds and parasitism of chicken nests. 1 0. Conduct research programs that do not jeopardize reproductive success of great- er prairie chickens, especially during the peak hen visitation of booming season, mid-day egg laying, incubation (including twice-daily feeding flights), and brood rearing during the first 6 weeks of growth. 11. Create and maintain an informed public and encourage partnerships through a variety of programs, including supervised viewing of booming prairie chickens from blinds or from a safe distance without blinds. 12. Funding, staff, and equipment should be commensurate with the land available for management so as to maintain grasslands in attractive structures for the year-round needs of prairie chickens and other grass- land wildlife. 13. Finally, communication channels need to be improved so that research findings can be quickly incorporated into management agendas. Because of the great time de- mand (several years or even decades) between data collection and publication in peer-reviewed journals, interim report- ing (via newsletter, etc.) and meetings by groups such as the Prairie Grouse Techni- cal Council should occur more frequently. Acknowledgments Colorado- Kenneth M. Giesen, Colorado Division of Wildlife; Michael A. Schroeder, Colorado Division of Wildlife (formerly) Illinois- L Scott A. Simpson, Illinois Depart- ment of Natural Resources; Terry L. Esker, Illinois Department of Natural Resources Iowa - Melvin Moe, Iowa Department of Natural Resources Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Kansas- Roger D. Applegate, Kansas De- partment of Wildlife & Parks; Gerald J. Horak, Kansas Department of Wildlife & Parks; Robert J. Robel, Kansas State University- Manhatten Minnesota - W. Daniel Svedarsky, University of Minnesota-Crookston; Terrance J. Wolfe, Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Missouri- Steve Clubine, Missouri Depart- ment of Conservation; Larry Mechlin, Missou- ri Department of Conservation Nebraska - Leonard L. McDaniel, US Fish and Wildlife Service; Scott Taylor, Nebraska Game & Parks Commission; William Vodeh- nal, Nebraska Game & Parks Commission North Dakota -Jerry Kobriger, North Dakota Game & Fish Department Oklahoma - Robert G. Hamilton, The Nature Conservancy-Tallgrass Prairie Preserve-Okla- homa; Russ Horton, Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation South Dakota -- Gerald L. Heismeyer, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish & Parks Wisconsin- Raymond K. Anderson, Universi- ty of Wisconsin-Stevens Point; James R. Keir, Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources; John E. Toepfer, Society ofTympanuchus Cu- pido Pinnatus. Ltd. We also thank W.O. Svedarsky for his encour- agement to do this study, and for his technical review and edit of the manuscript. S. Clubine also reviewed the manuscript and made help- ful suggestions. P.W. Brown provided supervi- sory and editorial assistance. T.E. Rice did the technical illustrations. This study was funded by the Illinois Natural History Survey and the Missouri Department of Conservation. Literature Cited Ackerman, J. 1993. Carrying the torch. Nature Conservancy 43:16-23. Applegate, R.D., and G.J. Horak. 1999. Histo- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look ry and status of the greater prairie-chicken in Kansas. Pages 113-121 in W.D. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA Anderson, R.K., and J.E. Toepfer. 1999. Histo- ry, status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Wisconsin. Pages 39-58 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national look. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA Bouzat, J.L., H.A. Lewin, and K.N. Paige. 1998a. The ghost of genetic diversity past: historical DNA analysis of the greater prairie chicken. The American Naturalist 152:1-6. ____ _, H.H. Cheng, H.A. Lewin, R.L. Westemeier, J.D. Brawn, and K.N. Paige. 1998b. Genetic evaluation of a demographic bottleneck in the greater prairie chicken (Tym- panuchus cupido). Conservation Biology 12:836-843. Brussard, P.F. 1985. Minimum viable popula- tions: How many are too few? Restoration and Management Notes 3:21-25. Christisen, D.M. 1969. National status and management of the greater prairie chick- en. North American Wildlife and Natural Re- sources Conference 34:207-217. _____ .. 1985. The greater prairie chicken and Missouri's land-use pattern. Missouri De- partment of Conservation Terrestrial Series No. 15. Clubine, S. 1998. Editorial. Native warm sea- son grass newsletter. Missouri Department of Conservation 17:2. Evans, K.E. 1963. Inventory of greater prairie chickens. Colorado Game, Fish and Parks De- partment, Federal Aid Quarterly. Franklin, I.A. 1980. Evolutionary change in 183 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 184 small populations. Pages 135-149 in M.E. Soule' and B.A. Wilcox, editors. Conservation biology: An evolutionary-ecological perspec- tive. Sinauer Associates, Incorporated, Sunder- land, Massachusetts, USA. Fredrickson, L.F., B. Crouch, and G.L. Heism- eyer. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in South Dakota. Pages 75-80 in W.D. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99- 1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Min- nesota, USA. Giesen, K.N., and M.A. Schroeder. 1999. Pop- ulation status and distribution of greater prai- rie chickens in Colorado. Pages 99-1 04 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, edi- tors. The greater prairie chicken: a national look. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, Uni- versity of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Gough, S. 1990. Overview of prairie chicken status outside Missouri. (white paper) Missouri Department of Conservation, Columbia, Mis- souri, USA. ____ ,. 1997. Making the most of CRP grasslands. Prairie Chicken Newsletter. Mis- souri Department of Conservation. 2:3-4. _____ . 1998. Cost share programs- wildlife is dealt a hand. Prairie Chicken News- letter. Missouri Department of Conservation. 2:3. Hamerstrom, F.N., and F. Hamerstrom. 1961. Status and problems of North American grouse. Wilson Bulletin 73:284-294. ___ _,and . 1963. The sym- posium in review. journal of Wildlife Manage- ment 27: 868-887. ___ _,and ____ . 1973. The prairie chicken in Wisconsin: highlights of a 22-year study of counts, behavior, movements, turnover, and habitat. Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Technical Bulletin 64. ------------------ ____ _, O.E. Mattson, and F. Hamer- strom. 1957. A guide to prairie chicken man- agement. Wisconsin Conservation Depart- ment Technical Bulletin 15. Hamilton, R.G. 1996. Using fire and bison to restore a functional tallgrass prairie landscape. North American Wildlife and Natural Resourc- es Conference 61:208-214. Hoffman, R.W., W.O. Snyder, G.C. Miller, and C.E. Braun. 1992. Reintroduction of greater prairie chickens in northeastern Colorado. Prairie Naturalist 24:197-204. Horton, R.E. and D.H. Wolfe. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chick- en in Oklahoma. Pages 1 05-111 in W.D. Sve- darsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minne- sota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscella- neous Publication 99-1999, University of Min- nesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Keith, LB. 1963. Wildlife's Ten-Year Cycle. The University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wis- consin, USA. Keir, j.R. 1999. Prairie chicken management in Wisconsin: An agency perspective. Pages 59-62 in W.D. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Exper- iment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Kirsch, L.M. 1974. Habitat management con- siderations for prairie chickens. Wildlife Soci- ety Bulletin 2:124- 12 9. Kobriger, G.D. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in North Dakota. Pages 63-74 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultur- al Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publica- tion 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. ___ _, D.P. Vollink, M.E. McNeill, and K.F. Higgins. 1988. Prairie chicken popula- tions of the Sheyenne Delta in North Dakota. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Pages 1-7 in A. J. Bjugstad, technical cordina- tor. Prairie chickens on the Sheyenne National Grasslands. U.S. Forest Service General Tech- nical Report RM-159. Lande, R. 1995. Mutations and conservation. Conservation Biology 9:782-791. Manning, R. 1995. Grassland: The history, biol- ogy, politics and promise of the American prai- rie. Viking Penguin, New York, New York, USA. Manske, L.L., and W.T. Barker. 1981. The prai- rie grouse on the Sheyenne National Grass- lands. North Dakota State University Research Report. Fargo, North Dakota, USA. McDaniel, L.L. 1989. Greater prairie chickens and land-use management on Valentine Na- tional Wildlife Refuge. Pages 7-8 in Proceed- ings of the Prairie Grouse Technical Council 18:7-8. McKee, G., M.R. Ryan, and L.M. Mechlin. 1998. Predicting greater prairie chicken nest success from vegetation and landscape char- acteristics. journal of Wildlife Management 62:314-321. McMillen, M. 1998. Profiting from prairie. Missouri Conservationist 59:21-23. Mechlin, L.M., R.W. Cannon, and D.M. Chris- tisen. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Missouri. Pages 129-142 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H.Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national look. Minnesota Agricultural Exper- iment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Moe, M. 1999. Status and management of the greater prairie chicken in Iowa. Pages 123-127 in W.O. Svedarsky, R.H.Hier, and N.J.Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Exper- iment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Morrow, M.E., R.S. Adamcik, J.D. Friday, and Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look LB. McKinney. 1996. Factors affecting Attwa- ter's prairie chicken decline on the Attwater Prairie Chicken National Wildlife Refuge. Wildlife Society Bulletin 24:593-601. Rice, L.A., and A.V. Carter. 1982. Evaluation of South Dakota grassland management practices as they affect prairie chicken populations, 1974-1978. Completion Report No. 84-11, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, Pierre, South Dakota, USA. Robel, R.J., J.N. Briggs, A.D. Dayton, and L.C. Hulbert. 1970. Relationship between visual obstruction measurements and weight of grassland vegetation. journal of Range Man- agement 23:295-297. ____ . 1980. Current and future re- search needs for prairie grouse. Pages 34-41 in P.A. Vohs and F.L. Knopf, editors. Proceed- ings of the Prairie Grouse Symposium. Oklaho- ma State University, Oklahoma, USA. Salsini, B. 1991 (1995}. Prairie Grouse! A histo- ry of the Society of Tympanuchus Cupido Pin- natus, Ltd. Montgomery Media, Inc., Milwau- kee, Wisconsin, USA. Sawhill, J.C. 1996. Conservation science comes of age. Nature Conservancy 46:6-9. Schaffer, M.L. 1981. Minimum population sizes for species conservation. BioScience 31:131-134. Schroeder M.A., and C.E. Braun. 1992. Sea- sonal movement and habitat use by greater prairie chicken in northeastern Colorado. Col- orado Division of Wildlife Special Report 68. ___ _,and L.A. Robb. 1993. Greater Prairie Chicken. In The Birds of North Ameri- ca, No. 36 (A. Poole, P. Stettenheim, and F. Gill, editors.). Philadelphia: The Academy of Natural Sciences; Washington, DC: The American Ornithologists' Union. Silvy, N.J., C.P. Griffin, M.A. Lockwood, M.E. Morrow, and M.J. Peterson. 1999. Attwater's prairie chicken: A lesson in conservation biol- ogy research.Pages 153-162 in W.O. Svedar- sky, R.H. Hier, and N.J. Silvy, editors. The 185 The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look 186 greater prairie chicken: a national/oak. Minne- sota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscella- neous Publication 99-1999, University of Min- nesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Simberloff, D.S. 1982. Big advantages of small refuges. Natural History 4:6-14. Simpson, S.A., and T.E. Esker. 1997. Prairie Ridge State Natural Area habitat plan. Illinois Department of Natural Resources. Springfield, Illinois, USA. Svedarsky, W.O., and G.L. Van Amburg. 1996. Integrated management of the greater prairie chicken and livestock on the Sheyenne Nation- al Grasslands. Northwest Experiment Station, University of Minnesota, Crookston, Minneso- ta, USA. ___ _, T.J. Wolfe, and J.E. Toepfer. 1997. The greater prairie chicken in Minneso- ta. Minnesota Department of Natural Resourc- es Wildlife Report 11. Toepfer, J.E., R.L. Eng, and R.K. Anderson. 1990. Translocating prairie grouse-What have we learned? North American Wildlife and Nat- ural Resources Conference 55:569-579. Vance, D.R., and R.L. Westemeier. 1979. In- teractions of pheasants and prairie chickens in Illinois. Wildlife Society Bulletin 7:221-225. Van Sant, B.F., and C.E. Braun. 1990. Distribu- tion and status of greater prairie chickens in Colorado. Prairie Naturalist 22:225-230. Vodehnal, W.L. 1999. Status and manage- ment of the greater prairie chicken in Nebras- ka. Pages 81-98 in W.D.Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.J.Silvy, editors. The greater prairie chick- en: a national/oak. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Westemeier, R.L. 1971. The history and ecolo- gy of prairie chickens in central Wisconsin. University of Wisconsin Research Bulletin 281. Madison, Wisconsin, USA. _____ . 1980. Greater prairie chicken status and management- 1968-1979. Pages 8-17 in P.A. Vohs and F.L. Knopf, editors. Proceedings of the Prairie Crouse Symposium. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklaho- ma, USA. ___ _, and J.E. Buhnerkempe. 1983. Responses of nesting wildlife to prairie grass management on prairie chicken sanctuaries in Illinois. North American Prairie Conference 8:39-46. ____ _, and W.R. Edwards. 1987. Prairie chickens: survival in the Midwest. Pages 119- 131 in H. Kallman, C.P. Agee, W.R. Goforth, and J.P. Linduska, editors. Restoring America's wildlife. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Wash- ington, D.C., USA. _____ . 1988. An evaluation of methods for controlling pheasants on Illinois prairie- chicken sanctuaries. Pages 267-288 in D.L. Hallet, W.R. Edwards, and G.V. Burger, edi- tors. Pheasants: symptoms of wildlife problems on agricultural lands. North Central Section of The Wildlife Society, Bloomington, Indiana, USA. _____ . 1997. Grassland for prairie chick- ens: How much is enough? Illinois Natural History Survey Reports 343:1, 8. ____ _, S.A. Simpson, and D.A. Cooper. 1991. Successful exchange of prairie chicken eggs between nests in two remnant popula- tions. Wilson Bulletin 103:717-720. ____ _, R.W. Jansen, and S.A. Simpson. 1995. Nest and brood habitats used by trans- located greater prairie chickens in Illinois (Ab- stract). Page 17 in J. Kobriger, compiler. Pro- ceedings of 21st Prairie Crouse Technical Council meeting, Medora, North Dakota, USA. -----J J.D. Brawn, S.A. Simpson, T.L. Esker, R.W. Jansen, J.W. Walk, E.L. Kershner, J.L. Bouzat, and K.N. Paige. 1998a. Tracking the long-term decline and recovery of an iso- lated population. Science 282: 1695-1698. ___ _, ___ _, W.R. Edwards, J.D. Brawn, and S.A. Simpson. 1998b. Parasitism Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station The Greater Prairie Chicken: A National Look of greater prairie chicken nests by ring-necked pheasants. journal of Wildlife Management 62:854-863. ____ _, j.E. Buhnerkempe, and J.D. Brawn. 1998c. Effects of flushing nesting greater prairie chickens in Illinois. Wilson Bul- letin 110:190-197. ____ _, S.A. Simpson, and T.E. Esker. 1999. Status and management of greater prai- rie chickens in Illinois. Pages 143-152 in W.D. Svedarsky, R.H. Hier, and N.j. Silvy, editors. 1999. The greater prairie chicken: a national look. Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999, Uni- versity of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA. Wisdom, M.j., and L.S. Mills. 1997. Sensitivity analysis to guide population recovery: prairie chickens as an example. journal of Wildlife Management 61 :302-312. Winter, M. 1998. Effect of habitat fragmenta- tion on grassland-nesting birds in southwestern Missouri. Dissertation, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. Wolfe, T.j. 1997. 1996 Inventory of prairie chicken booming grounds. Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society Newsletter 23(1 ):3-5. Wolfe, T. 1999. 1998 Inventory of prairie chicken booming grounds. Minnesota Prairie Chicken Society Newsletter 25(1 ): 3-5. Yeatter, R.E. 1943. The prairie chicken in Illi- nois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 22. ~~~----~~ ~ ~ CrQ.Nle- dKlJppi1J! ik~'re. ~ s(lppej ~~~­ Ca.df.le... .- .. c.c:ldle.--! ----- Miscellaneous Publication 99-1999 187 I -